2014-2015 fcds curriculum: our path to excellence

409
2016-2017

Upload: others

Post on 17-Feb-2022

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

2016-2017

Page 2: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 2

Table of Contents

Executive Summary of Curricular Changes .............................................................................. 3

Navigating the Curriculum White Paper ................................................................................. 13

Early Childcare Skill Matrix ..................................................................................................... 15

K-12 Scope and Sequence Chart ............................................................................................... 16

Math ........................................................................................................................................................................ 24

English .................................................................................................................................................................... 28

Social Studies .......................................................................................................................................................... 31

Science .................................................................................................................................................................... 36

World Languages .................................................................................................................................................... 42

Fine Arts .................................................................................................................................................................. 51

Kindergarten ............................................................................................................................................................ 52

Grade 1 .................................................................................................................................................................... 53

Grade 2 .................................................................................................................................................................... 54

Grade 3 .................................................................................................................................................................... 55

Grade 4 .................................................................................................................................................................... 56

Grade 5 .................................................................................................................................................................... 57

Grade 6 .................................................................................................................................................................... 58

Grade 7 .................................................................................................................................................................... 59

Grade 8 .................................................................................................................................................................... 61

Grade 9 .................................................................................................................................................................... 63

Grade 10 .................................................................................................................................................................. 66

Grade 11 .................................................................................................................................................................. 70

Grade 12 .................................................................................................................................................................. 77

Math Department........................................................................................................................ 84

English Department .................................................................................................................. 155

Social Studies Department ....................................................................................................... 212

Science Department .................................................................................................................. 263

Resources: ............................................................................................................................................................. 275

World Languages Department ................................................................................................ 299

Fine Arts Department ............................................................................................................... 340

Class Syllabi Examples ............................................................................................................. 395

Page 3: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 3

Executive Summary of Curricular Changes

One of the many value-added benefits of an FCDS education is a robust curriculum that both

stimulates and challenges the mind. Our curriculum borrows heavily from the liberal arts

tradition, which asks students to explore coursework in all subject areas as a means of educating

their minds and spirits more fully. We believe strongly that such introductions are an essential

step on the path to helping our students discover what piques their intellectual curiosity. The

evolution of that curiosity, from one's first days in the Lower School to graduation, is an exciting

experience for students and parents. Our faculty and administration enjoy greatly our roles of

guide, spectator, and supporter throughout that process. At few schools does the journey of a

student's intellectual development have so many caring and engaged participants as it does at

FCDS.

We believe that intellectual curiosity and development are best served by providing our students

with a generous curriculum that introduces them to the breadth and depth of numerous subject

areas. The diversity of options among subject areas affords students the opportunity to move well

beyond what is required for graduation. As a matter of routine, FCDS students exceed our

graduation requirements by enrolling in additional years of subjects and at more advanced levels.

We support this ambition by offering 20 AP and 22 honors courses to Upper School students and

an increasing number of honors courses to Middle School students. Movement into these

advanced levels in our academic program cannot occur, however, without an excellent skill

foundation provided initially in our Lower School and continuing throughout our program.

As an independent school, we are afforded unparalleled freedom among educational institutions.

The curriculum review process begun this fall is evidence of how this autonomy can be used to

foster continuous improvement. Having culled internal and external qualitative and quantitative

feedback, school administration and the FCDS Academic Committee—a body composed of

faculty and administrators from all school divisions—set out to assess our curriculum at all grade

levels and in all subject areas. Our initial actions were to identify the skills, benchmarks, and

outcomes that would guide our efforts in the classroom and that we would seek to instill in our

students. The Individual Course Outlines herein articulate these skills and benchmarks course by

course with the subject-area outcomes providing the heading for us to pursue. The Scope and

Sequence documents offer a visual representation of the vertical and horizontal articulation by

grade and subject. One can discover the skills and content in all subjects within a given grade

level. Alternatively, one can explore the vertical progression within a subject, moving from our

kindergarten to the twelfth grade.

Since the ultimate goal of our courses and curriculum is to move students toward content

mastery and skill development, discussions of curriculum cannot be complete without having a

conversation related to assessment. One of the most essential and meaningful aspects of

assessments is providing diagnostic data to teachers, parents, and students. This data outlines

important information related to areas in which students have mastered appropriate skill levels

and areas in which further concept review is necessary. By examining these assessments,

teachers, parents, and students can adapt as they move forward in the classroom experience to

ensure skill development occurs. In our effort to best ensure content mastery and the skill

Page 4: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 4

development of our students, we will continue to investigate external assessments to benchmark

classroom performance.

Close examination of this white paper will yield a sense of newness and familiarity. While our

curriculum review has reaffirmed the value of many components of our academic program, it has

highlighted several opportunities for reconsideration, development, and growth. These

opportunities will appear in the form of new teaching methods, new subject philosophies, new

instructional materials, and new sequencing of course content and skills. This document will

begin to outline these new evolutions, but their development will continue during the spring and

summer as we prepare for their implementation in the 2014-2015 school year. As we have begun

to do with this white paper, we will continue to provide progress reports going forward. In these

reports, we will offer new details on our review and redesign efforts. The specifics of our new

curriculum elements are best offered by subject area, where, as mentioned earlier, we began this

process by drafting subject outcomes that we aim for FCDS graduates to possess:

MATH The skill outcomes established by the Academic Committee for math led us to explore a number

of different mathematical education programs. Locating a program with the most effective

approach to concept development and mastery was of primary concern to our efforts. Developing

a mathematical concept is most effective when begun with a concrete approach using tactile and

visual elements to improve understanding. Reinforcement of those concepts continues with an

abstract approach thereafter, as the program moves the student toward mastery. Achievement of

concept mastery develops over time with a careful sequence of concept introduction within the

program. Effective sequencing comes from a vertical approach in which full concept

understanding occurs before moving to new topics. As early concepts reappear in later grade

levels, they do so at a higher level, building upon the mastery that previously took place.

After reviewing a number of programs, the philosophy and methodology of the Singapore Math

approach appealed to us most with its emphasis on concrete-to-abstract concept development,

concept mastery, and problem solving. This method employs the use of an intermediate, pictorial

step that helps students make connections between concrete and abstract concepts. Its emphasis

on content mastery achieves our goal of having a program with a more logical approach to

concept understanding. Singapore Math is based on the premise that students need to develop

problem-solving skills that can be used consistently and successfully, with students

understanding the how and why of math. Donna McKenzie, a math teacher at Covenant Day

School and a national Singapore Math trainer for Staff Development for Educators, said,

“Singapore Math teaches students who are not intuitive about math to think like students who are

intuitive about math.”

The Singapore Math approach was developed in the early 1980s by the Singapore Ministry of

Education in response to its desire for a better mathematical program for the country’s students.

Its framework draws upon the best practices around the world with problem solving as the key

focus to mathematical learning. Within two years, substantial gains on international

examinations were seen. Since 1995, students in Singapore have consistently placed first or

second in the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS). Students

Page 5: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 5

beginning the program in kindergarten tend to be a year ahead of their peers by the time they

reach the fourth grade.1

We will be using the Singapore Math-based textbook series called Math in Focus for all math

courses from kindergarten to fifth grade. Aside from the core textbooks, the series provides

students and teachers with abundant print and digital resources for transitioning and

differentiation, including skill remediation and enrichment. The series also possesses a robust

assessment program, providing teachers with chapter tests and benchmarking throughout the

year. The strong foundation provided by this approach will continue to benefit our students

beyond the use of this textbook series as they progress into higher levels of mathematics within

our academic program. It is the long-term goal of the Math Department to create a course stream

in which, as students progress through the math courses utilizing this series and focusing on

concept mastery, our target will be for students to complete Algebra I preferably in seventh grade

but no later than eighth grade. Pre-algebra courses will be taught in the sixth and seventh grades.

Although the Singapore Math method will only be implemented daily in kindergarten through

fifth grade, students in Pre-Algebra through the calculus series will, at times, use the concept

development methods of Singapore Math as a means of influencing pedagogy without altering

the essential content of the courses.

ENGLISH/LANGUAGE ARTS

Begun this year in kindergarten through second grade, use of the Journeys reading series will be

expanded into grades three through six, providing our English/Language Arts curriculum with a

comprehensive language arts resource approach. This series promotes development of a broad

range of language skills including reading, speaking and listening skills, vocabulary, spelling,

grammar skills, and writing skills. These skill areas are introduced, developed, and refined in an

integrated way through a vertically aligned curriculum scope and sequence. Alignment of this

kind provides important continuity from kindergarten through sixth grade and prepares students

for grades seven through twelve.

Among its most beneficial elements are an integrated reading and writing program. Since reading

and writing instruction directly affect each other, the Journeys reading series provides students

with an integrated program for instruction in these areas. Using this approach, students first study

grammar and written language at the sentence level. Daily grammar instruction is infused within

reading and writing instruction to ensure that students learn the rules of grammar, which they

then apply to their own writing. Developing written communication skills is imperative to the

students’ future success. In this program, students are asked to create written responses in

multiple genres, which emulate the genres from their readings. This method serves to fully

integrate the skills attained through their reading with their writing.

Another important element of the program is a concentrated focus on vocabulary instruction.

Building vocabulary is essential to ensuring that students are able to comprehend reading

passages. The Journeys reading series focuses on building academic vocabulary, facilitating

comprehension, and teaching students about words. This is accomplished through direct

instruction, repeated exposure to vocabulary in varied formats, and an introduction to

1 Hu, Winnie. “Making Math Lessons as Easy as 1, Pause, 2, Pause…” The New York Times 30 Sept. 2010. Web. 5

Jan. 2014.

Page 6: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 6

morphology. Direct instruction involves teachers providing students with the definitions of

words, modeling various applications of the words, and giving students opportunities to practice

using those words. Giving students multiple experiences with academic vocabulary in which

they are exposed to the words and apply their knowledge of the words through various tasks

ensures that students have a deeper understanding of the vocabulary. Through the study of

morphology, students explore how words are structured, which allows them to apply these

structures to new and unfamiliar words. This method of vocabulary instruction builds essential

skills for early reading development and provides students with strategies for approaching

complex reading passages.

Additionally, the Journeys program provides differentiated learning opportunities to challenge

all students. Guided reading activities allow teachers to expose students to more complex text

through small-group instruction and explicit teaching. By carefully grouping students and

selecting passages that students can successfully decode and comprehend with instruction,

teachers can provide students with techniques that are essential for proficiency in reading.

Through the use of leveled readers, teachers have the ability to provide students with reading

activities at their instructional reading level. Research shows that these types of experiences

challenge students while maintaining a student's ability to understand vocabulary and preserve

comprehension of the text. Leveled readers offer flexibility within the classroom for students that

need additional challenge as well as students in need of further skill development.

Finally, the Journeys reading program offers both formative (items that monitor student learning)

and summative (items that evaluate student learning) assessment opportunities for teachers. Data

acquired from these assessments allow teachers to measure growth, provide reading experiences

on a student's instructional reading level, and monitor student progress throughout the year.

These assessments will be used in addition to informal reading assessments that will be given to

all students in grades K-4. The extension of the Journeys series, combined with ongoing

departmental review of its approach to grammar and usage mastery and recent course

reformatting like changing the tenth grade curriculum to a world literature focus, will provide

our students excellent preparation for future academic pursuits and beyond.

In addition to expanding the use of the reading series, we are also expanding our honors-level

English classes in the Middle School. Starting this year, we will offer an honors English course

to seventh grade students. In this course, students will have additional supplemental literary

works and experience a greater depth and complexity of material.

SOCIAL STUDIES

As citizens of a culturally diverse world, it is critical that students acquire knowledge of the

social sciences and humanities to ensure that they are able to make informed decisions and

navigate an increasingly interdependent global society. Through the investigation of social

studies, students are exposed to various cultures, the relationships among people, places, and

environments, innovation and the development of new ideas, the role of civic ideals and practice,

relationships among individuals, groups, and institutions, and geographic skills.

Making the world our focus is one of the main tenets of our mission. It was with this in mind that

we began an extensive search for a Lower School social studies curriculum from which students

Page 7: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 7

could gain a more global perspective. Our research led us to the Harcourt Social Studies series,

which contains information about interesting people, exhilarating places, and captivating events.

In addition to the strong globally focused content of this series, students also develop essential

skills in reading and critical thinking.

Through the Our World Now and Long Ago textbook, students in kindergarten will explore

important aspects of being a good citizen, various facets of the United States including national

symbols, occupations currently in their community and from long ago, the world in which they

live, how things change over time, and stories of the past. In first grade, students will study A

Child’s View from which they will expand their boundaries as they learn about economics and

history of cultures near and far. The People We Know textbook will impart the influences that

many different groups, both past and present, have had on our world to our second graders.

Students in third grade will continue using the States and Regions textbook, but will add a focus

on North Carolina’s geographical features and history. In fourth grade, students will study the

Ancient Civilizations text, which traces history from early humankind through the fall of the

Roman Empire and follows the lives of the people who made up those societies.

In the Middle and Upper Schools, we are expanding our social studies offerings to include new

honors-level courses in seventh grade American history, ninth grade Ancient Medieval History,

and eleventh grade United States History. While these courses will cover the same general

subject matter as the regular-level courses, they will provide students with opportunities for

intellectual enrichment that challenge and engage them. In these courses, students will

experience an accelerated pace, more in-depth discussions, and supplemental assignments, which

will ensure a deeper level of understanding.

Along with the addition of the new honors-level courses, the seventh grade social studies course,

which currently focuses on American history from the Age of Exploration through World War II,

and the eighth grade social studies course, which currently focuses on American history from the

1940s through present day as well as the form and function of the United States government, will

each have newly aligned curricula to ensure students have a thorough understanding of both

American history and civics. Next year, the seventh grade American history course will be a

survey course of the nation’s history from the colonization of Jamestown through the present

day. This broad study will impart students with background knowledge of various topics

impacting American history, which will allow for more in-depth discussion and investigation of

these topics in advanced courses in the Upper School. As the curriculum in the seventh grade

course changes focus, so must that of the eighth grade course. Therefore next year, the eighth

grade civics course will focus on the role of citizens in society and the government. This course

will give students the opportunity to closely examine the federal government, understand

America’s economic and legal systems, compare those structures to other global systems, and

investigate current local, national, and international events.

Just as the seventh and eighth grade courses will be realigned to ensure students have a thorough

understanding of the curriculum, the fifth and sixth grade social studies courses will also be

recalibrated to ensure that students have opportunities to further their knowledge of various

peoples and places. Through the use of the World Regions textbook from the Harcourt Social

Studies series, students in the fifth grade will continue to explore the geographical and cultural

aspects of Latin America and Canada, but will expand their study to include Europe and the

Page 8: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 8

United States. Continuing with the same textbook in sixth grade, students will maintain their

investigation of the culture and history of the Eastern hemisphere, but their study will focus

specifically on Asia, Africa, and the Pacific Realm. Through the use of supplemental materials,

students in the fifth and sixth grades will also have an opportunity to explore various topics in

greater depth, which will give them a more comprehensive understanding of the cultural and

historical characteristics of their areas of study.

The ninth grade Ancient Medieval History course has been an elective within the Upper School

curriculum for many years. Starting next year, the course (which will have honors and regular

sections) will be required for all ninth grade students. The graduation requirement for social

studies will remain three credits, with the Ancient Medieval History, Modern World History, and

U.S. History courses now being required for graduation. Elective offerings in the Social Studies

Department will continue to count as elective credits, but may not replace the aforementioned

required courses. Requiring ninth graders to take Ancient Medieval History will afford our

students several benefits. The course will fill in the possible interruption in the social studies

curriculum created by its present elective status. In doing so, ninth grade students will continue

to develop the skills necessary for success in our social studies program, while preparing them

for the challenges they will face in the Modern World History course and beyond. Additionally,

the course will provide an in-depth study of the ancient, classical, and medieval civilizations in a

way that no other course in our curriculum provides. Students engaged in this study will improve

their understanding of our world’s history, and, in conjunction with previous and future social

studies courses, will leave FCDS as more informed citizens of the world they will inhabit.

The introduction of an honors section of the U.S. History course will provide eleventh graders

interested in an advanced study of U.S. history who do not desire to do so at the AP level an

opportunity to explore this topic further. This section will move at a faster pace than the regular

U.S. History course, allowing for more course topics to be pursued through increased reading

assignments and class discussions. Students entering this section should have well-developed

writing and research skills at the outset of the course.

SCIENCE Where science education once relied upon a content-based educational model that emphasized

the memorization of facts, the focus today has shifted to an inquiry-based, skill-applying model

that develops critical-thinking skills pertinent to all disciplines. Modern science students must

master the ability to apply core scientific concepts to real-world problems by making predictions,

developing and testing potential solutions, examining data, thinking analytically, and reaching

conclusions. Following an inquiry-based curriculum helps students develop these positive

cognitive abilities that guide learning, creative thinking, and problem solving and are critical for

future success in any field.

In order to stay on the cutting edge of science education, a committee composed of Upper

School, Middle School, and JAC faculty and administrators spent last year visiting several

schools with highly regarded science programs and meeting to analyze those programs, the new

national science standards, and current research regarding best practice in science education. As

a result of those efforts, this year our Middle School implemented a new inquiry-based science

curriculum in grades 5-8, which will be expanding into grades K-4 through daily science

Page 9: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 9

instruction. The curriculum was created using the Next Generation Science Framework, which

was first released by the National Research Council in 2011 and expanded to include the Next

Generation Science Standards in 2013. The student-centered curriculum, which is built around

the Science Fusion series, uses an approach in which students explore major topics in chemistry,

biology, physics, and earth science at increasingly greater depth and complexity in each of the

nine years. The curriculum utilizes a write-in textbook with a digital component and hands-on

labs to develop mastery of scientific skills. The program not only familiarizes students with

fundamental scientific topics and theories, but also emphasizes the development of essential

skills and problem-solving strategies. In addition, students learn critical-thinking, note-taking,

and annotating skills, as well as how to prepare a lab report in a uniform format. The labs

themselves allow for differentiated instruction with direct, guided, and independent levels of

experimentation which allow teachers to meet the needs of the individual students. The program

contains a wealth of supplemental materials, including leveled readers in the Lower School that

further differentiate instruction while reinforcing, enriching, and extending concepts. The result

will be a nine-year, vertically aligned curriculum designed to ensure that students are equipped

with the skills necessary to be successful in the Upper School and beyond.

Science courses in the Upper School will be re-sequenced in order to more closely parallel the

natural hierarchy of scientific thought.* Physics addresses the fundamental laws which govern

the physical universe. If those laws are applied to atoms and molecules, one has the discipline of

chemistry. If one investigates biologically significant macromolecules, one has 21st century

biology. Consequently, our ninth grade science course, Physics Foundation (with an honors

section for more advanced science and math students), will become the required course and will

contain a variety of topics including: basic mathematical techniques in science, Newtonian

mechanics, matter, chemical reactions, laboratory techniques, atomic theory, the quantum-

mechanical model of the atom, and chemical periodicity and bonding. The course will lay the

foundation for the ninth graders to study chemistry in tenth grade and will fulfill the physics

graduation requirement. A year’s study of chemistry, including an introduction to biologically

significant macromolecules, will prepare tenth graders for the final required science course of

biology in the eleventh grade. This study of macromolecules in chemistry will pay dividends in

the biology course as students begin to study topics in molecular biology such as the structure

and function of DNA.

Opportunities for advanced study through honors and AP courses will remain, including the

aforementioned Honors Physics Foundation course. One noteworthy modification will be the

changing of Honors Physics into AP Physics I. The College Board AP Program mandated

changes to the AP Physics B program for the 2014-2015 school year that included the expansion

of the AP Physics B curriculum into a two-year sequence, AP Physics I and AP Physics II. Their

advice to schools was to reformat an honors-level course in physics to meet the future needs of

this new AP Physics I, thus allowing students to enroll in AP Physics II starting in the 2014-2015

school year. The FCDS Honors Physics curriculum anticipated this change several years ago and

has been providing the curriculum for this AP Physics I course for some time now. As such,

current FCDS students in Honors Physics will be able to move into AP Physics II. Students with

strong science and math abilities will be able to move into the AP Physics I course without the

Honor Physics course, which will not be offered going forward. Students interested in a physics

course, but not interested in the new AP Physics courses, will have the opportunity to enroll in

Page 10: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 10

our existing Conceptual Physics course. *Note: Students who have already begun our current

Upper School science program will continue in it as presently outlined.

WORLD LANGUAGES

The study of languages other than English at FCDS is designed to form skills that are initially

“foreign” into skills that are accessible and transferable beyond our campus. As such, we elected

to change the title of the department from “Foreign Languages” to “World Languages”. While

this change may seem purely semantic, it highlights our desire for FCDS students to view the

languages they study not as something “foreign” to them, but as essential to becoming citizens of

their world.

With our enhanced focus on world languages, we will offer FCDS families that enroll with us at

the earliest grade levels the opportunity to have their children possess conversational proficiency

in three languages (with one of them being English). To achieve this, all students in grades K-6

will study conversational Spanish and when students reach seventh grade, they will be able to

choose to study one of our existing world language offerings including Spanish.

As we explore opportunities to make the world our focus, it is crucial that students develop skills

in world languages. With this in mind, the World Languages Department along with the

Academic Committee outlined specific goals for students as they leave Forsyth Country Day

School and enter the global marketplace. These goals included that students would be able to

listen and understand native speakers in their language of study as well as speak and be

understood by native speakers in their language of study. Once these goals were defined in

September 2013, we began researching ways to expand our world languages offerings for

students in our Lower and Middle Schools.

Our investigation confirmed the importance of students beginning language acquisition at an

early age, and as a result, beginning next year, students in kindergarten through sixth grade will

have daily conversational Spanish classes. In these courses, students will learn Spanish through

the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method, which will allow

Spanish vocabulary to be internalized via meaningful and engaging learning opportunities. Using

this method, students learn new vocabulary structures through translation, gestures, and

personalized questions, utilize these structures in a class story, and solidify these structures

through class readings. This methodology relies on a more natural progression of language

acquisition used by native speakers that emphasizes conversational skills in lieu of complex

grammar structures. Over the next several years, as students progress through grade levels, our

goal is for them to obtain a significant level of conversational proficiency in Spanish by the time

they reach seventh grade.

FINE ARTS

Modern educational research increasingly shows that participation in the visual and performing

arts improves students’ academic achievement and social development. In fact, multiple studies

have found a positive correlation between fine arts education and increased verbal and math SAT

scores. Due to the many benefits of a robust arts program, we are committed to providing our

students with a broad range of fine arts opportunities through a comprehensive arts curriculum

from kindergarten through twelfth grade. In the Lower School, specialists provide experiences in

Page 11: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 11

the visual arts, singing, instrumental music, and movement. Our Middle and Upper Schools

feature award-winning programs in both the visual and performing arts.

This year, the fine arts program saw significant improvements to its facilities, including

substantial renovations and upgrades to the art and chorus rooms, the acquisition of superior

supplies and equipment, and the creation of a Mac computer lab for use in the Upper School’s

photography class. The new and improved art room, which is much larger and better supplied

than the previous one, has allowed the frequency of art classes in the seventh and eighth grades

to double, an expansion of our ceramics capabilities, and the addition of Drawing I, Honors

Drawing II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II, Photo I, Honors Photo II, 2D Design I, and Honors

2D Design II in the Upper School. The fine arts program has also benefited from the completion

of renovations to last year’s new orchestra room and the addition of a photography club in the

Middle School. These upgrades and additions will allow us to continue to offer a broad range of

quality fine arts opportunities for our students.

Page 12: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 12

Vincent M. Stumpo, Ph.D.

Headmaster

Sean Kennedy

Upper School Director

Dan Quesnel

Middle School Director

Norris Baker

Lower School Director

Gabrielle Miles

Director of the Johnson

Academic Center

John Devanny, Ph.D.

Dean of Faculty

Pattie Stoltz

Academic Committee Chair

English Chair

Lorna Hogan

Co-Director of

College Counseling

Virginia Perry

Co-Director of

College Counseling

Ann Kimmer

Math Chair

Joe Scott

Social Studies Chair

Joe Trotter

Science Chair

Carol Rubinstein

World Languages Chair

Jeremy Truhel

Fine Arts Chair

Martha Farabee

Language Development

Chair

Andy Clifton

Upper School Science

Mark Snow

Upper School/Middle

School Technology

Britt Anne McClelland

Middle School Math

Charlotte Yang Phillips

Middle School Math

Kelly Eisenbraun

Director of the Williams

Library Discovery Center

Laura Brown

Lower School Teacher

Rebecca Miller

Lower School Teacher

Jennifer Wright

Lower School Teacher

Ann Parke Muller

Lower School

Language Development

Page 13: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 13

Navigating the Curriculum White Paper

As mentioned in the Executive Summary, the FCDS Academic Committee began compiling the

information contained in this white paper early in the 2013-2014 school year. The following

documents, which include a K-12 Scope and Sequence, Early Childcare Scope and Sequence,

Individual Course Outlines, and examples of Course Specific Syllabi, are the results of these

efforts. The K-12 Scope and Sequence outlines both the vertical and horizontal alignment for

each grade level and subject area. Through the selection of individual grade levels or subject

areas, one can view course offerings and descriptions specific to one’s choice. By choosing a

specific course within the document, one can view the Individual Course Outline, which

provides a course description, targeted skills, internal assessments, and benchmarking for each

class.

One of the many benefits of independent schools is the flexibility they provide teachers in terms

of instructional methods and materials. This flexibility allows teachers to differentiate instruction

and create unique and dynamic classroom experiences. Individual Course Outlines for

kindergarten through twelfth grade were designed to ensure the continued vertical and horizontal

alignment of the curriculum by guiding individual classroom teachers with the creation of their

Course Specific Syllabi, which will be developed between April and August of 2014 and

reviewed by Department Chairs and senior administrators prior to the start of the 2014-2015

school year. The resulting Course Specific Syllabi, which are reviewed and updated annually,

contain detailed information regarding course content, instructional materials, pacing, and

grading policies. Examples of syllabi from the 2013-2014 school year for Lower, Middle, and

Upper School have been included for reference. Additionally, the Early Childcare Scope and

Sequence allows one to view targeted skills in the areas of (1) literacy and reading, (2) math and

reasoning, (3) writing, (4) fine and gross motor development, (5) phonological awareness, (6)

vocabulary, language, and oral communication, (7) social and emotional development, (8)

science, (9) social studies, (10) world languages, (10) fine arts, and (11) music for each grade

level Sprouts through pre-kindergarten. Instructions for locating each component of the white

paper are listed below. At any point in the document, right-clicking and choosing “Previous

View” will return to the previous page.

Instructions for Navigating the K-12 Scope and Sequence

Clicking the K-12 Scope and Sequence hyperlink will open a visual representation of the

FCDS curriculum scope and sequence

Scrolling left and right reveals courses for each grade level (K-12)

Scrolling vertically outlines course names and descriptions for each subject area

Clicking on a specific grade level presents the courses and course descriptions (aligned

vertically) offered for that grade level

Clicking on a subject area displays all courses offered in that subject area (aligned

vertically)

Clicking on an individual course displays the Individual Course Outline for that course

Page 14: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2016 14

Instructions for Locating the Early Childcare Scope and Sequence

Clicking the Early Childcare Scope and Sequence hyperlink will open a visual

representation of the targeted skills for Sprouts through pre-kindergarten

Instructions for Accessing Individual Course Outlines

Clicking a specific academic department from the Table of Contents reveals all

Individual Course Outlines for that subject area

OR

Selecting a specific course from the K-12 Scope and Sequence displays the Individual

Course Outline for that course

Instructions for Retrieving Examples of Course Syllabi

Clicking on “Examples of Course Syllabi” from the Table of Contents reveals examples

of 2013-2014 syllabi from Lower, Middle, and Upper School

(Please note that, due to the dynamic nature of curricula, this curricular white paper is a living document and is

therefore subject to change at any time without notice.)

Page 15: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 15 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Early Childcare Skill Matrix

Literacy &

Reading Math & Reasoning Writing

Fine &

Gross Motor

Phonological

Awareness

Vocabulary, Language,

& Oral Communication

Social &

Emotional Science Social Studies

Conversational

Spanish Art Music

Exp

lorer

s

Sing the alphabet

song

Point to pictures

in a book read

aloud when asked

questions about the

pictures

Understand

simple stories

Begin to

recognize print in

their environment

Pretend to read a

book

Connect events in

story to own life Tell story through

sequence of

pictures

Understand basic

concepts of time such

as tomorrow and

yesterday

Understand basic

concepts of shape

such as larger,

smaller, shorter, and

longer

Sort objects by

color and size

Complete puzzles

with six to ten pieces

Stack a set of rings

on a peg by size

Repeat numbers 1-

20

Repeat 2-3 numbers

in a row

Understand the

number concepts of

one, two, three, four,

and five

Recognize

numerals 1-5

Understand sets of

1-5

Use a toy to

represent another

object

Recognize simple

patterns

• Recognize simple

shapes such as circle,

square, diamond,

star, heart, and oval

Begin to

write some

letters

Begin to

write some

numbers

Create marks

that represent

writing

Complete

3- to 10-

piece puzzles

Begin to cut

with safety

scissors

Begin to use

snaps,

buttons, and

zippers

Run, jump,

and climb

Kick a

small ball

forward

Catch a

rolled ball

Throw a

ball overhand

Build a six-

block tower

Tear paper

Roll,

pound, and

squeeze clay

Begin to

turn door

knobs and fit

lids on jars

Begin to put

on and

remove coat

without

assistance

Recognize

environmental

sounds

Recognize and

produce rhymes

through songs

Segment 2-3

word sentences

Begin to identify

initial phonemes

Use 3-4 word complete

sentences

Describe events using 3-

4 words

Verbalize wants

Repeat parts of songs

and rhymes

Give first and last name

when prompted

Understands 900 words

and uses 500 words

Understand simple

sentences

Follow two-step

directions

Understand common

phrases used in routine

situations

Identify six to eight

colors

Identify familiar signs

and labels such as stop

signs and their first name

Use basic grammar rules

including simple

pronouns, possessives, and

regular past tense when

communication verbally

Engage in conversation

with four or more

exchanges

Begin to label

feelings

Assist in

cleaning up

Engage in

parallel play

with other

children

Begin to take

turns

Transition to a

new activity

with assistance

Attend to

single activity

for ~ 8 minutes

Use senses to

gather, explore, and

interpret

information

Manipulate and

observe objects in

their surroundings

to develop

conclusions

Make age

appropriate, logical

conclusions about

investigations

Use senses to

explore different

environments

Communicate and

comparing

experiments

Identify

immediate

family members

Begin to

understand the

need for

classroom rules

Begin to

identify

common

community

helpers

Listen and

respond to spoken

words in Spanish

Develop an

appreciation for the

Spanish speaking

cultures

Understand basic

colors in Spanish

Count from 1 to 5

in Spanish

Understand

feelings in Spanish

Recite days of the

week

Recite greetings in

Spanish

Draw

horizontal and

vertical lines

Use a

paintbrush

Draw a

circular

motion

Draw a

picture with a

defined shape

Draw simple

shapes

Begin to use

a glue stick

Hold a

crayon

correctly when

coloring

Trace a

straight,

curved, and

zigzag lines

with a crayon

Identify

three or more

shapes

Sing

familiar songs

Identify

loud and soft

noises

Move to

music

Play simple

musical

instruments

Literacy & Reading Math & Reasoning Writing

Fine &

Gross

Motor

Phonological

Awareness

Vocabulary,

Language, &

Oral

Communication

Social &

Emotional Science Social Studies

Conversational

Spanish Art Music

Sch

ola

rs

Recites the alphabet

Recognizes that letters of the

alphabet can be written both

uppercase and lowercase

Recognizes some alphabet

letters

Understands that letters

combine to create words

Recognizes first name in

writing

Begins to understand that

letters are symbols that

represent sounds

Answer literal questions

about text that is read aloud

Demonstrate a basic

understanding of the structure

of a story including beginning,

middle and end

Retell key events from a story

Recognize that words that are

spoken can be written and read

Recognize that pictures in

books are related to text

Describe characters’ actions

and feelings in a story

Sequence events of a story

• Point to written word when

spoken (following along with

text word by word)

• Recognize that print is read

from left to right

• Identify the front and back of

a book

• Turn the pages of a book

from front to back

• Know where to begin reading

• Identify the title of a book

• Hold the book right side up

• Recognize some common

sight words

Match and sort similar

objects by color, size, or

shape

Group objects that are

the same

Describe how objects

are same and different

Distinguish numbers

from letters

Recognize numbers 1-10

Count to 10

Recognize groups of

one, two, three, four, and

five objects

Understand order terms

such as first and last

Identify two-

dimensional shapes

Combine shapes into a

larger picture

Recognize patterns

Understand concepts of

none/some/all, more

than/less than, in/out,

under/over, on/off,

front/back, etc.

Show an understanding

of passing time, including

before/after and today/

yesterday/tomorrow

Compare the size of

groups of objects using

language such as more,

less, and same as

Correctly count 4 to 10

objects

• Understand the effects

of addition and

subtraction

• Count objects using one-

to-one correspondence

Use

drawings to

communicate

ideas

Copy, trace,

or draw

simple shapes

Write some

letters

(particularly

those in the

child’s first

name)

Attempt to

write,

scribble, or

draw

Cut with

scissors

Button

shirts, pants,

coats, and

zip zippers

Bounce,

kick, throw,

and catch a

ball

Put puzzles

together

Hold and

use crayons,

markers,

pens, and

pencils

correctly

Build with

blocks

Begin to

establish

left- or right-

hand

dominance

Recite

rhymes and

songs

Recognize

rhyming

sounds

Identify the

initial and

final sound of

a word

Discriminate

one sound

from another

Differentiate

between

sounds that are

the same and

different

Segment/

blend words

by onset/rime

Count

sounds in

words that

contain up to 3

sounds

Understand and

follows simple oral

directions two-step

with multiple

qualifiers (i.e.

color, location,

size, shape)

Communicate

with others using

longer sentences

(4-5 words)

Use sentences

that include two or

more steps

Answer simple

who, what, where,

and why questions

Ask questions to

gain further

understanding

Tell or retell

stories and/or

everyday

experiences

Express ideas so

that others can

understand

Use basic

grammar rules

including irregular

past tense verbs

and questions

Has vocabulary

of 1500 words

Separate

easily from

parents

Manage

bathroom needs

Recognize

authority

figures

Begin to share

with others

Begin taking

turns

Show

empathy

towards others

Attempt to

regulate

emotions

properly and

use words to

express

emotions (i.e.

happy, sad,

mad, frustrated,

worried, angry,

etc.)

Use words to

solve problems

or conflicts

Use words

like please,

thank you, and

excuse me

Stay with an

activity to

completion

Ask for help

Respect

rights, property,

and feelings of

others

Demonstrate

increasing self-

control

Participate in

clean-up

activities

Follow simple

safety rules

Use senses to

gather, explore, and

interpret

information

Manipulate and

observes objects in

their surroundings

to develop

conclusions

Make observations

and describes

changes in objects

and living things

Ask “why”,

“how”, and “what

if” questions and

seek answers

through

investigation

Make age

appropriate, logical

conclusions about

investigations

Observe and

discuss changes in

weather and

seasons+I18

Observe and

discuss similarities,

differences, and

categories of plants

and animals

Use senses to

explore different

environments

Investigate common

interactions between

matter and energy

Explore and

discusses simple

chemical reactions

Demonstrate

positive

concept of self

Identify the

role of family

and

characteristics

of different

homes and

families

Demonstrate

appreciation

and respect of

others

Recognize

community and

participate as a

helper in the

community

Develop

desirable

attitudes

towards the

world

Recognize the

diversity of

other cultures

Listen and

respond to spoken

words in Spanish

Develop an

appreciation for the

Spanish speaking

cultures

Count to 10 in

Spanish

Recite basic

colors in Spanish

Understand the

days and months in

the year in Spanish

Recite greetings in

Spanish

Recognize

and use

primary and

secondary

colors

Recognize

and use

various

types of

lines

Recognize

different

shapes in

objects

Freely

express

ideas and

feelings on

paper

Construct

three-

dimensional

artwork

Tear and

cut paper in

free form

Demonstra

te an

understandin

g of

differences

and

similarities

in texture

Use their

voice

expressively

as they speak,

sing, and

chant

Identify high

and low

sounds

Sing a

variety of

simple songs

in various

keys, meters,

and genres

alone and

with a group

Experiment

with a variety

of instruments

Perform a

steady beat

Vocally

match pitches

sung

Respond

through

movement to

various tempi,

meters,

dynamics,

modes,

genres, and

styles

Sing, play

instruments,

move, or

verbalize to

demonstrate

awareness of

the elements

of music

Page 16: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 16 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

K-12 Scope and Sequence Chart

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

K

Math K

In this course, students will cover the following

concepts: numbers to 5, 10, and 20, ordering by

length and weight, size and position of objects,

solid and flat shapes, skip counting to 100,

comparing sets, ordinal numbers, calendar

patterns, counting on and back, number facts,

length and height, classifying and sorting,

addition and subtraction stories, measurement,

and money.

Reading/

Language

Arts K

In this course, students are exposed to

reading, writing, auditory, and oral

language skills. Instruction is provided

in whole group as well as in small

groups and students are assessed and

provided support at their own

instructional level. Formal reading

assessments are completed at the

beginning and end of each year with

ongoing informal assessments

throughout the year.

Social Studies K

In this course, students explore important

aspects of being a good citizen, various

aspects of the United States including

national symbols, occupations currently in

their community and from long ago, the

world in which they live, how things

change over time, and stories of the past.

Science K

In this course, students will explore

units on animals, plants, habitats,

day and night, Earth’s resources,

weather and the seasons, matter,

energy, and motion.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art K Music K

Grade 1

Math 1

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10, 20,

40, and 100, number bonds, addition and

subtraction facts to 10, 20, and 100, shapes and

patterns, ordinal numbers and position, length,

weight, picture and bar graphs, mental math

strategies, calendar and time, multiplication and

division, and money.

Reading/

Language

Arts 1

In this course, students focus on text

comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and

listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills.

Formal reading assessments are

completed at the beginning and end of

each year with ongoing informal

assessments throughout the year.

Genres studied in this course include:

informational text, poetry, realistic

fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography,

folk tale, and narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 1

In this course, students expand their

boundaries as they learn about economics

and history of cultures near and far.

Students also learn the importance of social

skills and responsibilities along with

integrated map and globe skills.

Science 1

In this course, students will explore

units on technology, animals, plants,

environments, Earth’s resources,

weather and seasons, objects in the

sky, matter, and forces and energy.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 1 Music 1

Grade 2

Math 2

Concepts covered include: numbers to 1,000,

addition and subtraction up to 1,000, using bar

models for addition, subtraction, multiplication,

and division, multiplication tables of 2, 3, 4, 5,

and 10, metric measurement of length, mass,

volume, mental math and estimation, money,

fractions, customary measurement of length,

time, picture graphs, lines and surfaces, and

shapes and patterns.

Reading/

Language

Arts 2

In this course, students focus on text

comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and

listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills.

Formal assessments of reading

progress are given at the beginning

and end of each year with ongoing

informal assessments completed by

the teacher as needed. Genres studied

in this course include: informational

text, poetry, humorous fiction, fantasy,

fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic

fiction, song, play, and narrative

nonfiction.

Social Studies 2

In this course, students learn the influences

many different groups, both past and

present, have had on our world. They learn

about the groups to which they belong,

groups throughout the world, community

economic structure, and resources.

Science 2

In this course, students will explore

units on technology, animals, plants,

environments for living things,

Earth and its resources, weather, the

solar system, changes in matter,

energy, and magnets.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 2 Music 2

Grade 3

Math 3

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10,000,

mental math and estimation, addition and

subtraction up to 10,000, using a bar model for

addition, subtraction, multiplication, and

division, multiplication tables of 6, 7, 8, and 9,

money, metric length, mass, and volume, real-

world measurement problems, bar graphs and

line plots, fractions, customary length, weight

and volume, time and temperature, angles and

lines, two-dimensional shapes, and area and

perimeter.

Reading/

Language

Arts 3

In this course, students focus on text

comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and

listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills.

Formal assessments of reading

progress are given at the beginning

and end of each year with ongoing

informal assessments completed by

the teacher as needed. Genres studied

in this course include: informational

text, poetry, humorous fiction, fantasy,

fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic

fiction, trickster tale, myth, play, and

narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 3

In this course, students focus on regions of

the United States, examining history,

geography, economics, humanities, and

citizenship. In addition to their extensive

study of the United States, students will

also spend time focusing specifically on

North Carolina’s geographical features and

history.

Science 3

In this course, students will explore

units on investigating questions, the

engineering process, plants and

animals, ecosystems and

interactions, changes to Earth’s

surface, people and resources, water

and weather, Earth and its moon,

matter, and simple and compound

machines.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 3 Music 3

Grade 4

Math 4

Concepts covered include: place value of whole

numbers, estimation and number theory, whole

number multiplication and division, tables and

line graphs, data and probability, fractions and

mixed numbers, decimals, adding and

subtracting decimals, angles, perpendicular and

parallel lines, squares and rectangles, area and

perimeter, symmetry, and tessellations.

Reading/

Language

Arts 4

In this course, students focus on text

comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and

listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills.

Formal assessments of reading

progress are given at the beginning

and end of each year with ongoing

informal assessments completed by

the teacher as needed. Genres studied

in this course include: informational

text, poetry, mystery, fantasy,

biography, folk tale, realistic fiction,

play, myth, fable, newspaper article,

persuasive essay, photo essay, and

narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 4

In this course, students trace history from

early humankind through the fall of the

Roman Empire and follow the lives of the

people who made up these societies.

Geographical information is integrated into

the content.

Science 4

In this course, students will explore

units on the engineering process,

plants and animals, energy and

ecosystems, weather, Earth and

space, properties of matter, changes

in matter, energy, electricity, and

motion.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 4 Music 4

Page 17: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 17 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade 5

Math 5

Concepts covered include: whole number

multiplication and division, adding and

subtracting fractions and mixed numbers,

algebra, area of a triangle, ratio, multiplying and

dividing decimals, percentage, angles, properties

of triangles and four-sided figures, three-

dimensional shapes, and volume of cubes and

rectangular prisms.

Language

Arts 5

In this course, students experience a

deep level of reading comprehension

through cloze reading activities while

the vocabulary and grammar

curriculum builds their essential skills

in reading and writing.

Social Studies 5

In this course, students explore the

geographical and cultural aspects of Latin

America, Canada, Europe, and the United

States.

Science 5

In this course, students will use

scientific exploration to develop a

broad understanding of science and

utilize their understandings to form

healthy relationships with the

environment in which they live.

Topics include scientific

investigation, cells and how they

allow organisms to grow,

ecosystems, energy and natural

resources, Earth’s surface, the solar

system, matter, light and sound, and

forces and motion. Emphasis is on

understanding processes, developing

science skills, and mastering

content. Using the scientific method

as a guide, students will delve into

inquiry-based labs where they will

further develop problem-solving

skills and learn to think and explore

like a scientist.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 5

Orchestra 5,

Chorus 5

Grade 6

Math 6 in

Focus

In this course, students will review basic math

skills and concepts including working with

graphs and scientific notation before exploring

units on rates, ratios, variables, simplifying

simple algebraic expressions, and applying the

four processes to positive and negative numbers.

Language

Arts 6

In this course, students experience a

deep level of reading comprehension

through cloze reading activities while

the vocabulary and grammar

curriculum builds their essential skills

in reading and writing.

Social Studies 6

In this course, students investigate the

culture and history of the Eastern

hemisphere, focusing their studies

specifically on Asia, Africa, and the Pacific

Realm.

Science 6

In this course, students will explore

units on matter and energy, sound

and light, ecology and the

environment, the dynamic Earth,

Earth's water and atmosphere, and

how the human race is impacting

the world. The program continues to

encourage hands-on participation in

laboratory experiences that stress

logical thinking and problem-

solving skills. Students design and

create experiments for testing

hypotheses. They are responsible for

all aspects from the genesis of their

idea to designing presentations to

report their findings.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted

primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and

conversational Spanish skills through

the Teaching Proficiency through

Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational

skills through the use of songs,

puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for

students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the

language by the series end.

Art 6

Orchestra 6,

Chorus 6

Pre-Algebra

AB

In this course, students work extensively with

integers, variables, exponents, rational and

irrational numbers, radical expressions, and

polynomials. Students use various algebraic

properties to evaluate and simplify expressions

and methodically solve equations and

inequalities.

Grade 7

Pre-Algebra

B

In this course, students will explore units on

problem solving, number patterns, fractions,

integers, equations, real numbers, proportion

and percent, operations with exponents, square

roots, data analysis and statistics, and

probability.

English 7

In this course, students shift from a

reader-based curriculum to one based

on individual literary works. The class

focuses on the skills of

comprehension, the recognition of the

main idea, and the identification of

other literary elements and devices.

Students continue their study of

writing, vocabulary, grammar, and

research skills.

U.S. History

This survey course focuses on American

history from the colonization of Jamestown

through the present day. In addition to

factual knowledge of key people, events,

and documents, the process of learning will

be stressed with an emphasis on note-

taking, organizational, and higher-level

thinking skills.

Science 7

In this course, students will be

directed to think like a scientist to

ask questions and to find answers.

Students will develop improved

cognition through the study of

matter and energy, motion and

forces, work and machines, the

diversity of living things, and space

science. Math will begin to be used

to explain relationships between

factors and main concepts. Students

will graph data, draw lines of best

fit, and determine slopes and their

meaning. Using basic equations,

quantitative answers will also be

calculated.

French IA

The first year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in French,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced

approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations while

building study skills and strong

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary, pronunciation, and the

culture of the French-speaking world.

Art 7

(Elective)

Band 7

(Elective),

Orchestra 7

(Elective),

Chorus 7

(Elective)

Algebra I

In this two-year accelerated course, students will

explore algebraic concepts including simplifying

expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic,

radical, and fractional equations; and operations

with exponents, radicals, and rational

expressions.

English 7

Honors

In this honors-level course, students

shift from a reader-based curriculum

to one based on individual literary

works. The class focuses on the skills

of comprehension, the recognition of

the main idea, and the identification of

other literary elements and devices.

Students continue their study of

writing, vocabulary, grammar, and

research skills. This course is based on

the regular course, but is

supplemented by additional literary

works and greater depth and

complexity of material.

Honors U.S.

History

In this honors-level survey course, students

examine American history from the

colonization of Jamestown through the

present day. In addition to factual

knowledge of key people, events and

documents, the process of learning will be

stressed with an emphasis on note-taking,

organizational, and higher-level thinking

skills.

Honors Forensic

Science (Elective)

Forensic Science is a one-semester

elective honors course offered to

seventh grade students. In this

course, students will learn about

international black market dealings,

trade requirements, professional

opportunities within the field, and

steps of prosecution for persons

associated with wildlife crimes

across the globe. Students will

perform an autopsy (necropsy) on a

rodent (vole or mouse), interact with

U.S. Fish and Game personnel, and

solve a case surrounding mysterious

big game deaths.

Spanish IA

The first year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in Spanish,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced

approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations while

building study skills and strong

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Chinese IA

In the first year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in Chinese,

students build fundamentals in

vocabulary while gaining competence

in Chinese culture. This course helps

beginners develop their

communicative competence in the four

basic skills of listening, speaking,

reading, and writing while gaining

competence in Chinese culture,

exercising their ability to compare

aspects of different cultures, making

connections to their daily life, and

building links among communities.

Page 18: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 18 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade 8

Pre-Algebra

B

In this course, students will explore units on

problem solving, number patterns, fractions,

integers, equations, real numbers, proportion

and percent, data analysis and statistics, and

probability.

English 8

In this course, students continue a

curriculum based on more challenging

literary works. Focus remains on the skills

of comprehension, the recognition of the

main idea, and the identification of other

literary elements and devices. Students

continue their study of writing, vocabulary,

grammar, and research skills.

Civics

In this course, students examine the federal

government, understand America's

economic and legal systems, compare these

structures to other global systems, and

investigate current local, national, and

international events.

Science 8

This course will expand students’

content knowledge in life and

physical sciences through inquiry

investigations. Topics include the

relationship of science to

technology, the structure and

interactions of matter, the function

of cells, principles of genetics, and

the structure and function of human

organ systems. Emphasis is on

understanding the processes as well

as on mastery of facts. By using the

scientific method as a problem-

solving tool, students collect,

represent, and analyze data.

Laboratory skill development

including technical writing,

operation of microscopes, and

working with chemicals and

equipment safely are cornerstones of

this course.

French IB

The second year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in French,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced

approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations while

continuing to build study skills and

strong fundamentals in grammar,

verbs, vocabulary, pronunciation, and

the culture of the French-speaking

world.

Art 8

(Elective)

Band 8

(Elective),

Orchestra 8

(Elective),

Chorus 8

(Elective)

Algebra I

In this one-year accelerated course, students will

explore algebraic concepts including

simplifying expressions; factoring; solving

linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional

equations; and operations with exponents,

radicals, and rational expressions.

Geometry

In this two-year accelerated course, students will

explore units on points, lines, planes, and

angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and

planes, congruent triangles, quadrilaterals,

inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar

polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane

figures, areas and volumes of solids, and

coordinate geometry.

English 8

Honors

In this honors-level course, students

continue a curriculum based on more

challenging literary works. Focus remains

on the skills of comprehension, the

recognition of the main idea, and the

identification of other literary elements and

devices. Students continue their study of

writing, vocabulary, grammar, and research

skills. This course is based on the regular

course, but is supplemented by additional

literary works and greater depth and

complexity of material.

Honors Civics

In this honors-level course, students

examine the federal government,

understand America's economic and legal

systems, compare these structures to other

global systems, and investigate current

local, national, and international events.

Honors S.T.E.A.M.

(Elective)

Rising eighth graders showing high

aptitude for mathematics and

scientific thought will be eligible for

this honors-level, semester-long

course. Participants will investigate

numerous phenomena from the

perspective of an engineer, a

scientist, and a creative artist

culminating with a video production

of a Mythbusters-style episode

chronicling their discoveries.

Students will be responsible for

cooperating with peers, contacting

community field experts to research

the development of the featured

topics, constructing replica

prototypes, and presenting findings

supported by data and experiences

collected during the class.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Spanish IB

The second year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in Spanish,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced

approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations while

continuing to build study skills and

strong fundamentals in grammar,

verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and

the culture of the Spanish-speaking

world.

Chinese IB

In the second year of this introductory

course, which is conducted in Chinese,

students continue to build

fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese

culture. This course helps beginners

develop their communicative

competence in the four basic skills of

listening, speaking, reading, and

writing while gaining competence in

Chinese culture, exercising their

ability to compare aspects of different

cultures, making connections to their

daily life, and building links among

communities.

Page 19: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 19 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade 9

Algebra I

In this introductory-level course, students will

explore algebraic concepts including

simplifying expressions; factoring; solving

linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional

equations; and operations with exponents,

radicals, and rational expressions.

English I

This course is a survey of literary genres,

including novels, plays, short stories,

poetry, and the epic. A foundation is

provided for a thorough understanding of

the characteristics of each genre and the

literary terminology associated with each.

Literary analysis of thematic ideas is

enhanced by the improvement of

composition skills through writing

numerous essays as well as a research

paper. Students continue their study of

vocabulary and more complex grammar

structures.

Ancient

Medieval

History

Ancient Medieval History is a survey

course from prehistoric times to the

Renaissance period (ca. 1500). This course

is taught not only from an historical but also

a cultural perspective including a major unit

of study on world religions. Also included

in the curriculum is the study of current

events.

Physics Foundation

In this laboratory-based introductory

course, students will examine basic

mathematical techniques of science,

motion, matter, chemical reactions,

and laboratory techniques, the

atomic theory process of science.

The quantum-mechanical model of

an atom and chemical periodicity

and bonding will be the concluding

topics in this course.

French I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in French, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the francophone world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Drawing I,

Honors

Drawing II,

2-D Design

I, Honors 2-

D Design II,

Photography

I, Honors

Photography

II, Sculpture

I, Honors

Sculpture II

US Concert

Band, US

String

Orchestra,

Vocal

Workshop,

Theatre Arts

I,

Performing

Arts

Foundations

French II

In this course, which is conducted in

French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness

and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Geometry

In this one-year accelerated course, students will

explore units on points, lines, planes, and

angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and

planes, congruent triangles, quadrilaterals,

inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar

polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane

figures, areas and volumes of solids, and

coordinate geometry.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

more sophisticated vocabulary and

grammatical structures.

Honors Physics

Foundation

In this honors-level introductory

course, students will explore basic

mathematical techniques of science,

motion, matter, chemical reactions,

laboratory techniques, and the

atomic theory. The quantum-

mechanical model of an atom and

chemical periodicity and bonding

will be the concluding topics in this

course.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their

study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of

the subjunctive. Reading

comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as

well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin are

primary objectives. In addition, the

study of Roman culture and history is

extended through the readings of

various translations.

English I

Seminar

Honors

The ninth grade seminar course challenges

highly motivated and intellectually curious

students with rigorous texts and complex

assessments designed to cultivate a new

understanding of their world while

preparing them for honors- and AP-level

English courses. To this end, students are

encouraged to think logically, formulate

arguments effectively, and communicate

efficiently in a discussion-based format.

Students will study a variety of genres of

world literature in an effort to introduce

global concepts and concerns, explore

human nature, and define human

excellence. Students also improve

composition skills through the intensive

study and practice of grammar and writing,

culminating in a research project.

Vocabulary study continues with Power

Plus for the New SAT, Book I. Students

should expect nightly reading assignments,

frequent writing opportunities, coursework

that requires them to work independently,

and classroom experiences that require

careful preparation, critical thinking, and

original thought.

Honors Ancient

Medieval

History

In this honors-level survey course, students

examine history from prehistoric times to

the Renaissance period. This course is

taught not only from an historical but also a

cultural perspective including a major unit

of study on world religions. Also included

in the curriculum is the study of current

events. This course will move at an

accelerated pace, which will allow for more

course topics to be pursued through

increased reading assignments and class

discussions.

Honors

Algebra II

In this two-year accelerated honors-level course,

students will explore units on linear equations

and inequalities, systems of linear equations and

inequalities, polynomials, quadratic equations,

powers, roots, radicals, and complex numbers,

functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, quadratic functions, exponential and

logarithmic functions, matrices, discrete

mathematics, and an introduction to

trigonometric functions.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a

regular-level course designed to

give students who enjoy math and

science the opportunity to explore

areas of engineering through

extensive hands-on activities.

Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving

skills.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the first part

of a two-year sequence of Spanish II.

Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Page 20: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 20 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade

10

Geometry

In this course, students will explore units on

points, lines, planes, and angles, deductive

reasoning, parallel lines and planes, congruent

triangles, quadrilaterals, inequalities in

geometry, proofs, similar polygons, right

triangles, circles, areas of plane figures, areas

and volumes of solids, and coordinate geometry.

English II

English II students cultivate a global

perspective through a focused study of

all genres of world literature. The

thematically based course explores the

role of the individual in society, the

human experience in relation to nature

and science, freedom and oppression,

and reality versus illusion/perception.

Students practice reading for meaning

and developing critical-thinking skills

through reading, writing, and

discussion. Students hone composition

skills with the intensive study and

practice of grammar and writing

culminating in a research project.

Special attention is given to correct

usage as required by the writing

sections of both the SAT and ACT.

Vocabulary study continues with

Power Plus for the New SAT, Book II.

Modern World

History

In this course, students examine major

themes and events in European history from

1450 to the present, with some emphasis on

art history and the geographical changes in

European boundaries as well as other parts

of the world due to historical events. Chemistry

Foundations

In this laboratory-based introductory

course, students gain a basic

knowledge of rational thinking as it

pertains to understanding and

problem solving in the areas of

chemical reactions, heat,

stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic

theory, periodicity, gas laws,

solutions, equilibrium, acid/base

theory, and electrochemistry.

French I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in French, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the francophone world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Drawing I,

Honors

Drawing II,

2-D Design

I, Honors 2-

D Design II,

Photography

I, Honors

Photography

II, Sculpture

I, Honors

Sculpture II

US Concert

Band, US

String

Orchestra,

Vocal

Workshop,

Chorale,

Theatre Arts

I, Theatre

Arts II,

Performing

Arts

Foundations

French II

In this course, which is conducted in

French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness

and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

Algebra II

In this course, students will continue their study

of algebraic concepts including a study of linear,

quadratic, rational, and polynomial functions,

systems of equations, complex numbers,

probability and statistics, exponential and

logarithmic functions, introduction to

trigonometric functions, and sequences.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in French, students receive

a systematic study of grammar and

verbs with an emphasis placed on

vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and

paragraph writing.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Honors

Algebra II

In this honors-level course, students will explore

units on linear equations and inequalities,

systems of linear equations and inequalities,

polynomials, quadratic equations, powers, roots,

radicals, and complex numbers, functions,

polynomial functions, rational functions,

quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic

functions, matrices, discrete mathematics, and

an introduction to trigonometric functions.

Honors Modern

World History

In this honors course, students examine

major themes and events in European

history from 1450 to the present, with some

emphasis on art history and the

geographical changes in European

boundaries as well as other parts of the

world due to historical events. Students will

closely examine many primary sources and

often work independently. In addition, there

will be an emphasis on analysis and

application of course material, research and

writing skills, conceptualization and

connectivity of major historical themes, and

critical thinking.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

more sophisticated vocabulary and

grammatical structures.

Honors Chemistry

In this honors-level laboratory-

based introductory course, students

gain a basic knowledge of rational

thinking as it pertains to

understanding and problem solving

in the areas of chemical reactions,

heat, stoichiometry, nomenclature,

atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws,

solutions, equilibrium, acid/base

theory, and electrochemistry.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue their study

of Chinese through expansion of their

vocabulary and ability to conduct daily

communications.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their

study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of

the subjunctive. Reading

comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as

well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin, are

primary objectives. In addition, the

study of Roman culture and history is

extended through the readings of

various translations.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will

complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of

equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and receive an introduction to

calculus, sequences, series, vectors, probability,

and limits.

English II

Honors

English II Honors challenges highly

motivated and intellectually curious

students with rigorous texts and

complex assessments designed to

deepen their understanding of their

world while preparing them for

honors- and AP-level English courses.

Through a focused study of all genres

of world literature, the thematically

based course explores the role of the

individual in society, the human

experience in relation to nature and

science, freedom and oppression, and

reality versus illusion/perception.

Students hone composition skills with

the intensive study and practice of

grammar and writing culminating in a

research project. Special attention is

given to correct usage as required by

the writing sections of both the SAT

and ACT. Vocabulary study continues

with Power Plus for the New SAT,

Book II. Students should expect

nightly reading assignments, frequent

writing opportunities, coursework that

requires them to work independently,

and classroom experiences that require

careful preparation, critical thinking,

and original thought.

Psychology

Introductory Psychology provides students

with a foundation for understanding what

psychology is, how it is studied, how we

develop from infancy to adulthood, how we

learn and remember information, how our

personalities form and in some cases

develop abnormally, and how we interact

socially in small groups and the global

community.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is

a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the

health fields and biological sciences.

This course will involve extensive

dissection laboratories and other

hands-on activities and will rely on

interactive software for

understanding of the body systems.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

AP Psychology

AP Psychology provides students with a

foundation for understanding what

psychology is, how it is studied, how the

brain works, how we develop from infancy

to adulthood, how we learn and remember

information, how we make judgments and

decisions, why we are motivated to behave

as we do, how our personalities take form

and in some cases develop abnormally, and

how we interact socially in small groups

and the global community.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are

introduced to major concepts for collecting,

analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data

while being exposed to four broad conceptual

themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study,

probability, and statistical inference.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the first part

of a two-year sequence of Spanish II.

Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics

course focuses on the role of government in

our lives. It is a discussion- and

presentation- based class grounded in

current political, social, and economic

topics impacting America today.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a

regular-level course designed to

give students who enjoy math and

science the opportunity to explore

areas of engineering through

extensive hands-on activities.

Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving

skills.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the second

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish

II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

richness and variety of cultural

insights increase students’ awareness

of the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students review

major grammar points, are introduced

to many details of grammar, and

further their comprehension of the

Hispanic culture. Selected readings,

which lend themselves to oral and

written discussions, further the

students' comprehension of the

Hispanic culture.

Page 21: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 21 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Visual Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade

11

Algebra II

In this course, students will continue their study

of algebraic concepts including a study of linear,

quadratic, rational, and polynomial functions,

systems of equations, complex numbers,

probability and statistics, exponential and

logarithmic functions, introduction to

trigonometric functions, and sequences.

English III

In this survey course, students explore

the writings of major American

writers from the 17th Century through

the 20th Century. Composition

development stresses the writing of

expository essays through the study of

prose models and intensive writing

practice. Vocabulary and advanced

grammar practice aid students in

developing an effective and

sophisticated writing style. A research

paper is submitted during the second

semester.

U.S. History

In this course, students explore the nation's

history studying the basic events,

personalities, documents, and historical

perspectives with areas of focus on

political, social, economic, cultural, and

geographic patterns of United States

History.

Conceptual Physics

In this laboratory-based introductory

course, students will gain an

understanding of various physical

science concepts including motion,

gravity, work, energy, waves (sound

and light), electricity, and

magnetism with algebra-based

problem solving and development

of the system of international units

as applied to physical measurement.

French I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in French, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the francophone world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Drawing I,

Honors

Drawing II,

2-D Design

I, Honors 2-

D Design II,

Photography

I, Honors

Photography

II, Sculpture

I, Honors

Sculpture II,

AP

Photography,

AP Studio

Art

US Concert

Band,

Honors US

Concert

Band III, US

String

Orchestra,

Honors US

String

Orchestra III,

Vocal

Workshop,

Chorale,

Honors

Chamber

Singers,

Theatre Arts

I, Theatre

Arts II,

Honors

Theatre Arts

III,

Performing

Arts

Foundations

French II

In this course, which is conducted in

French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness

and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

Honors

Algebra II

In this honors-level course, students will explore

units on linear equations and inequalities,

systems of linear equations and inequalities,

polynomials, quadratic equations, powers, roots,

radicals, and complex numbers, functions,

polynomial functions, rational functions,

quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic

functions, matrices, discrete mathematics, and

an introduction to trigonometric functions.

Honors U.S.

History

In this honors-level course, students explore

the nation's history studying the basic

events, personalities, documents, and

historical perspectives with areas of focus

on political, social, economic, cultural, and

geographic patterns of United States

history. This course will move at an

accelerated pace, which will allow for more

course topics to be pursued through

increased reading assignments and class

discussions. AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an algebra-based

science course designed to be

equivalent to an introductory

college physics course. The course

covers Newtonian mechanics

(including rotational dynamics and

angular momentum); work, energy,

and power; mechanical waves and

sound; and electric circuits. Through

the practice of scientific inquiry and

reasoning, students develop

meaningful physics knowledge.

Inquiry-based investigations are

constructed to foster student

engagement in the practice of

science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and

arguments, and solving problems in

a collaborative setting.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in French, students receive

a systematic study of grammar and

verbs with an emphasis placed on

vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and

paragraph writing.

French IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in French, students explore

the francophone world through critical

analysis of literature, vocabulary

growth, and stylistics skills.

AP U.S. History

In this Advanced Placement course,

students are given the analytical skills and

factual knowledge to work with the

problems and materials in U.S. history.

Students learn to assess, weigh evidence,

and analyze interpretations found within

historical documents and reach conclusions

based on their analysis.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Advanced

Functions

and

Modeling

In this course, students will explore topics

including data analysis, linear systems, linear

programming, transformations, exponential

functions, logarithmic functions, piecewise

functions, matrices, radicals, quadratic

functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, trigonometry, and probability.

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college-level

course which includes a more

expansive in-depth theoretical

analysis of the basic topics covered

in introductory chemistry. These

topics include the nature of

chemical reactivity, the effect of

bonding and structure on the

behavior of a molecule, models of

acids and bases, the kinetic

molecular theory, thermodynamic

principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear

forces and interactions, and basic

organic chemistry. Advanced

problem-solving techniques in

stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium,

qualitative and quantitative analysis,

acid/base and buffer chemistry,

electrochemistry, thermodynamics,

gas laws, nuclear chemistry, and

oxidation/reduction reactions are

also demonstrated.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

more sophisticated vocabulary and

grammatical structures.

AP U.S.

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American

Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of the United States

government and the processes that make

this form of government effective in

today’s modern and ever-changing world.

The course covers the Constitutional

underpinnings of the United States

government, political beliefs, political

behaviors, political parties, interest groups,

mass media, the institutions of the national

government, civil rights, and civil liberties.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue their study

of Chinese through expanding their

vocabulary and ability to conduct daily

communications.

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college-

level course that explores four big

ideas: evolution, cellular processes-

energy and communication, genetics

and information transfer, and

interactions of biological systems.

The model of instruction focuses on

enduring, conceptual understandings

and the content that supports them.

The curriculum framework supports

the development of advanced

inquiry and reasoning skills, such as

designing a plan for collecting data,

analyzing data, applying

mathematical routines, and

connecting concepts in an across

domains.

Chinese IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students

enhance basic language skills with a

focus on language proficiency in the

areas of description, narration,

correspondence, and comparisons

based on situational context.

Pre-Calculus

In this course, students will complete extensive

work with functions and their graphs, conics,

solving systems of equations, development of

trigonometry, and will receive an introduction to

sequences, series, vectors, probability, and

limits.

AP Comparative

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative

Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of six foreign

governments (UK, China, Russia, Iran,

Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that

make these forms of government effective

in today’s modern and ever-changing

world. All participants take the national

Advanced Placement exam at the end of the

course.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their

study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of

the subjunctive. Reading

comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as

well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin, are

primary objectives. In addition, the

study of Roman culture and history is

extended through the readings of

various translations.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is

a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the

health fields and biological sciences.

This course will involve extensive

dissection laboratories and other

hands-on activities and will rely on

interactive software for

understanding of the body systems.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will

complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of

equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and will receive an introduction to

calculus, sequences, series, vectors, probability,

and limits.

AP Human

Geography

AP Human Geography is a full-year course

designed to introduce students to the

systematic study of patterns and processes

that have shaped human understanding, use,

and alteration of the Earth’s surface.

Students use spatial concepts and landscape

analysis to examine human social

organization and its environmental

consequences. Additionally, students learn

about the methods and tools geographers

use in their science and practice.

Honors Seminar in

Sustainability

In this year-long, research-based,

honors-level course, students

experience a dynamic course of

study, combined with field

experiences, to educate the next

generation of innovators, leaders,

and citizens for a sustainable planet.

The curriculum encourages students

to explore and understand the

environmental, economic, social,

and political impacts of natural

resource use, and to develop

practices that conserve these

resources when pursued over

generations. Students develop and

implement independent and

collaborative lab experiences and

projects while helping the school

meet the objectives of the school’s

sustainability program.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their

study of the subjunctive of Latin with

an emphasis on sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The study of Roman culture is also

extended through the translation of

“Jason and the Argonauts” and

through an introduction to the works

of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger,

and Cicero.

Psychology

This introductory course provides students

with a foundation for understanding the

basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed on

promoting critical thinking in conjunction

with classroom materials and discussions,

as well as beyond the classroom in daily

life.

Introduction in

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a

regular-level course designed to

give students who enjoy math and

science the opportunity to explore

areas of engineering through

extensive hands-on activities.

Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving

skills.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course,

students increase their ability to read,

translate, understand, analyze, and

interpret lines of Latin text.

Page 22: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 22 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Visual Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade

11

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are

introduced to major concepts for collecting,

analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data

while being exposed to four broad conceptual

themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study,

probability, and statistical inference.

Not offered 2014-2015.

AP English

III-

Language

and

Composition

In this AP course, students engage in

the careful reading and critical

analysis of written and visual texts.

Students become skilled readers of

prose written in a variety of rhetorical

contexts for a variety of purposes. The

study of collegiate-level vocabulary

and applied grammar helps students to

develop complexity and precision in

their writing and analysis. The course

also includes a research paper. All

students are required to take the AP

Language and Composition exam in

the spring.

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce

students to study of human behavior and

the mental processes of humans through

systematic and scientific study. Students

learn about psychological facts, principals,

phenomena, and the ethics psychologists

use in their practice.

Advanced Robotics

Honors

This honors-level, hands-on course

is devoted to the study of robotics.

Topics include magnetism and

electromagnetic induction, DC

motor theory, C programming,

Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills

emphasized are critical thinking,

working and collaborating in a team

environment, breaking problems

into smaller, more manageable

components, planning investigations

involving defined problems, and

analyzing and interpreting data.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey

course focusing on nature/tribal religions,

Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and

Confucianism, and the Abrahamic

religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.

Students will learn to think critically about

religion as a human pursuit because they

will have the ability to compare one

phenomenon across different cultures.

Engineering II

Honors

This honors-level hands-on course

is devoted to the study of analog and

digital electronics, with a project

component. Topics include AC

theory, capacitors and inductors,

transformers, diodes, operational

amplifiers, basic digital gates,

latches and flip-flops, counters, and

shift registers. Through

investigative labs, students learn to

design and troubleshoot digital

circuits. Skill emphasis is on

continuing the development of the

skills stressed in Honors Robotics.

.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the first part

of a two-year sequence of Spanish II.

Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What

does it mean to be human?” through five

thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious,

(2) man is moral, (3) man is mortal, (4)

man is social or relational, and (5) man is

expressive or creative. The course is

interdisciplinary, incorporating history,

philosophy, religion, literature, science, art,

and music.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the second

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish

II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

richness and variety of cultural

insights increase students’ awareness

of the Spanish-speaking world.

AP Calculus

BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students

explore topics which include limits, derivatives,

integrals, infinite series, elementary differential

equations, and applications and modeling.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students review

major grammar points, are introduced

to many details of grammar, and

further their comprehension of the

Hispanic culture. Selected readings,

which lend themselves to oral and

written discussions, further the

students' comprehension of the

Hispanic culture.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics

course focuses on the role of government in

our lives. It is a discussion- and

presentation- based class grounded in

current political, social, and economic

topics impacting America today.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Spanish IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students study

Spanish civilization, culture, art,

literature, and grammar. Advanced

grammar topics are reviewed and

practiced, and continued practice in

conversation is provided through class

discussions and oral projects.

Grade

12

Advanced

Functions

and

Modeling

In this course, students will explore topics

including data analysis, linear systems, linear

programming, transformations, exponential

functions, logarithmic functions, piecewise

functions, matrices, radicals, quadratic

functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, trigonometry, and probability.

English IV

In this course, students concentrate on

themes in literature and how these

themes can be connected to our

intellectual and spiritual journeys as

scholars and thoughtful human beings.

In addition to a continuing emphasis

on proficiency in written expression,

oral expression, and the interpretation

of literature, seniors continue to

increase their skills in utilizing precise

diction, correct usage, and articulate

discussion of complex topics in their

writing. A research paper is included.

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce

students to study of human behavior and

the mental processes of humans through

systematic and scientific study. Students

learn about psychological facts, principals,

phenomena, and the ethics psychologists

use in their practice.

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college-level

course which includes a more

expansive in-depth theoretical

analysis of the basic topics covered

in introductory chemistry. These

topics include the nature of

chemical reactivity, the effect of

bonding and structure on the

behavior of a molecule, models of

acids and bases, the kinetic

molecular theory, thermodynamic

principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear

forces and interactions, and basic

organic chemistry. Advanced

problem-solving techniques in

stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium,

qualitative and quantitative analysis,

acid/base and buffer chemistry,

electrochemistry, thermodynamics,

gas laws, nuclear chemistry, and

oxidation/reduction reactions are

also demonstrated.

French I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in French, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the francophone world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

Drawing I,

Honors

Drawing II,

2-D Design

I, Honors 2-

D Design II,

Photography

I, Honors

Photography

II, Sculpture

I, Honors

Sculpture II,

AP

Photography,

AP Studio

Art

US Concert

Band,

Honors US

Concert

Band III,

Honors US

Concert

Band IV, US

String

Orchestra,

Honors US

String

Orchestra III,

Honors US

String

Orchestra

IV, Vocal

Workshop,

Chorale,

Honors

Chamber

Singers,

Theatre Arts

I, Theatre

Arts II,

Honors

Theatre Arts

III,

Performing

Arts

Foundations

AP Comparative

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative

Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of six foreign

governments (UK, China, Russia, Iran,

Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that

make these forms of government effective

in today’s modern and ever -changing

world. All participants take the national

Advanced Placement exam at the end of the

course.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in

French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness

and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college-

level course that explores four big

ideas: evolution, cellular processes-

energy and communication, genetics

and information transfer, and

interactions of biological systems.

The model of instruction focuses on

enduring, conceptual understandings

and the content that supports them.

The curriculum framework supports

the development of advanced

inquiry and reasoning skills, such as

designing a plan for collecting data,

analyzing data, applying

mathematical routines, and

connecting concepts in an across

domains.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in French, students receive

a systematic study of grammar and

verbs with an emphasis placed on

vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and

paragraph writing.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will

complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of

equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and will receive an introduction to

calculus, sequences, series, vectors, probability,

and limits.

AP U.S.

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American

Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of the United States

government and the processes that make

this form of government effective in

today’s modern and ever-changing world.

The course covers the Constitutional

underpinnings of the United States

government, political beliefs, political

behaviors, political parties, interest groups,

mass media, the institutions of the national

government, civil rights, and civil liberties.

French IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in French, students explore

the francophone world through critical

analysis of literature, vocabulary

growth, and stylistics skills.

AP French

Language &

Culture

In this Advanced Placement course,

which is conducted in French, students

further their proficiency in listening

comprehension, speaking, reading, and

writing.

AP

Macroeconomics

Advanced Placement Macroeconomics is a

course designed to provide students with a

sophisticated understanding of the global

economy and of the role students are

playing and will play in the complex global

economic system.

AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an algebra-based

science course designed to be

equivalent to an introductory

college physics course. The course

covers Newtonian mechanics

(including rotational dynamics and

angular momentum); work, energy,

and power; mechanical waves and

sound; and electric circuits. Through

the practice of scientific inquiry and

reasoning, students develop

meaningful physics knowledge.

Inquiry-based investigations are

constructed to foster student

engagement in the practice of

science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and

arguments, and solving problems in

a collaborative setting.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

more sophisticated vocabulary and

grammatical structures.

Page 23: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 23 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math English Social Studies Science World Languages Fine Arts

Course

Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description Course Name Course Description Course Name Course Description

Course

Name Course Description

Visual

Arts

Performing

Arts

Grade

12

Calculus

In this course, students are introduced to

differential and integral calculus and explore

topics including limits, derivatives, integrals,

and applications of derivatives and integrals.

AP English

IV-

Literature

and

Composition

In this AP course, students explore a

variety of complex topics through the

study of essays, plays, novels, and

poetry. In addition to developing their

skills in literary analysis through

writing and discussion, students also

write a term essay that requires the

reading of an addition 21 works of

literature related to a topic of their

choice culminating in the writing of a

15-20 page paper. All students are

required to take the AP Literature and

Composition exam in the spring.

AP European

History

This course is a comprehensive

chronological and topical survey of the

narrative of European history from 1450 to

the present. Emphasis is placed on the study

of primary source materials for historical

interpretation and on expository essay

writing in order to distinguish significance

of movements, trends, and cause-and-effect

relationships. The themes of study fall into

three categories: intellectual and cultural

history, political and diplomatic history,

and social and economic history.

AP Physics II

AP Physics II is an algebra-based

science course designed to be

equivalent to a secon- semester

college physics class. The course

covers fluid mechanics;

thermodynamics; electricity and

magnetism; optics; and atomic and

nuclear physics. Through the

practice of scientific inquiry and

reasoning, students develop

meaningful physics knowledge.

Inquiry-based investigations are

constructed to foster student

engagement in the practice of

science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and

arguments, and solving problems in

a collaborative setting.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue their study

of Chinese through expanding their

vocabulary and ability to conduct daily

communications.

Chinese IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in Chinese, students

enhance basic language skills with a

focus on language proficiency in the

areas of description, narration,

correspondence, and comparisons

based on situational context.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are

introduced to major concepts for collecting,

analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data

while being exposed to four broad conceptual

themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study,

probability, and statistical inference.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is

a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the

health fields and biological

sciences. This course will involve

extensive dissection laboratories

and other hands-on activities and

will rely on interactive software for

understanding of the body systems.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their

study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of

the subjunctive. Reading

comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English as

well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin are

primary objectives. In addition, the

study of Roman culture and history is

extended through the readings of

various translations.

AP Human

Geography

AP Human Geography is a year-long

course designed to introduce students to the

systematic study of patterns and processes

that have shaped human understanding, use,

and alteration of the Earth’s surface.

Students use spatial concepts and landscape

analysis to examine human social

organization and its environmental

consequences. Additionally, students learn

about the methods and tools geographers

use in their science and practice.

Honors Seminar in

Sustainability

In this year-long, research-based,

honors-level course, students

experience a dynamic course of

study, combined with field

experiences, to educate the next

generation of innovators, leaders,

and citizens for a sustainable planet.

The curriculum encourages students

to explore and understand the

environmental, economic, social,

and political impacts of natural

resource use, and to develop

practices that conserve these

resources when pursued over

generations. Students develop and

implement independent and

collaborative lab experiences and

projects while helping the school

meet the objectives of the school’s

sustainability program.

AP Calculus

AB

In this Advanced Placement course, students

explore topics which include limits, derivatives,

integrals, elementary differential equations, and

applications and modeling.

Psychology

This introductory course provides students

with a foundation for understanding the

basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed

on promoting critical thinking in

conjunction with classroom materials and

discussions, as well as beyond the

classroom in daily life.

Advanced Robotics

Honors

This honors-level, hands-on course

is devoted to the study of robotics.

Topics include magnetism and

electromagnetic induction, DC

motor theory, C programming,

Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills

emphasized are critical thinking,

working and collaborating in a team

environment, breaking problems

into smaller, more manageable

components, planning investigations

involving defined problems, and

analyzing and interpreting data.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their

study of the subjunctive of Latin with

an emphasis on sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax.

The study of Roman culture is also

extended through the translation of

“Jason and the Argonauts” and

through an introduction to the works

of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger,

and Cicero.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey

course focusing on nature/tribal religions,

Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and

Confucianism, and the Abrahamic

religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.

Students will learn to think critically about

religion as a human pursuit because they

will have the ability to compare one

phenomenon across different cultures.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course,

students increase their ability to read,

translate, understand, analyze, and

interpret lines of Latin text.

Engineering II

Honors

This honors-level hands-on course

is devoted to the study of analog

and digital electronics, with a

project component. Topics include

AC theory, capacitors and inductors,

transformers, diodes, operational

amplifiers, basic digital gates,

latches and flip-flops, counters, and

shift registers. Through

investigative labs, students learn to

design and trouble-shoot digital

circuits. Skill emphasis is on

continuing the development of the

skills stressed in Honors Robotics.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real

situations.

AP Calculus

BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students

explore topics which include limits, derivatives,

integrals, infinite series, elementary differential

equations, and applications and modeling.

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What

does it mean to be human?” through five

thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious,

(2) man is moral, (3) man is mortal, (4)

man is social or relational, and (5) man is

expressive or creative. The course is

interdisciplinary, incorporating history,

philosophy, religion, literature, science, art,

and music.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper

syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in

Spanish, students explore the second

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish

II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A

richness and variety of cultural

insights increase students’ awareness

of the Spanish-speaking world.

Honors

Multivariable

Calculus

In this post-AP-level course, students review

single variable calculus and infinite series, conic

sections as parametric and polar functions,

vectors and the geometry of space, vector

functions, partial derivatives, multiple integrals,

and vector calculus.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics

course focuses on the role of government in

our lives. It is a discussion and presentation

based class grounded in current political,

social, and economic topics impacting

America today.

Not offered 2014-2015.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students review

major grammar points, are introduced

to many details of grammar, and

further their comprehension of the

Hispanic culture. Selected readings,

which lend themselves to oral and

written discussions, further the

students' comprehension of the

Hispanic culture.

Spanish IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is

conducted in Spanish, students study

Spanish civilization, culture, art,

literature, and grammar. Advanced

grammar topics are reviewed and

practiced, and continued practice in

conversation is provided through class

discussions and oral projects.

AP Spanish

Language

In this Advanced Placement course

which is conducted in Spanish,

students further their proficiency in

listening comprehension, speaking,

reading, and writing.

Page 24: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 24 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math

Course

Name

Course Description

K

Math K

In this course, students will cover the following concepts: numbers to 5, 10, and 20,

ordering by length and weight, size and position of objects, solid and flat shapes, skip

counting to 100, comparing sets, ordinal numbers, calendar patterns, counting on and back,

number facts, length and height, classifying and sorting, addition and subtraction stories,

measurement, and money.

Grade 1

Math 1

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10, 20, 40, and 100, number bonds, addition and

subtraction facts to 10, 20, and 100, shapes and patterns, ordinal numbers and position,

length, weight, picture and bar graphs, mental math strategies, calendar and time,

multiplication and division, and money.

Grade 2

Math 2

Concepts covered include: numbers to 1,000, addition and subtraction up to 1,000, using bar

models for addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, multiplication tables of 2, 3, 4,

5, and 10, metric measurement of length, mass, volume, mental math and estimation,

money, fractions, customary measurement of length, time, picture graphs, lines and

surfaces, and shapes and patterns.

Grade 3

Math 3

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10,000, mental math and estimation, addition and

subtraction up to 10,000, using a bar model for addition, subtraction, multiplication, and

division, multiplication tables of 6, 7, 8, and 9, money, metric length, mass, and volume,

real-world measurement problems, bar graphs and line plots, fractions, customary length,

weight, and volume, time and temperature, angles and lines, two-dimensional shapes, and

area and perimeter.

Grade 4

Math 4

Concepts covered include: place value of whole numbers, estimation and number theory,

whole number multiplication and division, tables and line graphs, data and probability,

fractions and mixed numbers, decimals, adding and subtracting decimals, angles,

perpendicular and parallel lines, squares and rectangles, area and perimeter, symmetry, and

tessellations.

Grade 5

Math 5

Concepts covered include: whole number multiplication and division, adding and

subtracting fractions and mixed numbers, algebra, area of a triangle, ratio, multiplying and

dividing decimals, percentage, angles, proprieties of triangles and four-sided figures, three-

dimensional shapes, and volume of cubes and rectangular prisms.

Grade 6

Math 6

In this course, students will review basic math skills and concepts including working with

graphs and scientific notation before exploring units on rates, ratios, variables, simplifying

simple algebraic expressions, and applying the four processes to positive and negative

numbers.

Pre-

Algebra

AB

In this course, students work extensively with integers, variables, exponents, rational and

irrational numbers, radical expressions, and polynomials. Students use various algebraic

properties to evaluate and simplify expressions, and methodically solve equations and

inequalities.

Page 25: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 25 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

Pre-

Algebra

B

In this course, students will explore units on problem solving, number patterns, fractions,

integers, equations, real numbers, proportion and percent, operations with exponents, square

roots, data analysis and statistics, and probability.

Algebra I

In this two-year accelerated course, students will explore algebraic concepts including

simplifying expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional

equations; and operations with exponents, radicals, and rational expressions.

Grade 8

Pre-

Algebra

B

In this course, students will explore units on problem solving, number patterns, fractions,

integers, equations, real numbers, proportion and percent, data analysis and statistics, and

probability.

Algebra I

In this one-year accelerated course, students will explore algebraic concepts including

simplifying expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional

equations; and operations with exponents, radicals, and rational expressions.

Geometry

In this two-year accelerated course, students will explore units on points, lines, planes, and

angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and planes, congruent triangles, quadrilaterals,

inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane

figures, areas and volumes of solids, and coordinate geometry.

Grade 9

Algebra I

In this introductory course, students will explore algebraic concepts including simplifying

expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional equations; and

operations with exponents, radicals, and rational expressions.

Geometry

In this one-year accelerated course, students will explore units on points, lines, planes, and

angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and planes, congruent triangles, quadrilaterals,

inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane

figures, areas and volumes of solids, and coordinate geometry.

Honors

Algebra

II

In this two-year accelerated honors-level course, students will explore units on linear

equations and inequalities, systems of linear equations and inequalities, polynomials,

quadratic equations, powers, roots, radicals, and complex numbers, functions, polynomial

functions, rational functions, quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions,

matrices, discrete mathematics, and an introduction to trigonometric functions.

Grade

10

Geometry

In this course, students will explore units on points, lines, planes, and angles, deductive

reasoning, parallel lines and planes, congruent triangles, quadrilaterals, inequalities in

geometry, proofs, similar polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane figures, areas and

volumes of solids, and coordinate geometry.

Algebra

II

In this course, students will continue their study of algebraic concepts including a study of

linear, quadratic, rational, and polynomial functions, systems of equations, complex

numbers, probability and statistics, exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to

trigonometric functions, and sequences.

Honors

Algebra

II

In this honors-level course, students will explore units on linear equations and inequalities,

systems of linear equations and inequalities, polynomials, quadratic equations, powers,

roots, radicals, and complex numbers, functions, polynomial functions, rational functions,

quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, matrices, discrete mathematics,

and an introduction to trigonometric functions.

Page 26: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 26 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

10

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honor- level course, students will complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and receive an introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors,

probability, and limits.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to major concepts for

collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data while being exposed to four

broad conceptual themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study, probability, and

statistical inference. Not offered 2014-2015.

Grade

11

Honors

Algebra II

In this honors-level course, students will explore units on linear equations and

inequalities, systems of linear equations and inequalities, polynomials, quadratic

equations, powers, roots, radicals, and complex numbers, functions, polynomial

functions, rational functions, quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic

functions, matrices, discrete mathematics, and an introduction to trigonometric

functions.

Advanced

Functions

and

Modeling

In this course, students will explore topics including data analysis, linear systems,

linear programming, transformations, exponential functions, logarithmic functions,

piecewise functions, matrices, radicals, quadratic functions, polynomial functions,

rational functions, trigonometry, and probability.

Pre-Calculus

In this course, students will complete extensive work with functions and their graphs,

conics, solving systems of equations, development of trigonometry, and receive an

introduction to sequences, series, vectors, probability, and limits.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and receive an introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors,

probability, and limits.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to major concepts for

collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data while being exposed to four

broad conceptual themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study, probability, and

statistical inference. Not offered 2014-2015.

AP Calculus

BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which include limits,

derivatives, integrals, infinite series, elementary differential equations, and applications

and modeling.

Page 27: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 27 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

Pre-Calculus In this course, students will complete extensive work with functions and their graphs,

conics, solving systems of equations, development of trigonometry, and receive an

introduction to sequences, series, vectors, probability, and limits.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will complete extensive work with functions and

their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations, development of trigonometry, polar

coordinates, and receive an introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors,

probability, and limits.

Calculus

In this course, students are introduced to differential and integral calculus and explore

topics including limits, derivatives, integrals, and applications of derivatives and

integrals.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to major concepts for

collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data while being exposed to four

broad conceptual themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study, probability, and

statistical inference. Not offered 2014-2015.

AP Calculus

AB

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which include limits,

derivatives, integrals, elementary differential equations, and applications and

modeling.

AP Calculus

BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which include limits,

derivatives, integrals, infinite series, elementary differential equations, and applications

and modeling.

Honors

Multivariable

Calculus

In this post-AP-level course, students review single variable calculus and infinite

series, conic sections as parametric and polar functions, vectors and the geometry of

space, vector functions, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector calculus.

Page 28: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 28 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

English

Course Name Course Description

K

Reading/

Language Arts

K

In this course, students are exposed to reading, writing, auditory, and oral

language skills. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups

and students are assessed and provided support at their own instructional level.

Formal reading assessments are completed at the beginning and end of each year

with ongoing informal assessments throughout the year.

Grade 1

Reading/

Language Arts

1

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-

frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling,

grammar, and writing skills. Formal reading assessments are completed at the

beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal assessments throughout the

year. Genres studied in this course include: informational text, poetry, realistic

fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography, folk tale, and narrative nonfiction.

Grade 2

Reading/

Language Arts

2

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-

frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling,

grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of reading progress are given at

the beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal assessments completed

by the teacher as needed. Genres studied in this course include: informational text,

poetry, humorous fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction,

song, play, and narrative nonfiction.

Grade 3

Reading/

Language Arts

3

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-

frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling,

grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of reading progress are given at

the beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal assessments completed

by the teacher as needed. Genres studied in this course include: informational text,

poetry, humorous fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction,

trickster tale, myth, play, and narrative nonfiction.

Grade 4

Reading/

Language Arts

4

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-

frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling,

grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of reading progress are given at

the beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal assessments completed

by the teacher as needed. Genres studied in this course include: informational text,

poetry, mystery, fantasy, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction, play, myth, fable,

newspaper article, persuasive essay, photo essay, and narrative nonfiction.

Grade 5

Language Arts

5

In this course, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension through

cloze reading activities, while the vocabulary and grammar curriculum builds their

essential skills in reading and writing.

Grade 6

Language Arts

6

In this course, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension through

cloze reading activities, while the vocabulary and grammar curriculum builds their

essential skills in reading and writing.

Page 29: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 29 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

English 7

In this course, students shift from a reader-based curriculum to one based on

individual literary works. The class focuses on the skills of comprehension, the

recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary elements and

devices. Students continue their study of writing, vocabulary, grammar, and

research skills.

English 7

Honors

In this honors-level course, students shift from a reader-based curriculum to one

based on individual literary works. The class focuses on the skills of

comprehension, the recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other

literary elements and devices. Students continue their study of writing,

vocabulary, grammar, and research skills. This course is based on the regular

course, but is supplemented by additional literary works and greater depth and

complexity of material.

Grade 8

English 8

In this course, students continue a curriculum based on more challenging literary

works. Focus remains on the skills of comprehension, the recognition of the main

idea, and the identification of other literary elements and devices. Students

continue their study of writing, vocabulary, grammar, and research skills.

English 8

Honors

In this honors-level course, students continue a curriculum based on more

challenging literary works. Focus remains on the skills of comprehension, the

recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary elements and

devices. Students continue their study of writing, vocabulary, grammar, and

research skills. This course is based on the regular course, but is supplemented by

additional literary works and greater depth and complexity of material.

Grade 9

English I

This course is a survey of literary genres, including novels, plays, short stories,

poetry and the epic. A foundation is provided for a thorough understanding of the

characteristics of each genre and the literary terminology associated with each.

Literary analysis of thematic ideas is enhanced by the improvement of

composition skills through writing numerous essays as well as a research paper.

Students continue their study of vocabulary and more complex grammar

structures.

English I

Seminar

Honors

The ninth grade seminar course challenges highly motivated and intellectually

curious students with rigorous texts and complex assessments designed to

cultivate a new understanding of their world while preparing them for honors and

AP level English courses. To this end, students are encouraged to think logically,

formulate arguments effectively, and communicate efficiently in a discussion-

based format. Students will study a variety of genres of world literature in an

effort to introduce global concepts and concerns, explore human nature, and

define human excellence. Students also improve composition skills through the

intensive study and practice of grammar and writing, culminating in a research

project. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for the New SAT, Book I.

Students should expect nightly reading assignments, frequent writing

opportunities, coursework that requires them to work independently, and

classroom experiences that require careful preparation, critical thinking, and

original thought.

Page 30: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 30 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

10

English II

English II students cultivate a global perspective through a focused study of all

genres of world literature. The thematically-based course explores the role of the

individual in society, the human experience in relation to nature and science,

freedom and oppression, and reality versus illusion/perception. Students practice

reading for meaning and developing critical thinking skills through reading,

writing, and discussion. Students hone composition skills with the intensive study

and practice of grammar and writing, culminating in a research project. Special

attention is given to correct usage as required by the writing sections of both the

SAT and ACT. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for the New SAT,

Book II.

English II

Honors

Honors English II challenges highly motivated and intellectually curious students

with rigorous texts and complex assessments designed to deepen their

understanding of their world while preparing them for honors and AP level

English courses. Through a focused study of all genres of world literature, the

thematically-based course explores the role of the individual in society, the human

experience in relation to nature and science, freedom and oppression, and reality

versus illusion/perception. Students hone composition skills with the intensive

study and practice of grammar and writing, culminating in a research project.

Special attention is given to correct usage as required by the writing sections of

both the SAT and ACT. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for the New

SAT, Book II. Students should expect nightly reading assignments, frequent

writing opportunities, coursework that requires them to work independently, and

classroom experiences that require careful preparation, critical thinking, and

original thought.

Grade

11

English III

In this survey course, students explore the writings of major American writers

from the 17th Century through the 20th Century. Composition development

stresses the writing of expository essays through the study of prose models and

intensive writing practice. Vocabulary and advanced grammar practice aids

students in developing an effective and sophisticated writing style. A research

paper is submitted during the second semester.

AP English III-

Language and

Composition

In this AP course students engage in the careful reading and critical analysis of

written and visual texts. Students become skilled readers of prose written in a

variety of rhetorical contexts for a variety of purposes. The study of collegiate-

level vocabulary and applied grammar helps students to develop complexity and

precision in their writing and analysis. The course also includes a research paper.

All students are required to take the AP Language and Composition exam in the

spring.

Grade

12

English IV

In this course students concentrate on themes in literature and how these themes

can be connected to our intellectual and spiritual journeys as scholars and

thoughtful human beings. In addition to a continuing emphasis on proficiency in

written expression, oral expression and the interpretation of literature, seniors

continue to increase their skills in utilizing precise diction, correct usage, and

articulate discussion of complex topics in their writing. A research paper is

included.

AP English IV-

Literature and

Composition

In this AP course, students explore a variety of complex topics through the study

of essays, plays, novels and poetry. In addition to developing their skills in

literary analysis through writing and discussion, students also write a term essay

that requires the reading of an addition 21 works of literature related to a topic of

their choice, culminating in the writing of a 15-20 page paper. All students are

required to take the AP Literature and Composition exam in the spring.

Page 31: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 31 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Social Studies

Course Name Course Description

K

Social Studies K

In this course, students explore important aspects of being a good citizen,

various aspects of the United States including national symbols, occupations

currently in their community and from long ago, the world in which they live,

how things change over time, and stories of the past.

Grade 1

Social Studies 1

In this course, students expand their boundaries as they learn about economics

and history of cultures near and far. Students also learn the importance of

social skills and responsibilities along with integrated map and globe skills.

Grade 2

Social Studies 2

In this course, students learn the influences many different groups, both past

and present, have had on our world. They learn about the groups to which

they belong, groups throughout the world, community economic structure,

and resources.

Grade 3

Social Studies 3

In this course, students focus on regions of the United States, examining

history, geography, economics, humanities, and citizenship. In addition to

their extensive study of the United States, students will also spend time

focusing specifically on North Carolina’s geographical features and history.

Grade 4

Social Studies 4

In this course, students trace history from early humankind through the fall of

the Roman Empire and follow the lives of the people who made up these

societies. Geographical information is integrated into the content.

Grade 5

Social Studies 5

In this course, students explore the geographical and cultural aspects of Latin

America, Canada, Europe, and the United States.

Grade 6

Social Studies 6

In this course, students investigate the culture and history of the Eastern

hemisphere, focusing their studies specifically on Asia, Africa, and the

Pacific Realm.

Grade 7

U.S. History

This survey course focuses on American history from the colonization of

Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual knowledge of key

people, events and documents, the process of learning will be stressed with an

emphasis on note-taking, organizational, and higher-level thinking skills.

Honors U.S.

History

In this honors- level survey course, students examine American history from

the colonization of Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual

knowledge of key people, events and documents, the process of learning will

be stressed with an emphasis on note-taking, organizational, and higher-level

thinking skills.

Page 32: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 32 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 8

Civics

In this course, students examine the federal government, understand

America's economic and legal systems, compare these structures to other

global systems, and investigate current local, national, and international

events.

Honors Civics

In this honors-level course, students examine the federal government,

understand America's economic and legal systems, compare these structures

to other global systems, and investigate current local, national, and

international events.

Grade 9

Ancient

Medieval History

Ancient / Medieval History is a survey course from prehistoric times to the

Renaissance period (ca. 1500). This course is taught not only from an

historical but also a cultural perspective including a major unit of study on

world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the study of current

events.

Honors Ancient

Medieval History

In this honors-level survey course, students examine history from prehistoric

times to the Renaissance period. This course is taught not only from an

historical but also a cultural perspective including a major unit of study on

world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the study of current

events.

Grade

10

Modern World

History

In this course, students examine major themes and events in European history

from 1450 to the present, with some emphasis on art history and the

geographical changes in European boundaries as well as other parts of the

world due to historical events.

Honors Modern

World History

In this honors course, students examine major themes and events in European

history from 1450 to the present, with some emphasis on art history and the

geographical changes in European boundaries as well as other parts of the

world due to historical events. Students will closely examine many primary

sources and often work independently. In addition, there will be an emphasis

on analysis and application of course material, research and writing skills,

conceptualization and connectivity of major historical themes, and critical

thinking.

Psychology

Introductory Psychology provides students with a foundation for

understanding what psychology is, how it is studied, , how we develop from

infancy to adulthood, how we learn and remember information, how our

personalities form and in some cases develop abnormally, and how we

interact socially in small groups and the global community.

AP Psychology

AP Psychology provides students with a foundation for understanding what

psychology is, how it is studied, how the brain works, how we develop from

infancy to adulthood, how we learn and remember information, how we make

judgments and decisions, why we are motivated to behave as we do, how our

personalities take form and in some cases develop abnormally, and how we

interact socially in small groups and the global community.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the role of

government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class

grounded in current political, social, and economic topics impacting America

today. Not offered 2014-2015.

Page 33: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 33 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

11

U.S. History

In this course, students explore the nation's history studying the basic events,

personalities, documents, and historical perspectives with areas of focus on

political, social, economic, cultural, and geographic patterns of United States

history.

Honors U.S.

History

In this honors-level course, students explore the nation's history studying the

basic events, personalities, documents, and historical perspectives with areas

of focus on political, social, economic, cultural, and geographic patterns of

United States history. This course will move at an accelerated pace, which

will allow for more course topics to be pursued through increased reading

assignments and class discussions.

AP U.S. History

In this Advanced Placement course, students are given the analytical skills

and factual knowledge to work with the problems and materials in U.S.

history. Students learn to assess, weigh evidence, and analyze interpretations

found within historical documents and reach conclusions based on their

analysis.

AP U.S.

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American Government and Politics is an intensive study

of the structure of the United States Government and the processes that make

this form of government effective in today’s modern and ever changing

world. The course covers the Constitution underpinnings of the United States

Government, political beliefs, political behaviors, political parties, interest

groups, mass media, the institutions of the national government, civil rights

and civil liberties.

AP Comparative

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of six Foreign Governments (UK, China, Russia, Iran,

Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that make these forms of government

effective in today’s modern and ever changing world. All participants take the

national Advanced Placement exam at the end of the course.

AP Human

Geography

AP Human Geography is a full year course designed to introduce students to

the systematic study of patterns and processes that have shaped human

understanding, use, and alteration of the Earth’s surface. Students use spatial

concepts and landscape analysis to examine human social organization and its

environmental consequences. Additionally, students learn about the methods

and tools geographers use in their science and practice.

Psychology

This introductory course provides students with a foundation for

understanding the basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed on promoting

critical thinking in conjunction with classroom materials and discussions, as

well as beyond the classroom in daily life.

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce students to study of human behavior

and the mental processes of humans through systematic and scientific study.

Students learn about psychological facts, principals, phenomena, and the

ethics psychologists use in their practice.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey course focusing on nature/tribal

religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Confucianism, and the

Abrahamic religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Students will learn to

think critically about religion as a human pursuit because they will have the

ability to compare one phenomenon across different cultures.

Page 34: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 34 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

11

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What does it mean to be human?”

through five thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious, (2) man is moral, (3)

man is mortal, (4) man is social or relational, and (5) man is expressive or

creative. The course is interdisciplinary, incorporating history, philosophy,

religion, literature, science, art, and music. Not offered 2014-2015.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the role of

government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class

grounded in current political, social, and economic topics impacting America

today. Not offered 2014-2015.

Grade

12

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce students to study of human behavior

and the mental processes of humans through systematic and scientific study.

Students learn about psychological facts, principals, phenomena, and the

ethics psychologists use in their practice.

AP Comparative

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative Government and Politics is an intensive

study of the structure of six Foreign Governments (UK, China, Russia, Iran,

Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that make these forms of government

effective in today’s modern and ever changing world. All participants take the

national Advanced Placement exam at the end of the course.

AP U.S.

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American Government and Politics is an intensive study

of the structure of the United States Government and the processes that make

this form of government effective in today’s modern and ever changing

world. The course covers the Constitution underpinnings of the United States

Government, political beliefs, political behaviors, political parties, interest

groups, mass media, the institutions of the national government, civil rights

and civil liberties.

AP

Macroeconomics

Advanced Placement Macroeconomics is a course designed to provide

students with a sophisticated understanding of the global economy and of the

role students are playing and will play in the complex global economic

system.

AP European

History

This course is a comprehensive chronological and topical survey of the

narrative of European history from 1450 to the present. Emphasis is placed

on the study of primary source materials for historical interpretation and on

expository essay writing in order to distinguish significance of movements,

trends, and cause and effect relationships. The themes of study fall into three

categories: intellectual and cultural history, political and diplomatic history,

and social and economic history.

AP Human

Geography

AP Human Geography is a full year course designed to introduce students to

the systematic study of patterns and processes that have shaped human

understanding, use, and alteration of the Earth’s surface. Students use spatial

concepts and landscape analysis to examine human social organization and its

environmental consequences. Additionally, students learn about the methods

and tools geographers use in their science and practice.

Psychology

This introductory course provides students with a foundation for

understanding the basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed on promoting

critical thinking in conjunction with classroom materials and discussions, as

well as beyond the classroom in daily life.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey course focusing on nature/tribal

religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Confucianism, and the

Abrahamic religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Students will learn to

think critically about religion as a human pursuit because they will have the

ability to compare one phenomenon across different cultures.

Page 35: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 35 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What does it mean to be human?”

through five thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious, (2) man is moral, (3)

man is mortal, (4) man is social or relational, and (5) man is expressive or

creative. The course is interdisciplinary, incorporating history, philosophy,

religion, literature, science, art, and music. Not offered 2014-2015.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the role of

government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class

grounded in current political, social, and economic topics impacting America

today. Not offered 2014-2015.

Page 36: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 36 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Science

Course Name Course Description

K

Science K

In this course, students will explore units on animals, plants, habitats, day and

night, Earth’s resources, weather and the seasons, matter, energy, and motion.

Grade 1

Science 1

In this course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants,

environments, Earth’s resources, weather and seasons, objects in the sky,

matter, and forces and energy.

Grade 2

Science 2

In this course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants,

environments for living things, Earth and its resources, weather, the solar

system, changes in matter, energy, and magnets.

Grade 3

Science 3

In this course, students will explore units on investigating questions, the

engineering process, plants and animals, ecosystems and interactions,

changes to Earth’s surface, people and resources, water and weather, Earth

and its moon, matter, and simple and compound machines.

Grade 4

Science 4

In this course, students will explore units on the engineering process, plants

and animals, energy and ecosystems, weather, Earth and space, properties of

matter, changes in matter, energy, electricity, and motion.

Grade 5

Science 5

In this course, students will use scientific exploration to develop a broad

understanding of science and utilize their understandings to form a healthy

relationship with the environment in which they live. Topics include

scientific investigation, cells and how they allow organisms to grow,

ecosystems, energy and natural resources, the earth’s surface, the solar

system, matter, light and sound, and forces and motion. Emphasis is on

understanding processes, developing science skills, and mastering content.

Using the scientific method as a guide, students will delve into inquiry based

labs, where they will further develop problem-solving skills and learn to think

and explore like a scientist.

Grade 6

Science 6

In this course, students will explore units on matter and energy, sound and

light, ecology and the environment, the dynamic Earth, and Earth's water and

atmosphere, and how the human race is impacting the world. The program

continues to encourage hands-on participation in laboratory experiences that

stress logical thinking and problem solving skills. Students design and create

experiments for testing hypotheses. They are responsible for all aspects from

the genesis of their idea to designing presentations to report their findings.

Page 37: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 37 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

Science 7

In this course, students will be directed to think like a scientist, to ask

questions and find answers. Students will develop improved cognition

through the study of matter and energy, motion and forces, work and

machines, the diversity of living things, and space science. Math will begin to

be used to explain relationships between factors and main concepts. Students

will graph data, draw lines of best fit, and determine slopes and their

meaning. Using basic equations, quantitative answers will also be calculated.

Honors Forensic

Science

(Elective)

Forensic Science is a one semester elective honors course offered to 7th grade

students. In this course, students will learn about international black market

dealings, trade requirements, professional opportunities within the field, and

steps of prosecution for persons associated with wildlife crimes across the

globe. Students will perform an autopsy (necropsy) on a rodent (vole or

mouse), interact with US Fish and Game personnel, and solve a case

surrounding mysterious big game deaths.

Grade 8

Science 8

This course will expand students’ content knowledge in life and physical

sciences through inquiry investigations. Topics include the relationship of

science to technology, the structure and interactions of matter, the function of

cells, principles of genetics, and the structure and function of human organ

systems. Emphasis is on understanding the processes as well as on mastery of

facts. By using the scientific method as a problem-solving tool, students

collect, represent, and analyze data. Laboratory skill development including

technical writing, operation of microscopes and working with chemicals and

equipment safely are cornerstones of this course.

Honors

S.T.E.A.M.

(Elective)

Rising eighth graders showing high aptitude for mathematics and scientific

thought will be eligible for this honors- level, semester-long course.

Participants will investigate numerous phenomena from the perspective of an

engineer, a scientist, and a creative artist culminating with a video production

of a Mythbusters-style episode chronicling their discoveries. Students will be

responsible for cooperating with peers, contacting community field experts to

research the development of the featured topics, constructing replica

prototypes, and presenting findings supported by data and experiences

collected during the class.

Grade 9

Physics

Foundation

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students will examine basic

mathematical techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions, and

laboratory techniques, the atomic theory process of science. The quantum-

mechanical model of an atom and chemical periodicity and bonding will be

the concluding topics in this course.

Honors Physics

Foundation

In this honors-level introductory course, students will explore basic

mathematical techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions, and

laboratory techniques, the atomic theory. The quantum-mechanical model of

an atom and chemical periodicity and bonding will be the concluding topics

in this course.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give students

who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas of engineering

through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving skills.

Page 38: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 38 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

10

Chemistry

Foundations

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students gain a basic knowledge

of rational thinking as it pertains to understanding and problem solving in the

areas of chemical reactions, heat, stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic theory,

periodicity, gas laws, solutions, equilibrium, acid/base theory, and

electrochemistry.

Honors

Chemistry

In this honors-level laboratory-based introductory course, students gain a

basic knowledge of rational thinking as it pertains to understanding and

problem solving in the areas of chemical reactions, heat, stoichiometry,

nomenclature, atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws, solutions, equilibrium,

acid/base theory, and electrochemistry.

Anatomy/

Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for students

considering a career in the health fields and biological sciences. This course

will involve extensive dissection laboratories and other hands-on activities

and will rely on interactive software for understanding of the body systems.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give students

who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas of engineering

through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving skills.

Grade

11

Conceptual

Physics

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students will gain an

understanding of various physical science concepts including motion, gravity,

work, energy, waves (sound and light), electricity, magnetism with algebra-

based problem solving, and development of the system of international units

as applied to physical measurement.

AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an Algebra based science course designed to be equivalent to

introductory college Physics. The course covers Newtonian mechanics

(including rotational dynamics and angular momentum); work, energy, and

power; mechanical waves and sound; and electric circuits. Through the

practice of scientific inquiry and reasoning, students develop meaningful

physics knowledge. Inquiry based investigations are constructed to foster

student engagement in the practice of science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and arguments, and solving problems in a

collaborative setting.

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college level course which includes a more expansive in-

depth theoretical analysis of the basic topics covered in introductory

chemistry. These topics include the nature of chemical reactivity, the effect

of bonding and structure on the behavior of a molecule, models of acids and

bases, the kinetic molecular theory, thermodynamic principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear forces and interactions and basic organic

chemistry. Advanced problem solving techniques in stoichiometry, kinetics,

equilibrium, qualitative and quantitative analysis, acid/base and buffer

chemistry, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, gas laws, nuclear chemistry

and oxidation/reduction reactions are also demonstrated.

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college level course that explores four big ideas:

evolution, cellular processes: energy and communication, genetics and

information transfer, and interactions of biological systems. The model of

instruction focuses on enduring, conceptual understandings and the content

that supports them. The curriculum framework supports the development of

advanced inquiry and reasoning skills, such as designing a plan for collecting

data, analyzing data, applying mathematical routines, and connecting

concepts in an across domains.

Page 39: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 39 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

11

Anatomy/

Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for students

considering a career in the health fields and biological sciences. This course

will involve extensive dissection laboratories and other hands-on activities

and will rely on interactive software for understanding of the body systems.

Honors Seminar

in Sustainability

In this year-long research-based honors-level course, students experience a

dynamic course of study, combined with field experiences, to educate the

next generation of innovators, leaders, and citizens for a sustainable planet.

The curriculum encourages students to explore and understand the

environmental, economic, social, and political impacts of natural resource

use, and to develop practices that conserve these resources when pursued

over generations. Students develop and implement independent and

collaborative lab experiences and projects while helping the school meet the

objectives of the school’s sustainability program.

Introduction in

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give students

who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas of engineering

through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is given to improving

analytical and problem-solving skills.

Advanced

Robotics Honors

This honor- level, hands-on course is devoted to the study of robotics. Topics

include magnetism and electromagnetic induction, DC motor theory, C

programming, Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills emphasized are critical

thinking, working and collaborating in a team environment, breaking

problems into smaller more manageable components, planning investigations

involving defined problems, and analyzing and interpreting data.

Engineering II

Honors

This honors-level hands-on course is devoted to the study of analog and

digital electronics, with a project component. Topics include AC theory,

capacitors and inductors, transformers, diodes, operational amplifiers, basic

digital gates, latches and flip-flops, counters, and shift registers. Through

investigative labs, students learn to design and trouble-shoot digital circuits.

Skill emphasis is on continuing the development of the skills stressed in

Honors Robotics.

Page 40: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 40 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college level course which includes a more expansive in-

depth theoretical analysis of the basic topics covered in introductory

chemistry. These topics include the nature of chemical reactivity, the effect

of bonding and structure on the behavior of a molecule, models of acids and

bases, the kinetic molecular theory, thermodynamic principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear forces and interactions and basic organic

chemistry. Advanced problem solving techniques in stoichiometry, kinetics,

equilibrium, qualitative and quantitative analysis, acid/base and buffer

chemistry, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, gas laws, nuclear chemistry

and oxidation/reduction reactions are also demonstrated.

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college level course that explores four big ideas:

evolution, cellular processes: energy and communication, genetics and

information transfer, and interactions of biological systems. The model of

instruction focuses on enduring, conceptual understandings and the content

that supports them. The curriculum framework supports the development of

advanced inquiry and reasoning skills, such as designing a plan for collecting

data, analyzing data, applying mathematical routines, and connecting

concepts in an across domains.

AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an Algebra based science course designed to be equivalent to

introductory college Physics. The course covers Newtonian mechanics

(including rotational dynamics and angular momentum); work, energy, and

power; mechanical waves and sound; and electric circuits. Through the

practice of scientific inquiry and reasoning, students develop meaningful

physics knowledge. Inquiry based investigations are constructed to foster

student engagement in the practice of science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and arguments, and solving problems in a

collaborative setting.

AP Physics II

AP Physics II is an Algebra based science course designed to be equivalent to

a second semester college Physics. The course covers fluid mechanics;

thermodynamics; electricity and magnetism; optics; and atomic and nuclear

physics. Through the practice of scientific inquiry and reasoning, students

develop meaningful physics knowledge. Inquiry based investigations are

constructed to foster student engagement in the practice of science through

experimenting, analyzing, making conjectures and arguments, and solving

problems in a collaborative setting.

Anatomy/

Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for students

considering a career in the health fields and biological sciences. This course

will involve extensive dissection laboratories and other hands-on activities

and will rely on interactive software for understanding of the body systems.

Honors Seminar

in Sustainability

In this year-long research-based honors-level course, students experience a

dynamic course of study, combined with field experiences, to educate the

next generation of innovators, leaders, and citizens for a sustainable planet.

The curriculum encourages students to explore and understand the

environmental, economic, social, and political impacts of natural resource

use, and to develop practices that conserve these resources when pursued

over generations. Students develop and implement independent and

collaborative lab experiences and projects while helping the school meet the

objectives of the school’s sustainability program.

Advanced

Robotics Honors

This honors-level, hands-on course is devoted to the study of robotics. Topics

include magnetism and electromagnetic induction, DC motor theory, C

programming, Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills emphasized are critical

thinking, working and collaborating in a team environment, breaking

problems into smaller more manageable components, planning investigations

involving defined problems, and analyzing and interpreting data.

Page 41: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 41 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

Engineering II

Honors

This honors-level hands-on course is devoted to the study of analog and

digital electronics, with a project component. Topics include AC theory,

capacitors and inductors, transformers, diodes, operational amplifiers, basic

digital gates, latches and flip-flops, counters, and shift registers. Through

investigative labs, students learn to design and trouble-shoot digital circuits.

Skill emphasis is on continuing the development of the skills stressed in

Honors Robotics.

Page 42: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 42 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

World Languages

Course

Name(s)

Course Description

K

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help students

internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build essential

conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Grade 1

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help students

internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build essential

conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Grade 2

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help students

internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build essential

conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Grade 3

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help students

internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build essential

conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Grade 4

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help students

internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build essential

conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative

writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Page 43: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 43 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 5

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build

essential conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading,

and creative writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant

level of conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Grade 6

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching Proficiency

through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use stories to help

students internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish. Students build

essential conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading,

and creative writing. The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant

level of conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Page 44: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 44 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

French

IA

The first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in French, uses a proficiency-

oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real

situations while building study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary,

pronunciation, and the culture of the French-speaking world.

Spanish

IA

The first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, uses a proficiency-

oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real

situations while building study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary

pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Chinese

IA

In the first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture. This course aims to

help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills of listening,

speaking, reading, and writing while gaining competence in Chinese culture, exercising their

ability to compare aspects of different cultures, making connections to their daily life, and

building links among communities.

Grade 8

French

IB

The second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in French, uses a proficiency-

oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and

writing. By integrating these four skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real

situations while continuing to build study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs,

vocabulary, pronunciation, and the culture of the French-speaking world.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish

IB

The second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, uses a

proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations while continuing to build study skills and strong fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Chinese

IB

In the second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students

continue to build fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture.

This course aims to help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic

skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing while gaining competence in Chinese

culture, exercising their ability to compare aspects of different cultures, making connections

to their daily life, and building links among communities.

Page 45: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 45 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

9

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone world. Through

integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French

II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building fundamental skills with

a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and written

communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

Chinese

I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build fundamentals in

vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese

II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue building fundamental skills with

a focus on more sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Latin II In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major emphasis on more

sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second year is

the beginning of their study of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short English sentences into

Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of Roman culture and history is extended

through the readings of various translations.

Spanish

I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish

II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue building fundamental skills with

a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and written

communication.

Spanish

IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first part of a two-year

sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on grammar

and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and written communication.

Page 46: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 46 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

10

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone world. Through

integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French

II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building fundamental skills with

a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and written

communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

French

III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French, students receive a systematic study of

grammar and verbs with an emphasis placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading comprehension,

conversation, and paragraph writing.

Chinese

I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build fundamentals in

vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese

II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue building fundamental skills

with a focus on more sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese

III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue their study of Chinese through

expansion of their vocabulary and ability to conduct daily communications.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major emphasis on more

sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second year is

the beginning of their study of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short English sentences into

Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of Roman culture and history is extended

through the readings of various translations.

Spanish

I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish

II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue building fundamental skills

with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient

oral and written communication.

Page 47: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 47 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

10

Spanish

IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first part of a two-year

sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound

grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and written

communication.

Spanish

IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the second part of a two-year

sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish

III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish, students review major grammar

points, are introduced to many details of grammar, and further their comprehension of the

Hispanic culture. Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral and written discussions,

further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Grade

11

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone world. Through

integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building fundamental skills

with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient

oral and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the francophone world.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French, students receive a systematic study

of grammar and verbs with an emphasis placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and paragraph writing.

French IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in French, students explore the francophone

world through critical analysis of literature, vocabulary growth, and stylistics skills.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build fundamentals in

vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese

II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue building fundamental skills

with a focus on more sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese

III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue their study of Chinese

through expanding their vocabulary and ability to conduct daily communications.

Chinese

IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Chinese, students enhance basic language

skills with a focus on language proficiency in the areas of description, narration,

correspondence, and comparisons based on situational context.

Page 48: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 48 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

11

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major emphasis on more

sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin

texts and facility of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of Roman

culture and history is extended through the readings of various translations.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their study of the subjunctive of Latin with an emphasis

on sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The study of Roman culture is also

extended through the translation of “Jason and the Argonauts” and through an

introduction to the works of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger, and Cicero.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course, students increase their ability to read, translate,

understand, analyze, and interpret lines of Latin text.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking

world. Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and

writing, emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue building fundamental

skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with

a pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in

efficient oral and written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first part of a two-year

sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the second part of a two-

year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish, students review major

grammar points, are introduced to many details of grammar, and further their

comprehension of the Hispanic culture. Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral

and written discussions, further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Spanish IV

Honors

In this honors- level course, which is conducted in Spanish, students study Spanish

civilization, culture, art, literature, and grammar. Advanced grammar topics are reviewed

and practiced, and continued practice in conversation is provided through class

discussions and oral projects.

Grade

12

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone world.

Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building fundamental

skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with

a pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in

efficient oral and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the francophone world.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French, students receive a systematic

study of grammar and verbs with an emphasis placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and paragraph writing.

Page 49: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 49 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

French IV

Honors

In this honors- level course, which is conducted in French, students explore the

francophone world through critical analysis of literature, vocabulary growth, and

stylistics skills.

AP French

Language &

Culture

In this Advanced Placement course, which is conducted in French, students further their

proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build fundamentals in

vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese culture. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue building fundamental

skills with a focus on more sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue their study of Chinese

through expanding their vocabulary and ability to conduct daily communications.

Chinese IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Chinese, students enhance basic

language skills with a focus on language proficiency in the areas of description, narration,

correspondence, and comparisons based on situational context.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major emphasis on more

sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second

year is the beginning of their study of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin

texts and facility of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of Roman

culture and history is extended through the readings of various translations.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their study of the subjunctive of Latin with an emphasis

on sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. The study of Roman culture is also

extended through the translation of “Jason and the Argonauts” and through an

introduction to the works of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger, and Cicero.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course, students increase their ability to read, translate,

understand, analyze, and interpret lines of Latin text.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking

world. Through integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and

writing, emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue building fundamental

skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A functional approach, combined with

a pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in

efficient oral and written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the second part of a two-

year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on

grammar and proper syntax. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world.

Page 50: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 50 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade

12

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish, students review major

grammar points, are introduced to many details of grammar, and further their

comprehension of the Hispanic culture. Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral

and written discussions, further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Spanish IV

Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Spanish, students study Spanish

civilization, culture, art, literature, and grammar. Advanced grammar topics are reviewed

and practiced, and continued practice in conversation is provided through class discussions

and oral projects.

AP Spanish

Language

In this Advanced Placement course which is conducted in Spanish, students further their

proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.

Page 51: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 51 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Fine Arts

Visual Arts Performing Arts

K

Art K Music K

Grade 1

Art 1 Music 1

Grade 2

Art 2 Music 2

Grade 3

Art 3 Music 3

Grade 4

Art 4 Music 4

Grade 5

Art 5 Orchestra 5, Chorus 5

Grade 6

Art 6 Orchestra 6, Chorus 6

Grade 7

Art 7 Band 7, Orchestra 7, Chorus 7

Grade 8

Art 8 Band 8, Orchestra 8, Chorus 8

Grade 9

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I,

Honors 2-D Design II, Photography I, Honors

Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II

US Concert Band, US String Orchestra, Vocal

Workshop, Theatre Arts I, Performing Arts

Foundations

Grade 10

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I,

Honors 2-D Design II, Photography I, Honors

Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II

US Concert Band, US String Orchestra, Vocal

Workshop, Chorale, Theatre Arts I, Theatre

Arts II, Performing Arts Foundations

Grade 11

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I,

Honors 2-D Design II, Photography I, Honors

Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture

II, AP Photography, AP Studio Art

US Concert Band, Honors US Concert Band III,

US String Orchestra, Honors US String

Orchestra III, Vocal Workshop, Chorale,

Honors Chamber Singers, Theatre Arts I,

Theatre Arts II, Honors Theatre Arts III,

Performing Arts Foundations

Grade 12

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I,

Honors 2-D Design II, Photography I, Honors

Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture

II, AP Photography, AP Studio Art

US Concert Band, Honors US Concert Band III,

Honors US Concert Band IV, US String

Orchestra, Honors US String Orchestra III,

Honors US String Orchestra IV, Vocal

Workshop, Chorale, Honors Chamber Singers,

Theatre Arts I, Theatre Arts II, Honors Theatre

Arts III, Performing Arts Foundations

Page 52: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 52 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Kindergarten

Course Name Course Description

K

Math K

In this course, students will cover the following concepts: numbers to 5, 10, and

20, ordering by length and weight, size and position of objects, solid and flat

shapes, skip counting to 100, comparing sets, ordinal numbers, calendar patterns,

counting on and back, number facts, length and height, classifying and sorting,

addition and subtraction stories, measurement, and money.

Reading/ Language

Arts K

In this course, students are exposed to reading, writing, auditory, and oral

language skills. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups

and students are assessed and provided support at their own instructional level.

Formal reading assessments are completed at the beginning and end of each year

with ongoing informal assessments throughout the year.

Social Studies K

In this course, students explore important aspects of being a good citizen, various

aspects of the United States including national symbols, occupations currently in

their community and from long ago, the world in which they live, how things

change over time, and stories of the past.

Science K

In this course, students will explore units on animals, plants, habitats, day and

night, Earth’s resources, weather and the seasons, matter, energy, and motion.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching

Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use

stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets,

games, reading, and creative writing. The goal of this series is for students to

obtain a significant level of conversational proficiency in the language by the

series end.

Art K

Music K

Page 53: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 53 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 1

Course Name Course Description

Grade 1

Math 1

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10, 20, 40, and 100, number bonds,

addition and subtraction facts to 10, 20, and 100, shapes and patterns, ordinal

numbers and position, length, weight, picture and bar graphs, mental math

strategies, calendar and time, multiplication and division, and money.

Reading/

Language Arts 1

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Formal reading assessments are

completed at the beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal

assessments throughout the year. Genres studied in this course include:

informational text, poetry, realistic fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography, folk

tale, and narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 1

In this course, students expand their boundaries as they learn about economics

and history of cultures near and far. Students also learn the importance of

social skills and responsibilities along with integrated map and globe skills.

Science 1

In this course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants,

environments, Earth’s resources, weather and seasons, objects in the sky,

matter, and forces and energy.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the

Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method.

Teachers use stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex

structures of Spanish. Students build essential conversational skills through

the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. The goal of

this series is for students to obtain a significant level of conversational

proficiency in the language by the series end.

Art 1

Music 1

Page 54: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 54 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 2

Course Name Course Description

Grade

2

Math 2

Concepts covered include: numbers to 1,000, addition and subtraction up

to 1,000, using bar models for addition, subtraction, multiplication and

division, multiplication tables of 2, 3, 4, 5, and 10, metric measurement of

length, mass, volume, mental math and estimation, money, fractions,

customary measurement of length, time, picture graphs, lines and

surfaces, and shapes and patterns.

Reading/

Language Arts 2

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic

awareness, high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic

vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of

reading progress are given at the beginning and end of each year with

ongoing informal assessments completed by the teacher as needed.

Genres studied in this course include: informational text, poetry,

humorous fiction, fantasy, fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction,

song, play, and narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 2

In this course, students learn the influences many different groups, both

past and present, have had on our world. They learn about the groups to

which they belong, groups throughout the world, community economic

structure, and resources.

Science 2

In this course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants,

environments for living things, Earth and its resources, weather, the solar

system, changes in matter, energy, and magnets.

Conversational Spanish

A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the

Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method.

Teachers use stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex

structures of Spanish. Students build essential conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing.

The goal of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of

conversational proficiency in the language by the series end.

Art 2

Music 2

Page 55: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 55 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 3

Course Name Course Description

Grade 3

Math 3

Concepts covered include: numbers to 10,000, mental math and estimation,

addition and subtraction up to 10,000, using a bar model for addition,

subtraction, multiplication, and division, multiplication tables of 6, 7, 8, and

9, money, metric length, mass, and volume, real-world measurement

problems, bar graphs and line plots, fractions, customary length, weight, and

volume, time and temperature, angles and lines, two-dimensional shapes,

and area and perimeter.

Reading/

Language Arts 3

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness,

high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of reading

progress are given at the beginning and end of each year with ongoing

informal assessments completed by the teacher as needed. Genres studied in

this course include: informational text, poetry, humorous fiction, fantasy,

fairy tale, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction, trickster tale, myth, play, and

narrative nonfiction.

Social Studies 3

In this course, students focus on regions of the United States, examining

history, geography, economics, humanities, and citizenship. In addition to

their extensive study of the United States, students will also spend time

focusing specifically on North Carolina’s geographical features and history.

Science 3

In this course, students will explore units on investigating questions, the

engineering process, plants and animals, ecosystems and interactions,

changes to Earth’s surface, people and resources, water and weather, Earth

and its moon, matter, and simple and compound machines.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the

Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method.

Teachers use stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex

structures of Spanish. Students build essential conversational skills through

the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. The goal of

this series is for students to obtain a significant level of conversational

proficiency in the language by the series end.

Art 3

Music 3

Page 56: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 56 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 4

Course Name Course Description

Grade 4

Math 4

Concepts covered include: place value of whole numbers, estimation and

number theory, whole number multiplication and division, tables and line graphs,

data and probability, fractions and mixed numbers, decimals, adding and

subtracting decimals, angles, perpendicular and parallel lines, squares and

rectangles, area and perimeter, symmetry, and tessellations.

Reading/

Language Arts 4

In this course, students focus on text comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-

frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling,

grammar, and writing skills. Formal assessments of reading progress are given at

the beginning and end of each year with ongoing informal assessments

completed by the teacher as needed. Genres studied in this course include:

informational text, poetry, mystery, fantasy, biography, folk tale, realistic fiction,

play, myth, fable, newspaper article, persuasive essay, photo essay, and narrative

nonfiction.

Social Studies 4

In this course, students trace history from early humankind through the fall of the

Roman Empire and follow the lives of the people who made up these societies.

Geographical information is integrated into the content.

Science 4

In this course, students will explore units on the engineering process, plants and

animals, energy and ecosystems, weather, Earth and space, properties of matter,

changes in matter, energy, electricity, and motion.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain listening

comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the Teaching

Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method. Teachers use

stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex structures of Spanish.

Students build essential conversational skills through the use of songs, puppets,

games, reading, and creative writing. The goal of this series is for students to

obtain a significant level of conversational proficiency in the language by the

series end.

Art 4

Music 4

Page 57: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 57 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 5

Course Name Course Description

Grade 5

Math 5

Concepts covered include: whole number multiplication and division, adding

and subtracting fractions and mixed numbers, algebra, area of a triangle, ratio,

multiplying and dividing decimals, percentage, angles, proprieties of triangles

and four-sided figures, three-dimensional shapes, and volume of cubes and

rectangular prisms.

Language Arts 5

In this course, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension

through cloze reading activities, while the vocabulary and grammar

curriculum builds their essential skills in reading and writing.

Social Studies 5

In this course, students explore the geographical and cultural aspects of Latin

America, Canada, Europe, and the United States.

Science 5

In this course, students will use scientific exploration to develop a broad

understanding of science and utilize their understandings to form a healthy

relationship with the environment in which they live. Topics include scientific

investigation, cells and how they allow organisms to grow, ecosystems,

energy and natural resources, the earth’s surface, the solar system, matter,

light and sound, and forces and motion. Emphasis is on understanding

processes, developing science skills, and mastering content. Using the

scientific method as a guide, students will delve into inquiry based labs,

where they will further develop problem-solving skills and learn to think and

explore like a scientist.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the

Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method.

Teachers use stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex

structures of Spanish. Students build essential conversational skills through

the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. The goal of

this series is for students to obtain a significant level of conversational

proficiency in the language by the series end.

Art 5

Orchestra 5, Chorus 5

Page 58: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 58 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 6

Course Name Course Description

Grade 6

Math 6

In this course, students will review basic math skills and concepts

including working with graphs and scientific notation before exploring

units on rates, ratios, variables, simplifying simple algebraic expressions,

and applying the four processes to positive and negative numbers.

Pre-Algebra AB

In this course, students work extensively with integers, variables,

exponents, rational and irrational numbers, radical expressions, and

polynomials. Students use various algebraic properties to evaluate and

simplify expressions, and methodically solve equations and inequalities.

Language Arts 6

In this course, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension

through cloze reading activities, while the vocabulary and grammar

curriculum builds their essential skills in reading and writing.

Social Studies 6

In this course, students investigate the culture and history of the Eastern

hemisphere, focusing their studies specifically on Asia, Africa, and the

Pacific Realm.

Science 6

In this course, students will explore units on matter and energy, sound and

light, ecology and the environment, the dynamic Earth, and Earth's water

and atmosphere, and how the human race is impacting the world. The

program continues to encourage hands-on participation in laboratory

experiences that stress logical thinking and problem solving skills.

Students design and create experiments for testing hypotheses. They are

responsible for all aspects from the genesis of their idea to designing

presentations to report their findings.

Conversational

Spanish A

In this course, which is conducted primarily in Spanish, students gain

listening comprehension and conversational Spanish skills through the

Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S) method.

Teachers use stories to help students internalize vocabulary and complex

structures of Spanish. Students build essential conversational skills through

the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. The goal

of this series is for students to obtain a significant level of conversational

proficiency in the language by the series end.

Art 6

Orchestra 6, Chorus 6

Page 59: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 59 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

Course Name Course Description

Grade 7

Pre-Algebra B

In this course, students will explore units on problem solving, number

patterns, fractions, integers, equations, real numbers, proportion and percent,

operations with exponents, square roots, data analysis and statistics, and

probability.

Algebra I

In this two-year accelerated course, students will explore algebraic concepts

including simplifying expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic,

radical, and fractional equations; and operations with exponents, radicals,

and rational expressions.

English 7

In this course, students shift from a reader-based curriculum to one based on

individual literary works. The class focuses on the skills of comprehension,

the recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary

elements and devices. Students continue their study of writing, vocabulary,

grammar, and research skills.

English 7 Honors

In this honors-level course, students shift from a reader-based curriculum to

one based on individual literary works. The class focuses on the skills of

comprehension, the recognition of the main idea, and the identification of

other literary elements and devices. Students continue their study of writing,

vocabulary, grammar, and research skills. This course is based on the regular

course, but is supplemented by additional literary works and greater depth

and complexity of material.

U.S. History

This survey course focuses on American history from the colonization of

Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual knowledge of key

people, events and documents, the process of learning will be stressed with

an emphasis on note-taking, organizational, and higher level thinking skills.

Honors U.S. History

In this honors- level survey course, students examine American history from

the colonization of Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual

knowledge of key people, events and documents, the process of learning will

be stressed with an emphasis on note-taking, organizational, and higher level

thinking skills.

Science 7

In this course, students will be directed to think like a scientist, to ask

questions and find answers. Students will develop improved cognition

through the study of matter and energy, motion and forces, work and

machines, the diversity of living things, and space science. Math will begin

to be used to explain relationships between factors and main concepts.

Students will graph data, draw lines of best fit, and determine slopes and

their meaning. Using basic equations, quantitative answers will also be

calculated.

Page 60: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 60 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 7

Honors Forensic

Science (Elective)

Forensic Science is a one-semester elective honors course offered to seventh

grade students. In this course, students will learn about international black

market dealings, trade requirements, professional opportunities within the

field, and steps of prosecution for persons associated with wildlife crimes

across the globe. Students will perform an autopsy (necropsy) on a rodent

(vole or mouse), interact with U.S. Fish and Game personnel, and solve a

case surrounding mysterious big game deaths.

French IA

The first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in French, uses

a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building

study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary,

pronunciation, and the culture of the French-speaking world.

Spanish IA

The first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building

study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary

pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Chinese IA

In the first year of this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese,

students build fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in

Chinese culture. This course aims to help beginners develop their

communicative competence in the four basic skills of listening, speaking,

reading, and writing while gaining competence in Chinese culture,

exercising their ability to compare aspects of different cultures, making

connections to their daily life, and building links among communities.

Art 7

Band 7, Orchestra 7, Chorus 7

Page 61: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 61 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 8

Course Name Course Description

Grade 8

Pre-Algebra B

In this course, students will explore units on problem solving, number

patterns, fractions, integers, equations, real numbers, proportion and

percent, data analysis and statistics, and probability.

Algebra I

In this one-year accelerated course, students will explore algebraic

concepts including simplifying expressions; factoring; solving linear,

quadratic, radical, and fractional equations; and operations with exponents,

radicals, and rational expressions.

Geometry

In this two-year accelerated course, students will explore units on points,

lines, planes, and angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and planes,

congruent triangles, quadrilaterals, inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar

polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane figures, areas and volumes

of solids, and coordinate geometry.

English 8

In this course, students continue a curriculum based on more challenging

literary works. Focus remains on the skills of comprehension, the

recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary

elements and devices. Students continue their study of writing, vocabulary,

grammar, and research skills.

English 8 Honors

In this honors-level course, students continue a curriculum based on more

challenging literary works. Focus remains on the skills of comprehension,

the recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary

elements and devices. Students continue their study of writing, vocabulary,

grammar, and research skills. This course is based on the regular course,

but is supplemented by additional literary works and greater depth and

complexity of material.

Civics

In this course, students examine the federal government, understand

America's economic and legal systems, compare these structures to other

global systems, and investigate current local, national, and international

events.

Honors Civics

In this honors-level course, students examine the federal government,

understand America's economic and legal systems, compare these

structures to other global systems, and investigate current local, national,

and international events.

Science 8

This course will expand students’ content knowledge in life and physical

sciences through inquiry investigations. Topics include the relationship of

science to technology, the structure and interactions of matter, the function

of cells, principles of genetics, and the structure and function of human

organ systems. Emphasis is on understanding the processes as well as on

mastery of facts. By using the scientific method as a problem-solving tool,

students collect, represent, and analyze data. Laboratory skill development

including technical writing, operation of microscopes and working with

chemicals and equipment safely are cornerstones of this course.

Page 62: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 62 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 8

Honors

S.T.E.A.M.

(Elective)

Rising eighth graders showing high aptitude for mathematics and scientific

thought will be eligible for this honors-level, semester-long course.

Participants will investigate numerous phenomena from the perspective of

an engineer, a scientist, and a creative artist culminating with a video

production of a Mythbusters-style episode chronicling their discoveries.

Students will be responsible for cooperating with peers, contacting

community field experts to research the development of the featured

topics, constructing replica prototypes, and presenting findings supported

by data and experiences collected during the class.

French IB

The second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in French,

uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while

continuing to build study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar,

verbs, vocabulary, pronunciation, and the culture of the French-speaking

world.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish IB

The second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in

Spanish, uses a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating

these four skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real

situations while continuing to build study skills and strong fundamentals in

grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-

speaking world.

Chinese IB

In the second year of this introductory course, which is conducted in

Chinese, students continue to build fundamentals in vocabulary while

gaining competence in Chinese culture. This course aims to help beginners

develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills of

listening, speaking, reading, and writing while gaining competence in

Chinese culture, exercising their ability to compare aspects of different

cultures, making connections to their daily life, and building links among

communities.

Art 8

Band 8, Orchestra 8, Chorus 8

Page 63: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 63 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 9

Course Name Course Description

Grade 9

Algebra I

In this introductory level course, students will explore algebraic concepts

including simplifying expressions; factoring; solving linear, quadratic,

radical, and fractional equations; and operations with exponents, radicals,

and rational expressions.

Geometry

In this one-year accelerated course, students will explore units on points,

lines, planes, and angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and planes,

congruent triangles, quadrilaterals, inequalities in geometry, proofs,

similar polygons, right triangles, circles, areas of plane figures, areas and

volumes of solids, and coordinate geometry.

Honors Algebra II

In this two-year accelerated honors-level course, students will explore

units on linear equations and inequalities, systems of linear equations and

inequalities, polynomials, quadratic equations, powers, roots, radicals,

and complex numbers, functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions,

matrices, discrete mathematics, and an introduction to trigonometric

functions.

English I

This course is a survey of literary genres, including novels, plays, short

stories, poetry and the epic. A foundation is provided for a thorough

understanding of the characteristics of each genre and the literary

terminology associated with each. Literary analysis of thematic ideas is

enhanced by the improvement of composition skills through writing

numerous essays as well as a research paper. Students continue their

study of vocabulary and more complex grammar structures.

English I Seminar

Honors

The ninth grade seminar course challenges highly motivated and

intellectually curious students with rigorous texts and complex

assessments designed to cultivate a new understanding of their world

while preparing them for honors and AP level English courses. To this

end, students are encouraged to think logically, formulate arguments

effectively, and communicate efficiently in a discussion-based format.

Students will study a variety of genres of world literature in an effort to

introduce global concepts and concerns, explore human nature, and

define human excellence. Students also improve composition skills

through the intensive study and practice of grammar and writing,

culminating in a research project. Vocabulary study continues with

Power Plus for the New SAT, Book I. Students should expect nightly

reading assignments, frequent writing opportunities, coursework that

requires them to work independently, and classroom experiences that

require careful preparation, critical thinking, and original thought.

Ancient Medieval

History

Ancient / Medieval History is a survey course from prehistoric times to

the Renaissance period (ca. 1500). This course is taught not only from an

historical but also a cultural perspective including a major unit of study

on world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the study of

current events.

Honors Ancient

Medieval History

In this honors-level survey course, students examine history from

prehistoric times to the Renaissance period. This course is taught not

only from an historical but also a cultural perspective including a major

Page 64: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 64 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

unit of study on world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the

study of current events.

Grade 9

Physics Foundation

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students will examine basic

mathematical techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions,

and laboratory techniques, the atomic theory process of science. The

quantum-mechanical model of an atom and chemical periodicity and

bonding will be the concluding topics in this course.

Honors Physics

Foundation

In this honors-level introductory course, students will explore basic

mathematical techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions,

and laboratory techniques, the atomic theory. The quantum-mechanical

model of an atom and chemical periodicity and bonding will be the

concluding topics in this course.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give

students who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas of

engineering through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is given to

improving analytical and problem-solving skills.

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the francophone world. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the francophone world.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students build

fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the language

in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on more sophisticated vocabulary and

grammatical structures.

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second year is the beginning of their study

of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin texts and facility of

translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short English

sentences into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of

Roman culture and history is extended through the readings of various

translations.

Page 65: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 65 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 9

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students build

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the

culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I, Honors 2-D Design II,

Photography I, Honors Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II

US Concert Band, US String Orchestra, Vocal Workshop, Theatre Arts I,

Performing Arts Foundations

Page 66: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 66 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 10

Course Name Course Description

Grade 10

Geometry

In this course, students will explore units on points, lines, planes, and

angles, deductive reasoning, parallel lines and planes, congruent triangles,

quadrilaterals, inequalities in geometry, proofs, similar polygons, right

triangles, circles, areas of plane figures, areas and volumes of solids, and

coordinate geometry.

Algebra II

In this course, students will continue their study of algebraic concepts

including a study of linear, quadratic, rational, and polynomial functions,

systems of equations, complex numbers, probability and statistics,

exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to trigonometric

functions, and sequences.

Honors Algebra II

In this honors-level course, students will explore units on linear equations

and inequalities, systems of linear equations and inequalities, polynomials,

quadratic equations, powers, roots, radicals, and complex numbers,

functions, polynomial functions, rational functions, quadratic functions,

exponential and logarithmic functions, matrices, discrete mathematics, and

an introduction to trigonometric functions.

Honors Pre-

Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will complete extensive work with

functions and their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations,

development of trigonometry, polar coordinates, and receive an

introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors, probability, and limits.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to major

concepts for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data

while being exposed to four broad conceptual themes: exploratory

analysis, planning a study, probability, and statistical inference. Not

offered 2014-2015.

English II

English II students cultivate a global perspective through a focused study

of all genres of world literature. The thematically-based course explores

the role of the individual in society, the human experience in relation to

nature and science, freedom and oppression, and reality versus

illusion/perception. Students practice reading for meaning and developing

critical thinking skills through reading, writing, and discussion. Students

hone composition skills with the intensive study and practice of grammar

and writing, culminating in a research project. Special attention is given to

correct usage as required by the writing sections of both the SAT and

ACT. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for the New SAT,

Book II.

Page 67: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 67 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 10

English II Honors

Honors English II challenges highly motivated and intellectually

curious students with rigorous texts and complex assessments

designed to deepen their understanding of their world while preparing

them for honors and AP level English courses. Through a focused

study of all genres of world literature, the thematically-based course

explores the role of the individual in society, the human experience in

relation to nature and science, freedom and oppression, and reality

versus illusion/perception. Students hone composition skills with the

intensive study and practice of grammar and writing, culminating in a

research project. Special attention is given to correct usage as required

by the writing sections of both the SAT and ACT. Vocabulary study

continues with Power Plus for the New SAT, Book II. Students

should expect nightly reading assignments, frequent writing

opportunities, coursework that requires them to work independently,

and classroom experiences that require careful preparation, critical

thinking, and original thought.

Modern World History

In this course, students examine major themes and events in European

history from 1450 to the present, with some emphasis on art history

and the geographical changes in European boundaries as well as other

parts of the world due to historical events.

Honors Modern World

History

In this honors course, students examine major themes and events in

European history from 1450 to the present, with some emphasis on art

history and the geographical changes in European boundaries as well

as other parts of the world due to historical events. Students will

closely examine many primary sources and often work independently.

In addition, there will be an emphasis on analysis and application of

course material, research and writing skills, conceptualization and

connectivity of major historical themes, and critical thinking.

Psychology

Introductory Psychology provides students with a foundation for

understanding what psychology is, how it is studied, , how we

develop from infancy to adulthood, how we learn and remember

information, how our personalities form and in some cases develop

abnormally, and how we interact socially in small groups and the

global community.

AP Psychology

AP Psychology provides students with a foundation for understanding

what psychology is, how it is studied, how the brain works, how we

develop from infancy to adulthood, how we learn and remember

information, how we make judgments and decisions, why we are

motivated to behave as we do, how our personalities take form and in

some cases develop abnormally, and how we interact socially in small

groups and the global community.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the role of

government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class

grounded in current political, social, and economic topics impacting

America today. Not offered 2014-2015.

Page 68: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 68 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 10

Chemistry Foundations

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students gain a basic

knowledge of rational thinking as it pertains to understanding and

problem solving in the areas of chemical reactions, heat, stoichiometry,

nomenclature, atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws, solutions,

equilibrium, acid/base theory, and electrochemistry.

Honors Chemistry

In this honors-level laboratory-based introductory course, students gain

a basic knowledge of rational thinking as it pertains to understanding

and problem solving in the areas of chemical reactions, heat,

stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws,

solutions, equilibrium, acid/base theory, and electrochemistry.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the health fields and biological

sciences. This course will involve extensive dissection laboratories and

other hands-on activities and will rely on interactive software for

understanding of the body systems.

Introduction to

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give

students who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas

of engineering through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is

given to improving analytical and problem-solving skills.

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students

build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and

the culture of the francophone world. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue building

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights

increase students’ awareness of the francophone world.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French, students

receive a systematic study of grammar and verbs with an emphasis

placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading comprehension,

conversation, and paragraph writing.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students

build fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in Chinese

culture. Through integration of the four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on more sophisticated

vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue their

study of Chinese through expansion of their vocabulary and ability to

conduct daily communications.

Page 69: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 69 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 10

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second year is the beginning of their study

of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin texts and facility

of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate short

English sentences into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the

study of Roman culture and history is extended through the readings of

various translations.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students

build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and

the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis

is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper

syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound

grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient

oral and written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the

second part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to

build fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’ awareness of

the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish, students

review major grammar points, are introduced to many details of

grammar, and further their comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral and written

discussions, further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic

culture.

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I, Honors 2-D Design II,

Photography I, Honors Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II

US Concert Band, US String Orchestra, Vocal Workshop, Chorale, Theatre

Arts I, Theatre Arts II, Performing Arts Foundations

Page 70: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 70 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

Course Name Course Description

Grade 11

Algebra II

In this course, students will continue their study of algebraic concepts

including a study of linear, quadratic, rational, and polynomial

functions, systems of equations, complex numbers, probability and

statistics, exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to

trigonometric functions, and sequences.

Honors Algebra II

In this honors-level course, students will explore units on linear

equations and inequalities, systems of linear equations and

inequalities, polynomials, quadratic equations, powers, roots, radicals,

and complex numbers, functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, quadratic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions,

matrices, discrete mathematics, and an introduction to trigonometric

functions.

Advanced Functions

and Modeling

In this course, students will explore topics including data analysis,

linear systems, linear programming, transformations, exponential

functions, logarithmic functions, piecewise functions, matrices,

radicals, quadratic functions, polynomial functions, rational functions,

trigonometry, and probability.

Pre-Calculus

In this course, students will complete extensive work with functions

and their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations, development of

trigonometry, and receive an introduction to sequences, series, vectors,

probability, and limits.

Honors Pre-Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will complete extensive work

with functions and their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations,

development of trigonometry, polar coordinates, and receive an

introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors, probability, and

limits.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to major

concepts for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data

while being exposed to four broad conceptual themes: exploratory

analysis, planning a study, probability, and statistical inference. Not

offered 2014-2015.

AP Calculus BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which

include limits, derivatives, integrals, infinite series, elementary

differential equations, and applications and modeling.

English III

In this survey course, students explore the writings of major American

writers from the 17th Century through the 20th Century. Composition

development stresses the writing of expository essays through the

study of prose models and intensive writing practice. Vocabulary and

advanced grammar practice aids students in developing an effective

and sophisticated writing style. A research paper is submitted during

the second semester.

Page 71: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 71 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

AP English III-

Language and

Composition

In this AP course students engage in the careful reading and critical

analysis of written and visual texts. Students become skilled readers

of prose written in a variety of rhetorical contexts for a variety of

purposes. The study of collegiate-level vocabulary and applied

grammar helps students to develop complexity and precision in their

writing and analysis. The course also includes a research paper. All

students are required to take the AP Language and Composition exam

in the spring.

U.S. History

In this course, students explore the nation's history studying the basic

events, personalities, documents, and historical perspectives with areas

of focus on political, social, economic, cultural, and geographic

patterns of United States history.

Honors U.S. History

In this honors-level course, students explore the nation's history

studying the basic events, personalities, documents, and historical

perspectives with areas of focus on political, social, economic,

cultural, and geographic patterns of United States history. This course

will move at an accelerated pace, which will allow for more course

topics to be pursued through increased reading assignments and class

discussions.

AP U.S. History

In this Advanced Placement course, students are given the analytical

skills and factual knowledge to work with the problems and materials

in U.S. history. Students learn to assess, weigh evidence, and analyze

interpretations found within historical documents and reach

conclusions based on their analysis.

AP U.S.

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American Government and Politics is an

intensive study of the structure of the United States Government and

the processes that make this form of government effective in today’s

modern and ever changing world. The course covers the Constitution

underpinnings of the United States Government, political beliefs,

political behaviors, political parties, interest groups, mass media, the

institutions of the national government, civil rights and civil liberties.

AP Comparative

Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative Government and Politics is an

intensive study of the structure of six Foreign Governments (UK,

China, Russia, Iran, Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that make

these forms of government effective in today’s modern and ever

changing world. All participants take the national Advanced

Placement exam at the end of the course.

AP Human

Geography

AP Human Geography is a full year course designed to introduce

students to the systematic study of patterns and processes that have

shaped human understanding, use, and alteration of the Earth’s

surface. Students use spatial concepts and landscape analysis to

examine human social organization and its environmental

consequences. Additionally, students learn about the methods and

tools geographers use in their science and practice.

Psychology

This introductory course provides students with a foundation for

understanding the basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed on

promoting critical thinking in conjunction with classroom materials

and discussions, as well as beyond the classroom in daily life.

Page 72: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 72 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce students to study of human

behavior and the mental processes of humans through systematic and

scientific study. Students learn about psychological facts, principals,

phenomena, and the ethics psychologists use in their practice.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey course focusing on

nature/tribal religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and

Confucianism, and the Abrahamic religions: Judaism, Christianity, and

Islam. Students will learn to think critically about religion as a human

pursuit because they will have the ability to compare one phenomenon

across different cultures.

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What does it mean to be human?”

through five thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious, (2) man is

moral, (3) man is mortal, (4) man is social or relational, and (5) man is

expressive or creative. The course is interdisciplinary, incorporating

history, philosophy, religion, literature, science, art, and music. Not

offered 2014-2015.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the role of

government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class

grounded in current political, social, and economic topics impacting

America today. Not offered 2014-2015.

AP Psychology

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students will gain an

understanding of various physical science concepts including motion,

gravity, work, energy, waves (sound and light), electricity, magnetism

with algebra-based problem solving, and development of the system of

international units as applied to physical measurement.

Conceptual Physics

In this laboratory-based introductory course, students will gain an

understanding of various physical science concepts including motion,

gravity, work, energy, waves (sound and light), electricity, and

magnetism with algebra-based problem solving and development of

the system of international units as applied to physical measurement.

AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an Algebra based science course designed to be

equivalent to introductory college Physics. The course covers

Newtonian mechanics (including rotational dynamics and angular

momentum); work, energy, and power; mechanical waves and sound;

and electric circuits. Through the practice of scientific inquiry and

reasoning, students develop meaningful physics knowledge. Inquiry

based investigations are constructed to foster student engagement in

the practice of science through experimenting, analyzing, making

conjectures and arguments, and solving problems in a collaborative

setting.

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college level course which includes a more

expansive in-depth theoretical analysis of the basic topics covered in

introductory chemistry. These topics include the nature of chemical

reactivity, the effect of bonding and structure on the behavior of a

molecule, models of acids and bases, the kinetic molecular theory,

thermodynamic principles, the nature of electrochemical activity,

nuclear forces and interactions and basic organic chemistry. Advanced

problem solving techniques in stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium,

qualitative and quantitative analysis, acid/base and buffer chemistry,

electrochemistry, thermodynamics, gas laws, nuclear chemistry and

oxidation/reduction reactions are also demonstrated.

Page 73: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 73 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college level course that explores four big

ideas: evolution, cellular processes: energy and communication,

genetics and information transfer, and interactions of biological

systems. The model of instruction focuses on enduring, conceptual

understandings and the content that supports them. The curriculum

framework supports the development of advanced inquiry and

reasoning skills, such as designing a plan for collecting data, analyzing

data, applying mathematical routines, and connecting concepts in an

across domains.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the health fields and biological

sciences. This course will involve extensive dissection laboratories

and other hands-on activities and will rely on interactive software for

understanding of the body systems.

Honors Seminar in

Sustainability

In this year-long, research-based, honors- level course, students

experience a dynamic course of study, combined with field

experiences, to educate the next generation of innovators, leaders, and

citizens for a sustainable planet. The curriculum encourages students

to explore and understand the environmental, economic, social, and

political impacts of natural resource use, and to develop practices that

conserve these resources when pursued over generations. Students

develop and implement independent and collaborative lab experiences

and projects while helping the school meet the objectives of the

school’s sustainability program.

Introduction in

Engineering

Introduction to Engineering is a regular level course designed to give

students who enjoy math and science the opportunity to explore areas

of engineering through extensive hands-on activities. Emphasis is

given to improving analytical and problem-solving skills.

Advanced Robotics

Honors

This honors-level, hands-on course is devoted to the study of robotics.

Topics include magnetism and electromagnetic induction, DC motor

theory, C programming, Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills emphasized

are critical thinking, working and collaborating in a team environment,

breaking problems into smaller more manageable components,

planning investigations involving defined problems, and analyzing and

interpreting data.

Engineering II

Honors

This honors-level hands-on course is devoted to the study of analog

and digital electronics, with a project component. Topics include AC

theory, capacitors and inductors, transformers, diodes, operational

amplifiers, basic digital gates, latches and flip-flops, counters, and

shift registers. Through investigative labs, students learn to design and

trouble-shoot digital circuits. Skill emphasis is on continuing the

development of the skills stressed in Honors Robotics.

Page 74: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 74 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French, students

build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and

the culture of the francophone world. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is

placed on using the language in real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper

syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound

grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in

efficient oral and written communication. A richness and variety of

cultural insights increase students’ awareness of the francophone

world.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French, students

receive a systematic study of grammar and verbs with an emphasis

placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading comprehension,

conversation, and paragraph writing.

French IV Honors

In this honors- level course, which is conducted in French, students

explore the francophone world through critical analysis of literature,

vocabulary growth, and stylistics skills.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese, students

build fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining competence in

Chinese culture. Through integration of the four language skills:

listening, speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using

the language in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on more sophisticated

vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue their

study of Chinese through expanding their vocabulary and ability to

conduct daily communications.

Chinese IV Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Chinese, students

enhance basic language skills with a focus on language proficiency in

the areas of description, narration, correspondence, and comparisons

based on situational context.

Page 75: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 75 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a major

emphasis on more sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax.

The biggest new topic in the second year is the beginning of their

study of the subjunctive Reading comprehension of Latin texts and

facility of translation into English, as well as the ability to translate

short English sentences into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition,

the study of Roman culture and history is extended through the

readings of various translations.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their study of the subjunctive of Latin

with an emphasis on sophisticated constructions of grammar and

syntax. The study of Roman culture is also extended through the

translation of “Jason and the Argonauts” and through an introduction

to the works of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger, and Cicero.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course, students increase their ability to

read, translate, understand, analyze, and interpret lines of Latin text.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish, students

build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and

the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Through integration of the

four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper

syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound

grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in

efficient oral and written communication.

Spanish IIA

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the first

part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to build

fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax. A

functional approach, combined with a pedagogically sound grammar

sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral and

written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore the

second part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students continue to

build fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper syntax.

A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’ awareness

of the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish, students

review major grammar points, are introduced to many details of

grammar, and further their comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral and written

discussions, further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic

culture.

Spanish IV Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Spanish, students

study Spanish civilization, culture, art, literature, and grammar.

Advanced grammar topics are reviewed and practiced, and continued

practice in conversation is provided through class discussions and oral

projects.

Page 76: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 76 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 11

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I, Honors 2-D Design II,

Photography I, Honors Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II, AP

Photography, AP Studio Art

US Concert Band, Honors US Concert Band III, US String Orchestra,

Honors US String Orchestra III, Vocal Workshop, Chorale, Honors

Chamber Singers, Theatre Arts I, Theatre Arts II, Honors Theatre Arts III,

Performing Arts Foundations

Page 77: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 77 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

Course Name Course Description

Grade 12

Advanced Functions and

Modeling

In this course, students will explore topics including data analysis,

linear systems, linear programming, transformations, exponential

functions, logarithmic functions, piecewise functions, matrices,

radicals, quadratic functions, polynomial functions, rational

functions, trigonometry, and probability.

Pre-Calculus

In this course, students will complete extensive work with

functions and their graphs, conics, solving systems of equations,

development of trigonometry, and receive an introduction to

sequences, series, vectors, probability, and limits.

Honors Pre-Calculus

In this honors-level course, students will complete extensive work

with functions and their graphs, conics, solving systems of

equations, development of trigonometry, polar coordinates, and

receive an introduction to calculus, sequences, series, vectors,

probability, and limits.

Calculus

In this course, students are introduced to differential and integral

calculus and explore topics including limits, derivatives, integrals,

and applications of derivatives and integrals.

AP Statistics

In this Advanced Placement course, students are introduced to

major concepts for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions

from data while being exposed to four broad conceptual themes:

exploratory analysis, planning a study, probability, and statistical

inference. Not offered 2014-2015.

AP Calculus AB

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which

include limits, derivatives, integrals, elementary differential

equations, and applications and modeling.

AP Calculus BC

In this Advanced Placement course, students explore topics which

include limits, derivatives, integrals, infinite series, elementary

differential equations, and applications and modeling.

Honors Multivariable

Calculus

In this post AP level course, students review single variable

calculus and infinite series, conic sections as parametric and polar

functions, vectors and the geometry of space, vector functions,

partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector calculus.

English IV

In this course students concentrate on themes in literature and

how these themes can be connected to our intellectual and

spiritual journeys as scholars and thoughtful human beings. In

addition to a continuing emphasis on proficiency in written

expression, oral expression and the interpretation of literature,

seniors continue to increase their skills in utilizing precise diction,

correct usage, and articulate discussion of complex topics in their

writing. A research paper is included.

Page 78: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 78 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

AP English IV- Literature

and Composition

In this AP course, students explore a variety of complex topics

through the study of essays, plays, novels and poetry. In addition

to developing their skills in literary analysis through writing and

discussion, students also write a term essay that requires the

reading of an addition 21 works of literature related to a topic of

their choice, culminating in the writing of a 15-20 page paper. All

students are required to take the AP Literature and Composition

exam in the spring.

AP Psychology

This AP course is designed to introduce students to study of

human behavior and the mental processes of humans through

systematic and scientific study. Students learn about

psychological facts, principals, phenomena, and the ethics

psychologists use in their practice.

AP Comparative

Government & Politics

Advanced Placement Comparative Government and Politics is an

intensive study of the structure of six Foreign Governments (UK,

China, Russia, Iran, Mexico, and Nigeria) and the processes that

make these forms of government effective in today’s modern and

ever changing world. All participants take the national Advanced

Placement exam at the end of the course.

AP US Government &

Politics

Advanced Placement American Government and Politics is an

intensive study of the structure of the United States Government

and the processes that make this form of government effective in

today’s modern and ever changing world. The course covers the

Constitution underpinnings of the United States Government,

political beliefs, political behaviors, political parties, interest

groups, mass media, the institutions of the national government,

civil rights and civil liberties.

AP Macroeconomics

Advanced Placement Macroeconomics is a course designed to

provide students with a sophisticated understanding of the global

economy and of the role students are playing and will play in the

complex global economic system.

AP European History

This course is a comprehensive chronological and topical survey

of the narrative of European history from 1450 to the present.

Emphasis is placed on the study of primary source materials for

historical interpretation and on expository essay writing in order

to distinguish significance of movements, trends, and cause and

effect relationships. The themes of study fall into three

categories: intellectual and cultural history, political and

diplomatic history, and social and economic history.

AP Human Geography

AP Human Geography is a full year course designed to introduce

students to the systematic study of patterns and processes that

have shaped human understanding, use, and alteration of the

Earth’s surface. Students use spatial concepts and landscape

analysis to examine human social organization and its

environmental consequences. Additionally, students learn about

the methods and tools geographers use in their science and

practice.

Page 79: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 79 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

Psychology

This introductory course provides students with a foundation for

understanding the basis for psychology. Emphasis is placed on

promoting critical thinking in conjunction with classroom

materials and discussions, as well as beyond the classroom in

daily life.

World Religions

World Religions is a semester-long survey course focusing on

nature/tribal religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and

Confucianism, and the Abrahamic religions: Judaism,

Christianity, and Islam. Students will learn to think critically

about religion as a human pursuit because they will have the

ability to compare one phenomenon across different cultures.

Humanities

This course addresses the question, “What does it mean to be

human?” through five thematic ideas: (1) man is self-conscious,

(2) man is moral, (3) man is mortal, (4) man is social or

relational, and (5) man is expressive or creative. The course is

interdisciplinary, incorporating history, philosophy, religion,

literature, science, art, and music. Not offered 2014-2015.

Political Issues

This semester-long contemporary topics course focuses on the

role of government in our lives. It is a discussion and presentation

based class grounded in current political, social, and economic

topics impacting America today. Not offered 2014-2015.

AP Chemistry

AP Chemistry is a college level course which includes a more

expansive in-depth theoretical analysis of the basic topics covered

in introductory chemistry. These topics include the nature of

chemical reactivity, the effect of bonding and structure on the

behavior of a molecule, models of acids and bases, the kinetic

molecular theory, thermodynamic principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear forces and interactions and basic

organic chemistry. Advanced problem solving techniques in

stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium, qualitative and quantitative

analysis, acid/base and buffer chemistry, electrochemistry,

thermodynamics, gas laws, nuclear chemistry and

oxidation/reduction reactions are also demonstrated.

AP Biology

AP Biology is an intensive college level course that explores four

big ideas: evolution, cellular processes: energy and

communication, genetics and information transfer, and

interactions of biological systems. The model of instruction

focuses on enduring, conceptual understandings and the content

that supports them. The curriculum framework supports the

development of advanced inquiry and reasoning skills, such as

designing a plan for collecting data, analyzing data, applying

mathematical routines, and connecting concepts in an across

domains.

Page 80: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 80 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

AP Physics I

AP Physics I is an Algebra based science course designed to be

equivalent to introductory college Physics. The course covers

Newtonian mechanics (including rotational dynamics and angular

momentum); work, energy, and power; mechanical waves and

sound; and electric circuits. Through the practice of scientific

inquiry and reasoning, students develop meaningful physics

knowledge. Inquiry based investigations are constructed to foster

student engagement in the practice of science through

experimenting, analyzing, making conjectures and arguments, and

solving problems in a collaborative setting.

AP Physics II

AP Physics II is an Algebra based science course designed to be

equivalent to a second semester college Physics. The course

covers fluid mechanics; thermodynamics; electricity and

magnetism; optics; and atomic and nuclear physics. Through the

practice of scientific inquiry and reasoning, students develop

meaningful physics knowledge. Inquiry based investigations are

constructed to foster student engagement in the practice of

science through experimenting, analyzing, making conjectures

and arguments, and solving problems in a collaborative setting.

Anatomy/Physiology

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for

students considering a career in the health fields and biological

sciences. This course will involve extensive dissection

laboratories and other hands-on activities and will rely on

interactive software for understanding of the body systems.

Honors Seminar in

Sustainability

In this year-long, research-based, honors-level course, students

experience a dynamic course of study, combined with field

experiences, to educate the next generation of innovators, leaders,

and citizens for a sustainable planet. The curriculum encourages

students to explore and understand the environmental, economic,

social, and political impacts of natural resource use, and to

develop practices that conserve these resources when pursued

over generations. Students develop and implement independent

and collaborative lab experiences and projects while helping the

school meet the objectives of the school’s sustainability program.

Advanced Robotics

Honors

This honors- level, hands-on course is devoted to the study of

robotics. Topics include magnetism and electromagnetic

induction, DC motor theory, C programming, Bluetooth, and

pneumatics. Skills emphasized are critical thinking, working and

collaborating in a team environment, breaking problems into

smaller more manageable components, planning investigations

involving defined problems, and analyzing and interpreting data.

Engineering II Honors

This honors-level hands-on course is devoted to the study of

analog and digital electronics, with a project component. Topics

include AC theory, capacitors and inductors, transformers, diodes,

operational amplifiers, basic digital gates, latches and flip-flops,

counters, and shift registers. Through investigative labs, students

learn to design and trouble-shoot digital circuits. Skill emphasis is

on continuing the development of the skills stressed in Honors

Robotics.

Page 81: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 81 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

French I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in French,

students build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary

pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone world. Through

integration of the four language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the language in

real situations.

French II

In this course, which is conducted in French, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper

syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its

role in efficient oral and written communication. A richness and

variety of cultural insights increase students’ awareness of the

francophone world.

French III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in French,

students receive a systematic study of grammar and verbs with an

emphasis placed on vocabulary enrichment, reading

comprehension, conversation, and paragraph writing.

French IV Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in French,

students explore the francophone world through critical analysis

of literature, vocabulary growth, and stylistics skills.

AP French Language &

Culture

In this Advanced Placement course, which is conducted in

French, students further their proficiency in listening

comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.

Chinese I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Chinese,

students build fundamentals in vocabulary while gaining

competence in Chinese culture. Through integration of the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations.

Chinese II

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on more sophisticated

vocabulary and grammatical structures.

Chinese III

In this course, which is conducted in Chinese, students continue

their study of Chinese through expanding their vocabulary and

ability to conduct daily communications.

Chinese IV Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Chinese,

students enhance basic language skills with a focus on language

proficiency in the areas of description, narration, correspondence,

and comparisons based on situational context.

Page 82: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 82 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

Latin II

In this course, students continue their study of basic Latin with a

major emphasis on more sophisticated constructions of grammar

and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second year is the

beginning of their study of the subjunctive Reading

comprehension of Latin texts and facility of translation into

English, as well as the ability to translate short English sentences

into Latin, are primary objectives. In addition, the study of

Roman culture and history is extended through the readings of

various translations.

Latin III

In this course, students continue their study of the subjunctive of

Latin with an emphasis on sophisticated constructions of

grammar and syntax. The study of Roman culture is also extended

through the translation of “Jason and the Argonauts” and through

an introduction to the works of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger,

and Cicero.

AP Latin

In this Advanced Placement course, students increase their ability

to read, translate, understand, analyze, and interpret lines of Latin

text.

Spanish I

In this introductory course, which is conducted in Spanish,

students build fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary

pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.

Through integration of the four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading, and writing, emphasis is placed on using the

language in real situations.

Spanish II

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students continue

building fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and proper

syntax. A functional approach, combined with a pedagogically

sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its

role in efficient oral and written communication.

Spanish IIB

In this course, which is conducted in Spanish, students explore

the second part of a two-year sequence of Spanish II. Students

continue to build fundamental skills with a focus on grammar and

proper syntax. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase

students’ awareness of the Spanish-speaking world.

Spanish III

In this intermediate course, which is conducted in Spanish,

students review major grammar points, are introduced to many

details of grammar, and further their comprehension of the

Hispanic culture. Selected readings, which lend themselves to

oral and written discussions, further the students' comprehension

of the Hispanic culture.

Spanish IV Honors

In this honors-level course, which is conducted in Spanish,

students study Spanish civilization, culture, art, literature, and

grammar. Advanced grammar topics are reviewed and practiced,

and continued practice in conversation is provided through class

discussions and oral projects.

AP Spanish Language

In this Advanced Placement course which is conducted in

Spanish, students further their proficiency in listening

comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.

Page 83: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 83 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade 12

Drawing I, Honors Drawing II, 2-D Design I, Honors 2-D Design II,

Photography I, Honors Photography II, Sculpture I, Honors Sculpture II, AP

Photography, AP Studio Art

US Concert Band, Honors US Concert Band III, Honors US Concert Band IV,

US String Orchestra, Honors US String Orchestra III, Honors US String

Orchestra IV, Vocal Workshop, Chorale, Honors Chamber Singers, Theatre

Arts I, Theatre Arts II, Honors Theatre Arts III, Performing Arts Foundations

Page 84: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 84 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Math Department

Math Department Philosophy

The mathematics curriculum at Forsyth Country Day School encourages the optimal

mathematical growth of each student. We seek to develop a student’s problem-solving and

critical-thinking skills through a variety of instructional techniques in order for a student to

perform at a challenging level. We strive to cultivate a student’s appreciation for mathematics

through the application of diverse skills to real-world problems, while working cooperatively

with others and mastering procedures and techniques in preparation for the collegiate

mathematical experience. A student is encouraged to question, think, reason, compute, and

communicate mathematically as a means of confidently engaging in the study of mathematical

concepts.

Math Scope and Sequence

Page 85: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 85 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math K Grade Level: K

Department: Math Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in kindergarten begin their mastery of foundational math skills.

This curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of

math concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Students in

kindergarten explore the relationships between numbers and real-life situations and learn to make

connections using numbers. Concepts covered include: numbers to 5, 10, and 20, ordering by

length and weight, size and position of objects, solid and flat shapes, skip counting to 100,

comparing sets, ordinal numbers, calendar patterns, counting on and back, number facts, length

and height, classifying and sorting, addition and subtraction stories, measurement, and money.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

Number Sense and Operations with Whole Numbers

o Use concrete models to create a set with a given number of objects (up to 20)

o Use cardinal and ordinal numbers

o Count up to 20 objects in a set

o Count in 2s and 5s up to 20

o Compare and order sets of numbers

o Use addition and subtraction symbols to write number sentences

o Find missing terms in repeating patterns

o Identify odd and even numbers

o Add and subtract whole numbers

o Know the language of basic operations

o Estimate sums and differences

o Understand the properties of arithmetic operations, including addition with zero

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Name and sort solid shapes

o Identify similarities and differences in two-dimensional shapes

o Identify and describe basic geometric figures and describe their shapes, including

circles, triangles, and rectangles

Measurement

o Compare lengths and heights using non-standard units

Page 86: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 86 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Order objects by weight

o Name and order the days of the week and the months of the year

o Compare area using non-standard units

o Solve real-world problems involving number operations, including basic money

problems

o Know the approximate sizes of customary units

o Know the relationships between measures within the same system

o Solve real-life problems involving coins, elapsed time, weight, or distance

Data Analysis, Statistics, and Probability

o Read and interpret graphs, including pictorial and tallies

o Organize data for a picture graph

o Represent data in pictograph

o Interpret data in tally charts and pictographs

Patterns, Functions, and Pre-Algebra

o Recognize a wide variety of patterns and the rules that explain them

o Select number sentences to represent problem situations

o Understand the concept of equality

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Small and large group activities

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 87: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 87 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: Math Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in first grade continue their mastery of foundational math skills.

This curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of

math concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Differentiated

learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their understanding of

material while other students extend their learning through more challenging material to ensure

that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional pace. Concepts

covered include: numbers to 10, 20, 40, and 100, number bonds, addition and subtraction facts to

10, 20, and 100, shapes and patterns, ordinal numbers and position, length, weight, picture and

bar graphs, mental math strategies, calendar and time, multiplication and division, and money.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

Number Sense and Operations with Whole Numbers

o Use concrete and pictorial models to create a set with a given number of objects

(up to 100)

o Group objects and numbers up to 100 in tens and ones

o Use cardinal numbers up to 100 and ordinal numbers up to 10th

o Use number bonds to represent number combinations

o Represent numbers to 100 on a number line

o Count to 100

o Count by 1s, 2s, 5s, and 10s forward and backward to 100

o Compare and order whole numbers to 100

o Compare and order using the terms same, more, fewer, greater than, equal to, less

than, greatest, and least

o Use place value model and place value charts to represent numbers to 100

o Express numbers up to 100 in standard and word form

o Know the language of basic operations

o Understand the relationship between addition and multiplication

o Estimate sums and differences

o Understand the properties of arithmetic operations, including addition with zero

o Understand even and odd numbers

Page 88: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 88 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use models, numbers, and symbols for addition and subtraction facts to 20

o Use the order, grouping, and zero properties to develop addition and subtraction

fact strategies

o Add and subtract up to 2-digit numbers with and without regrouping

o Formulate addition and subtraction stories

o Use mental math strategies to add and subtract

o Estimate quantity by using referents

o Add the same number to multiply

o Represent sharing equally and make equal groups

o Solve real-world problems involving number operations, including basic money

problems

o Identify zero as the identity element for addition and subtraction

o Use the associative and communicative properties of addition

o Understand the relationships between numbers in fact families

o Use a variety of concrete, pictorial, and symbolic model for addition and

subtraction

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Identify, describe, and extend two-and three-dimensional shape patterns

o Identify real-world two-dimensional shapes

o Sort and classify two-dimensional shapes

o Identify real-world three-dimensional shapes

o Identify two-dimensional shapes in three-dimensional shapes

o Develop initial understanding of congruence and symmetry

o Identify and describe basic geometric figures and describe their shapes, including

circles, triangles, and rectangles

o Understand basic properties of figures, including closure and number of sides

o Identify relationships between figures and images under transformations

o Identify lines of symmetry and the effects of combining, subdividing, and

changing basic shapes

Measurement

o Measure length using non-standard units

o Compare measurements made using different units

o Understand the inverse relationship between the size of a unit and the number of

units

o Solve weight problems

o Read a calendar to identify the days of the week, months, and seasons of the year

o Tell time to the hour and half hour

o Count and make coin combinations

o Add and subtract money

o Compare two lengths by comparing each with a third length

o Know the approximate sizes of customary units

Data Analysis, Statistics, and Probability

o Collect and organize data in various ways

o Represent measurements and data in picture graphs, tally charts and bar graphs

o Solve problems involving data

o Read and interpret graphs, including bar, pictorial, table, and tallies

Page 89: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 89 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Patterns, Functions, and Pre-Algebra

o Recognize a wide variety of patterns and the rules that explain them

o Select number sentences to represent problem situations

o Understand the concept of equality

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

End of unit quizzes

Daily work

Group projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 90: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 90 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: Math Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in second grade continue their mastery of foundational math

skills. This curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding

of math concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning.

Differentiated learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their

understanding of material while other students extend their learning through more challenging

material to ensure that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional

pace. Concepts covered include: numbers to 1,000, addition and subtraction up to 1,000, using

bar model for addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, multiplication tables of 2, 3, 4, 5,

and 10, metric measurement of length, mass, volume, mental math and estimation, money,

fractions, customary measurement of length, time, picture graphs, lines and surfaces, and shapes

and patterns.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Number Sense and Operations with Whole Numbers

o Use concrete and pictorial models to create a set with a given number of objects

(up to 1,000)

o Group objects and numbers up to 1,000 into hundreds, tens, and ones

o Group objects into equal-sized groups

o Use place value model to create equivalent representations of numbers

o Represent numbers to 1,000 on a number line

o Count to 1,000

o Count by multiples of ones, tens, and hundreds

o Compare and order numbers up to 1,000

o Use <, >, or = to compare whole numbers

o Use base-ten model and place value cards to represent numbers up to 1,000

o Express numbers to 1,000 in terms of place value

o Compose and decompose multi-digit numbers (including expanded form)

o Model addition and subtraction with place value

o Recall addition and subtraction facts

Page 91: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 91 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use different methods to develop fluency in adding and subtracting multi-digit

numbers

o Add and subtract numbers to 1,000

o Solve multi-digit addition and subtraction problems by using a bar model

o Multiply and divide with 2, 3, 4, 5, and 10

o Represent multiplication as repeated addition

o Represent division as repeated subtraction

o Use the multiplication, division, and equal symbols to represent multiplication

and division situations

o Use bar model to represent multiplication and division situations

o Solve multiplication and division fact problems

o Use mental math strategies to add and subtract

o Round to the nearest ten to estimate sums and differences

o Skip count by 2s, 3s, 4s, 5s, and 10s

o Identify rules for number patterns

o Find missing terms in table patterns

o Understand that addition and subtraction are inverse operations

o Apply properties of addition

o Use the distributive property as a multiplication strategy

o Recognize how a bar model shows relationships between numbers and unknowns

in number sentences

o Use a variety of concrete, pictorial, and symbolic models for addition, subtraction,

multiplication, and division

o Model multiplication and division situations by writing multiplication and

division number sentences

o Use bar models and number sentences to represent real-world problems

o Determine the value of missing quantities in number sentences

o Use expanded notation

o Estimate sums, differences, products, and quotients

o Understand even and odd numbers

o Solve real-world problems involving number operations, including basic money

problems

Number Sense and Operations with Fractions and Decimals

o Connect geometric concepts with unit fraction halves, thirds, and fourths

o Understand the relationship between a fraction and a whole

o Compare and order halves, thirds, and fourths using bar model

o Add and subtract like fractions (halves, thirds, fourths)

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Identify parts of lines and curves

o Identify, describe, sort, and classify two-dimensional shapes

o Compose and decompose two-dimensional shapes

o Sort and classify two- and three- dimensional shapes by properties

o Identify and describe basic geometric figures and describe their shapes, including

circles, triangles, and rectangles

o Understand basic properties of figures, including closure, number of sides,

vertices, and angles

Page 92: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 92 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Characterize lines as intersecting or parallel

o Identify relationships between figures and images under transformations

o Identify lines of symmetry and the effects of combining, subdividing, and

changing basic shapes

o Graph coordinates on a map grid

Measurement

o Identify $1, $5, $10, and $20 bills

o Count and make combinations of coins and bills

o Compare money amounts

o Solve addition and subtraction money problems

o Develop foundations for understanding area

o Demonstrate linear measure as an iteration of units

o Use rulers to measure length

o Measure lengths in meters, centimeters, feet, and inches

o Compare and measure lengths using customary and metric units

o Demonstrate partitioning and transitivity in relation to length

o Solve problems involving estimating, measuring, and computing length

o Compare and measure masses

o Solve mass problems

o Measure volume (capacity) in liters

o Solve volume problems

o Use A.M. and P.M. to write time

o Tell time to five minutes

o Find elapsed time

o Work with basic measures of perimeter and area

Data Analysis, Statistics, and Probability

o Collect and organize data in various ways

o Represent data in a picture graph

o Interpret a picture graph with scales

o Solve real-world problems using picture graphs

o Understand the concept of chance

Patterns, Functions, and Pre-Algebra

o Recognize a wide variety of patterns and the rules that explain them

o Select number sentences to represent problem situations

o Understand the concept of equality

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

End of unit quizzes and tests

Daily work

Group projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 93: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 93 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: Math Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in third grade continue their mastery of essential math skills. This

curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of math

concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Differentiated

learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their understanding of

material while other students extend their learning through more challenging material to ensure

that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional pace. Concepts

covered include: numbers to 10,000, mental math and estimation, addition and subtraction up to

10,000, using a bar model for addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, multiplication

tables of 6, 7, 8, and 9, money, metric length, mass, and volume, real-world measurement

problems, bar graph and line plot, fractions, customary length, weight, and volume, time and

temperature, angles and lines, two-dimensional shapes, and area and perimeter.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Number Sense and Operations with Whole Numbers

o Represent numbers to 10,000 in different equivalent form

o Count to 10,000

o Count by hundreds and thousands

o Compare and order whole numbers up to 10,000

o Use place value model to read, write, and represent numbers to 10,000

o Model regrouping in addition and subtraction with place value

o Add and subtract whole numbers to 10,000

o Solve addition and subtraction problems with greater numbers by using a bar

model

o Multiply and divide with 6, 7, 8, and 9

o Represent multiplication in different ways

o Represent division in different ways

o Multiply 1s, 10s, and 100s with and without regrouping

o Use addition and multiplication properties to multiply

o Divide 10s and 1s with and without regrouping, no remainder

Page 94: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 94 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use a bar model to represent multiplication and division situations

o Solve one- and two-step multiplication and division problems

o Use mental math strategies to add, subtract, multiply, and divide

o Use front-end estimation and rounding to estimate sums and differences

o Create and analyze multiplication and division patterns

o Skip count by 6s, 7s, 8s, and 9s

o Understand that multiplication and division are related

o Create and analyze multiplication and division patterns

o Model, define, and explain properties of multiplication

o Identify odd and even numbers

o Understand the relationship between the numbers in multiplication-division fact

families

o Describe number relationships in context

o Use a variety of concrete, pictorial, and symbolic models for multi-digit addition,

subtraction, multiplication, and division

o Write multiplication and division number sentences

o Write and solve number sentences for one- and two-step real-world problems

o Determine the missing parts (quantities or symbols) in number sentences

o Use expanded notation

Number Sense and Operations with Fractions and Decimals

o Understand the meanings and uses of fractions including fractions of a set

o Understand that the size of a fractional part is relative to the size of the whole

o Compare fractions using model and number lines

o Identify equivalent fractions through the use of model, multiplication, division,

and number lines

o Add and subtract like fractions

o Add and subtract money

o Solve real-world problems involving addition and subtraction of money

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Identify perpendicular and parallel lines

o Identify right angles and compare angles to right angles

o Describe, analyze, compare, and classify two-dimensional shapes by their sides

and angles

o Classify and sort polygons and quadrilaterals by attributes and properties

o Investigate composing and decomposing two-dimensional shapes

o Use attributes and properties to solve problems

o Find and compare the area of plane figures in different square units

o Identify symmetrical figures and one line of symmetry

o Solve problems involving congruency

o Identify pairs of shapes that show a flip, slide, and turn

o Demonstrate that figures and their flip, slide, and turn images are congruent

o Graph coordinates on a map grid

Measurement

o Select appropriate units and tools to estimate and measure length

o Use meter sticks, 12-inch rulers, and yardsticks to measure length

o Measure length to the nearest half inch and inch

Page 95: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 95 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use referents to estimate distance

o Estimate and measure length, distance, and height in meters, centimeters, and

kilometers

o Convert among metric units of length

o Solve one- and two-step real-world problems in measurement

o Select appropriate units and tools to estimate and measure weight

o Use referents to estimate weight

o Estimate and find masses of objects

o Convert among units of mass

o Select appropriate tools and units to estimate and measure volume and capacity

o Determine the volume and capacity of a container

o Relate the units of customary capacity to one another

o Use referents to estimate capacity

o Estimate and measure capacity in liters and milliliters

o Convert among metric units of capacity

o Read time on a digital clock

o Convert between hours and minutes

o Determine elapsed time

o Add and subtract units of time

o Read a Fahrenheit thermometer

o Choose the appropriate tool and unit to measure temperature

o Use referents to estimate temperature

o Compare angles to right angles

o Measure perimeter of plane figures

o Choose the appropriate tool, unit, and strategy to measure perimeter

o Estimate perimeter of surfaces and objects

o Find and compare the area of plane figures in different square units

o Make different plane figures with the same area

o Estimate area of small and large surfaces

o Compare the area and perimeter of two plane figures

o Find the area of rectangles and composite figures

o Decompose solid figures to find the surface area

o Estimate and measure volume in cubic units

Data Analysis, Statistics, and Probability

o Collect and organize data in a bar graph and line plot

o Interpret picture and bar graphs with scales

o Use frequency tables, bar graphs, picture graphs, and line plots to solve real-world

problems

o Understand the concept of chance

o Understand basic statistical measure such as mean, mode, and range

Page 96: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 96 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Patterns, Functions, and Pre-Algebra

o Analyze number and counting patterns

o Understand equality and inequality

o Write and solve inequalities

o Recognize patterns

o Solve simple open sentences involving whole numbers

o Select number sentences to represent problem situations

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

End of unit quizzes and tests

Workbook pages

Group projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 97: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 97 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: Math Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in fourth grade continue their mastery of essential math skills.

This curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of

math concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Differentiated

learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their understanding of

material while other students extend their learning through more challenging material to ensure

that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional pace. Concepts

covered include: place value of whole numbers, estimation and number theory, whole number

multiplication and division, tables and line graphs, data and probability, fractions and mixed

numbers, decimals, adding and subtracting decimals, angles, perpendicular and parallel lines,

squares and rectangles, area and perimeter, symmetry, and tessellations.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Number Sense and Operations with Whole Numbers

o Represent numbers to 100,000 in various contexts

o Count by thousands and ten thousands

o Compare and order whole numbers to 100,000

o Express numbers to 100,000 in standard, expanded, and word form

o Apply understanding of model for multiplication and division

o Recall multiplication facts and related division facts

o Develop fluency in multiplying multi-digit numbers

o Divide by a 1-digit number with a remainder

o Solve multi-digit multiplication and division problems

o Use mental math and estimation strategies to find sums, differences, products, and

quotients

o Decide whether an estimate or exact number is needed

o Use estimation in determining relative sizes of amounts or distances

o Represent division as the inverse of multiplication

o Find the greatest common factor and least common multiple

o Identify prime and composite numbers

Page 98: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 98 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use a variety of concrete, pictorial, and symbolic models for multiplication and

division; and addition and subtraction with fractions and decimals

o Write and solve number sentences for one-, two-, and three-step real-world

problems

o Use bar models and number sentences for one-, two-, and three-step real-world

problems

o Determine the missing parts (quantities or symbols) in number sentences

o Describe number relationships in context

Number Sense and Operations with Fractions and Decimals

o Recognize, write, name, and illustrate mixed numbers and improper fractions

o Find a fraction of a set

o Generate equivalent fractions

o Convert among mixed numbers and improper fractions

o Model decimals using tenths and hundredths

o Understand decimal notation through hundredths as an extension of the base-ten

system

o Read and write decimals that are greater than or less than 1

o Compare and order decimals

o Identify equivalent decimals

o Connect equivalent fractions and decimals

o Add and subtract unlike fractions

o Add and subtract decimals

o Solve problems with addition and subtraction of decimals

o Rounds and estimate with decimals

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Draw perpendicular and parallel lines

o Construct and measure angles

o Apply the properties of squares and rectangles

o Find unknown angle measure and side lengths of squares and rectangles

o Identify figures that form tessellations

o Identify line and rotational symmetry

o Relate rotational symmetry to turns and congruency

o Use transformations to form tessellations

o Graph coordinates on a map grid

Measurement

o Understand the relationships between the numbers and symbols in formulas for

area and perimeter

o Estimate and measure angles with a protractor

o Classify angles by angle measure

o Relate ¼, ½, ¾ and full turns to the number of right angles

o Find the perimeter of composite figures

o Solve problems involving the perimeter of squares, rectangles, and composite

figures

o Explain area as an attribute of two-dimensional figures

o Connect area measure to the area model for multiplication; use it to justify the

formula for the area of a rectangle

Page 99: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 99 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Estimate and measure area in square units

o Select appropriate units, strategies, and tools to solve area problems

o Explain the relationships among area formulas of different polygons

Data Analysis, Statistics, and Probability

o Develop coordinate readiness with tables and line graph

o Construct line plot, stem-and-leaf plot, tables, and line graph

o Interpret tally charts, bar graph, picture graph, tables, and line graph

o Find the mean (average), median, mode, and range of a data set

o Understand the concept of chance and basic counting techniques used to describe

an event

Patterns, Functions, and Pre-Algebra

o Identify, describe, and extend numeric and nonnumeric patterns

o Use a rule to describe a sequence of numbers or objects

o Understand equality and inequality

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Homework

Quizzes

Tests

Group activities

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 100: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 100 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Math 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in fifth grade continue their mastery of essential math skills. This

curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of math

concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Differentiated

learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their understanding of

material while other students extend their learning through more challenging material to ensure

that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional pace. Concepts

covered include: whole number multiplication and division, adding and subtracting fractions and

mixed numbers, algebra, area of a triangle, ratio, multiplying and dividing decimals, percentage,

angles, proprieties of triangles and four-sided figures, three-dimensional shapes, and volume of

cubes and rectangular prisms.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Numbers and Number Relationships

o Count by hundred thousand and millions

o Compare and order numbers to 10,000,000

o Express numbers to 10,000,000 in various forms

o Explore negative numbers in context

o Divide fractions by whole numbers

o Find equivalent ratios

o Add and subtract decimals

o Multiply and divide decimals by whole numbers

o Solve multiplication and division problems

o Identify, describe, and extend numeric patterns involving all operations

o Describe number relationships in context

o Understand the relationships between the numbers and symbols in formulas for

surface area and volume

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Understand place value concepts through millions

o Convert fractions to decimals

Page 101: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 101 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Relate fractions and division expressions

o Model decimals using thousandths

o Understand place value concepts through thousandths

o Convert decimals to fractions

o Use ratios to solve problems

o Solve problems with percent

o Convert fractions to percent

o Find a percent of a number

o Multiply multi-digit numbers

o Find quotients involving multi-digit dividends

o Select the most useful form of the quotient and interpret the remainder

o Add and subtract unlike fractions and mixed numbers

o Multiply proper fractions, improper fractions, mixed numbers, and whole

numbers

o Solve word problems with addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of

fractions

o Solve problems with multiplication and division of decimals

o Use estimation and mental math to estimate sums, differences, products, and

quotients

o Estimate sums and differences with fractions and decimals

o Estimate products and quotients with decimals

o Find rules to complete number patterns

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Work with angles on a straight line

o Work with angles at a point

o Apply the properties of right, isosceles, and equilateral triangles

o Apply the sum of the angle measure of a triangle

o Apply the properties of a parallelogram, rhombus, and trapezoid

o Demonstrate that the sum of any two side lengths of a triangle is greater than the

length of the third side

o Find the area of a triangle

o Identify and classify prisms and pyramids

o Identify the solid that can be made from a net

o Identify cylinders, spheres, and cones

o Describe cylinders, spheres, and cones by the number of and types of faces, and

the number of edges and vertices

o Build solids using unit cubes

o Understand basic properties of figures, including applications in coordinate

geometry

o Apply geometric properties and relationships, including congruence of figures,

lines of symmetry, sum of angle measure in a triangle, images under

transformation, and two and three-dimensional shape changes

o Plot points on a coordinate grid

Page 102: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 102 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Measurement

o Understand systems of measurement and the relationships among units of the

same system

o Use units appropriately and estimate measures using scale

o Understand the measure of figures, including perimeter, circumference, surface

area, volume, and angles (figures include rectangular solids)

o Understand the application of formulas in deriving measure and solving simple

rate problems

o Apply the idea that the sum of angles on a straight line is 180 degrees

o Apply the idea that vertical angles are equal in measure

o Apply the idea that the sum of angles at a point is 360 degrees

o Find the area of triangles

Statistics

o Read and interpret various types of simple graphs, including bar, single and

double line, circle pictorial, and tables

o Understand and compute mean, median, mode, and range

o Represent and analyze data in a double-bar graph

Probability

o Determine probability, solve problems of chance using ratios and related

probabilities, and make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of probability to determine

amounts

o Determine experimental probability of an outcome

o Compare the results of an experiment with theoretical probability

Pre-Algebra

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, and

equations

o Understand the use of variables, balancing equations, and completing simple

mathematical sentences to find an unknown

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

formulate equations from word sentences

o Simplify algebraic expressions

o Use the order of operations in numeric expressions with two or more operations

o Write and solve number sentences and equations for one- and two-step real-world

problems

o Write and solve equations

o Graph linear equations

o Understand the equality and inequality

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Homework

Quizzes/Projects

Tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 103: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 103 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline Course Name: Math in Focus 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Using Math in Focus, students in sixth grade continue their mastery of essential math skills. This

curriculum focuses on mathematical problem solving and building an understanding of math

concepts through a progression of concrete, pictorial, and abstract learning. Differentiated

learning activities offer opportunities for some students to solidify their understanding of

material while other students extend their learning through more challenging material thus

ensuring that students progress through the curriculum at an appropriate instructional pace.

Concepts covered include: positive and negative numbers and number lines, multiplying and

dividing fractions and decimals, ratio, rate, percentage, algebraic expressions, equations and

inequalities, coordinate plane, area of polygons, circumference and area of a circle, surface area

and volume of solids, introduction to statistics, and measures of central tendency.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various form and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Ratios and Proportional Relationships

o Understand the concept of ratio and use relation language to describe proportional

relationships

o Solve multi-step real-world problems involving ratios using bar models

o Find equivalent rations using multiplication or division

o Make tables of equivalent ratios, including whole number measurements

o Understand the concept of a unit rate and use rate language in proportional

situations

o Compute and compare unit rates using division algorithm

o Solve unit rate problems, including unit pricing and constant speed

o Solve percent problems involving simple interest, tax, markups, discounts, and

commissions

o Solve multi-step percent problems involving percent increase and decrease

o Solve problems involving percents, including finding the whole when the percent

and its quantity are known

Number Systems and Number Theory

Page 104: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 104 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Understand positive and negative numbers can be used to describe quantities

having opposite directions or values

o Use positive and negative numbers to represent quantities in real-world context

o Use negative numbers to identify and locate points in all four quadrants of the

coordinate plane

o Understand and interpret the absolute value of a number is its distance from 0 on

the number line

o Represent fractions, decimals, and integers on a number line

o Relate the square of a whole number to the area of a square, and the cube of a

number to the volume of a cube

o Find the square of a number

o Find the square root or cube root of a perfect square or perfect cube, up to 150

o Write, interpret, and explain statements for fractions and integers

o Interpret statements of inequality as statements about relative position of two

numbers on a number line

o Fluently divide multi-digit numbers using the standard algorithm

o Interpret and compute quotients of fractions

o Fluently Multiply and divide multi-digit decimals using the standard algorithms

o Estimate answers to percent problems to check for reasonableness

Expressions and Equations

o Use the distributive property to factor the sum of two whole numbers, or algebraic

terms with whole-number coefficients

o Write a composite number as a product of its prime factors

o Find the greatest common factor or least common multiple of two whole numbers

o Use variables to write equations representing two real-world quantities that

change in relation to one another

o Analyze the relationship between an independent and dependent variable using

graphs, tables, and equations

o Write and evaluate numerical expressions and geometric formulas involving

whole-number exponents

o Write and evaluate algebraic expressions using the order of operations

o Identify parts of an expression using terms such as sum, term, product, and

coefficient

o Use the properties of addition and multiplication to write equivalent expressions,

including factoring a common factor from a sum

o Identify equivalent expressions and like and unlike terms of an expression

o Solve problems using variable expressions in real-world contexts

o Use substitution to identify value(s) that make an equation or inequality true

o Write and solve addition and multiplication equations to solve real-world

problems

o Write an inequality of the form x < c or x > c to represent a real-world situation

o Recognize that an inequality of the form x < c or x > c has an infinite number of

solutions, and represent the solutions on a number line

o Use negative numbers to identify and locate points in all four quadrants of the

coordinate plane

o Find the length of horizontal and vertical segments in the coordinate plane

Page 105: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 105 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use tables and graphs to represent linear equations

o Solve real-world problems by graphing points in all four quadrants of the

coordinate plane

o Plot pairs of equivalent rates in the coordinate plane

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Identify regular polygons

o Draw polygons in the coordinate plane given the coordinates of the vertices

o Use coordinates to find the length of horizontal or vertical sides of polygons

o Find the cross sections formed by slicing a rectangular prism

o Identify the center, radius, diameter, and circumference of a circle

o Understand 𝜋 to be the ratio of the circumference to the diameter of a circle

o Solve real-world problems involving rates and circles

o Understand how the formula for the circumference of a circle is derived

o Use a formula to calculate the circumference of circles, semi-circles, and quarter

circles

o Solve problems involving the circumference of circles

o Find the area of triangles, parallelograms, trapezoids, and regular polygons by

decomposing into rectangles or triangles

o Represent prisms and pyramids with triangular or rectangular faces using nets

o Use nets of prisms and pyramids to find the surface area

o Find the volume of a rectangular prism with fractional edge lengths, and relate

this to the formula V = ℓwh

o Find the volume of non-rectangular prisms using the formulas V = Bh

Statistics and Probability

o Read and interpret frequency tables, dot plots, and histograms

o Recognize a statistical question

o Understand that a data set has a distribution, which can be described by its center

and shape

o Recognize that a measure of center summarizes all values of a data set with a

single number

o Identify measures of center of a data set and calculate each, and know when each

is most useful

o Describe the overall shape of a distribution, and relate the choice of a center to the

shape of the distribution

o Solve real-world problems involving the mean or median, such as finding a

missing data value given the mean

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes/projects

Homework

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 106: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 106 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Pre-Algebra AB Grade Level: 6

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Pre-Algebra AB is an accelerated course for students with excellent mathematical ability and

academic maturity. The purpose of this course is to prepare students with strong foundational

skills in order to introduce algebraic problem solving. This course includes extensive work with

integers, variables, exponents, rational and irrational numbers, radical expressions, and

polynomials, as well as using various algebraic properties to evaluate and simplify expressions,

and solve and graph equations and inequalities. In addition, geometric concepts are explored

through the use of implementing perimeter, area, and volume formulas, solving angles, and

folding 3D model. Review of probability, combinations, permutations, and data analysis is also

included in this course. Math contest problems are integrated into the curriculum to further

encourage mathematical growth and development.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various form and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns and geometric representation of real-life situations

o Interpret symbolic representations of numerical quantities

o Evaluate statistical arguments

o Model geometric transformations

Number and Number Relationships

o Recognize the form of a number appropriate for a given situation and apply ratio,

percent, and proportion in a variety of situations

o Understand equivalent form of numbers including fractions, decimals, and percent

o Understand multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

o Use estimate of numbers

o Understand and Use perfect squares and square roots

o Represent number relationships in one and two-dimensional graph

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Understand the concept of place value with whole numbers and decimals

o Understand multiples, factor, primes, and composites

o Understand the concept of order of operations

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, and signed numbers and number

theory concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Page 107: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 107 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Use basic geometric language to identify, describe, and name shapes

o Understand basic characteristics and properties of figures, including applications

in coordinate geometry

o Understand congruence of figures by Applying geometric properties and

relationships

o Apply geometric properties to two and three-dimensional figures, including the

Pythagorean Theorem, congruence and similarities of figures, sums of angle

measure in a triangle, triangle inequalities, and transformations in a coordinate

plane

o Use formulas to solve problems involving basic geometric concepts such as area,

volume, surface area, and angles

Measurement

o Use units appropriately and estimate measure using scale

o Understand the measure of figures, including perimeter, circumference, surface

area, volume, and angles

o Understand the application of formulas in deriving measure and solving simple

rate problems

Statistics

o Read and interpret various types of simple graph including bar, single and double

line, circle, pictorial, and tables

o Understand and compute mean, median, mode, and range

o Understand and interpret data display

Probability

o Determine probabilities

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of probability to determine

amounts

o Make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

Pre-Algebra

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems

o Formulate equations from word sentences

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, and

equations

o Perform operations with integers

o Write and solve any type of linear equations

o Write and solve inequalities

o Find greatest common factor and least common multiples

o Use rules of exponents

o Write and solve proportions

o Represent and interpret relations and functions

o Graph linear equations and inequalities on a number line or in the coordinate

plane

o Add, subtract, and multiply polynomials

Page 108: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 108 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

1st semester cumulative test

2nd semester cumulative test

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 109: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 109 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Pre-Algebra B Grade Level: 7

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh grade Pre-Algebra B is a one-year accelerated course designed for mature, independent,

and mathematically skillful students. The purpose of this course is to prepare students with

strong foundational skills, and to introduce algebraic problem solving. Topics include integers,

exponents, rational and irrational numbers, expressions, equations, inequalities, proportions,

linear graphing, and polynomials. Geometry, probability, and data analysis applications are

explored during the year.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns, logic problems, and geometric representation of real-life

situations

o Interpret algebraic representations

o Evaluate statistical arguments including counting principals and basic

interpretation of probabilities

o Model geometric transformations

Number and Number Relationships

o Understand order of arithmetic operations

o Understand equivalent form of numbers including fractions, decimals, and percent

o Recognize the form of a number appropriate for a given situation and apply ratio,

percent, and proportion in a variety of situations

o Use estimate of numbers

o Represent number relationships in one- and two-dimensional graphs

o Use multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Identify perfect squares and understand the relationship to square roots

o Identify factors, primes, and composites

o Identify multiples of a number including least common multiple and greatest

common divisor

o Recognize the need for numbers beyond whole numbers, including signed

numbers, decimals, and fractions

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, signed numbers, and number theory

concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Page 110: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 110 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Use basic geometric language to classify and characterize properties of geometric

figures, including three-dimensional figures

o Apply geometric properties to two- and three-dimensional figures, including the

Pythagorean Theorem, congruence and similarities of figures, sums of angle

measure in a triangle, triangle inequalities, and transformations in a coordinate

plane

Measurement

o Apply concepts of measure, including perimeter, circumference, surface area,

volume, weight, and angle measure (figures include irregular shapes)

o Use units appropriately, including units in the metric system, and estimate

measure using scale

o Develop formulas to solve problems of measure and solve simple rate problems

Probability

o Determine probabilities

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of permutations and

combinations

Statistics

o Generate, organize, evaluate, and interpret various data representations

o Compute mean, median, range, and mode

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graphs, verbal

rules, and equations

Pre-Algebra

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

mathematical problems

o Simplify algebraic expressions

o Perform operations with integers

o Plot points in a coordinate plane

o Write and solve linear equations

o Write and solve inequalities

o Use rules of exponents

o Write and solve proportions

o Represent and interpret relations and functions

o Graph linear equations and linear inequalities on a number line or in the

coordinate plane

o Identify rational and irrational numbers

o Add, subtract, and multiply polynomials

o Understand and interpret data display

Page 111: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 111 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 112: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 112 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Algebra I Grade Level: 7

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh grade Algebra I is a two-year accelerated course designed for mature, independent, and

mathematically talented students. The purpose of this course is to prepare students with strong

foundational skills and to develop algebraic problem solving. Topics include simplifying

expressions, factoring, graphing, solving linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional equations, and

operations with exponents, radicals, and rational expressions. Math contest problems are

integrated into the curriculum to further encourage mathematical growth and development.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns, logic problems, and geometric representations of real-life

situations

o Interpret algebraic representations

o Translate verbal phrases into algebraic expressions and verbal sentences into

algebraic equations and inequalities

o Interpret geometric representations, including applying properties in coordinate

geometry

o Evaluate statistical arguments including counting principals and basic

interpretation of probabilities

Numbers and Number Relationships

o Identify perfect squares and understand their relationship to square roots

o Simplify, evaluate, and approximate square roots

o Simplify radical expressions by adding and subtracting

o Recognize the need for numbers beyond whole numbers, including signed

numbers, decimals, and fractions

o Understand order of arithmetic operations

o Understand equivalent form of numbers including fractions, decimals, and percent

o Recognize the form of a number appropriate for a given situation and apply ratio,

percent, and proportion in a variety of situations

o Represent number relationships in one- and two-dimensional graphs

o Use multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Find the opposite and absolute value of a real number

o Identify factors

Page 113: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 113 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Identify multiples of a number including least common multiple and greatest

common divisor

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, signed numbers, and number theory

concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Use basic geometric language to classify and characterize properties of geometric

figures including three-dimensional figures

o Apply geometric properties to two and three-dimensional figures, including the

Pythagorean Theorem, congruence and similarities of figures, sums of angle

measure in a polygon, triangle inequalities, and transformations in a coordinate

plane

o Recognize relationships between parallel and perpendicular lines

Measurement

o Apply concepts of measure, including perimeter, circumference, surface area,

volume, weight, and angle measure (figures include irregular shapes)

o Use units appropriately, including units in the metric system, and estimate

measure using scale

o Develop formulas to solve problems of measure and solve simple rate problems

Probability

o Determine probabilities

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of permutations and

combinations

Statistics

o Generate, organize, evaluate, and interpret various data representations

o Understand and compute mean, median, range, and mode

Pre-Algebra

o Solve linear equations, linear inequalities, absolute value equations, and absolute

value inequalities

o Simplify algebraic expressions

o Graph linear equations and inequalities on a number line or in the coordinate

plane

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, verbal

rules, and equations

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

mathematical problems, including simple non-linear equations

o Use properties of exponents

o Simplify algebraic expressions in various forms by applying arithmetic properties

(form include rational and exponential expressions)

o Understand equivalent algebraic expressions including expressions that are

obtained by factoring

o Evaluate algebraic expressions for given values

o Solve linear equations/inequalities, simple systems of linear equations, and literal

equations for one variable

o Identify arithmetic properties

Page 114: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 114 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Apply algebraic equations to solve real-life problems and mathematical situations

o Solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, or the quadratic

formula

o Understand relationships of coefficients for equivalent quadratic expressions

o Understand the rectangular coordinate system and graph of points, linear

equations, absolute value equations, quadratic equations, and linear inequalities in

this system.

o Identify linear equations and their characteristics including slope and x- and y-

intercepts

o Identify functions and use function notation

o Translate real-life and mathematical situations into algebraic expressions or

equations

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 115: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 115 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Pre-Algebra B Grade Level: 7 or 8

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Pre-Algebra B is a course designed to prepare students with strong foundational skills in order to

introduce algebraic problem solving. Topics include integers, exponents, rational and irrational

numbers, expressions, equations, inequalities, proportions, linear graphing, and polynomials.

Geometry, probability, and data analysis applications are explored during the year.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various form and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns, logic problems, and geometric representation of real-life

situations

o Interpret algebraic representations

o Evaluate statistical arguments including counting principals and basic

interpretation of probabilities

o Model geometric transformations

Number and Number Relationships

o Understand order of arithmetic operations

o Understand equivalent form of numbers including fractions, decimals, and percent

o Recognize the form of a number appropriate for a given situation and apply ratio,

percent, and proportion in a variety of situations

o Use estimate of numbers

o Represent number relationships in one and two-dimensional graph

o Use multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Identify perfect squares and understand the relationship to square roots

o Identify factor, primes and composites

o Identify multiples of a number including least common multiple and greatest

common divisor

o Recognize the need for numbers beyond whole numbers, including signed

numbers, decimals, and fractions

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, and signed numbers and number

theory concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Use basic geometric language to classify and characterize properties of geometric

figures, including three-dimensional figures

Page 116: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 116 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Apply geometric properties to two and three-dimensional figures, including the

Pythagorean Theorem, congruence and similarities of figures, sums of angle

measure in a triangle, triangle inequalities, and transformations in a coordinate

plane

Measurement

o Apply concepts of measure, including perimeter, circumference, surface area,

volume, weight, and angle measure (figures include irregular shapes)

o Use units appropriately, including units in the metric system, and estimate

measure using scale

o Develop formulas to solve problems of measure and solve simple rate problems

Probability

o Determine probabilities

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of permutations and

combinations

Statistics

o Generate, organize, evaluate, and interpret various data representations

o Compute mean, median, range, and mode

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, verbal

rules, and equations

Pre-Algebra

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

mathematical problems

o Simplify algebraic expressions

o Perform operations with integers

o Plot points in a coordinate plane

o Write and solve linear equations

o Write and solve inequalities

o Use rules of exponents

o Write and solve proportions

o Represent and interpret relations and functions

o Graph linear equations and linear inequalities on a number line or in the

coordinate plane

o Identify rational and irrational numbers

o Add, subtract, and multiply polynomials

o Understand and interpret data display

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

1st semester cumulative test (7th Grade), Mid-term exam (8th Grade)

2nd semester cumulative test (7th Grade), Final exam (8th Grade), Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 117: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 117 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Algebra I Grade Level: 7 or 8

Department: Math Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Algebra I is a course designed for mature, independent, and mathematically skillful students.

Algebra I can be taken in the seventh grade as a two-year accelerated math course, or in the

eighth grade as a one-year accelerated math course. The purpose of this course is to prepare

students with strong foundational skills in order to develop algebraic problem solving. Topics

include simplifying expressions; factoring; graphing; solving linear, quadratic, radical, and

fractional equations; and operations with exponents, radicals, and rational expressions. Math

contest problems are integrated into the curriculum to further encourage mathematical growth

and development.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Quantitative Reasoning

o Consider numerical quantities in various form and compare their sizes

o Consider the relative measure of geometric shapes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Formulate arithmetic conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Formulate geometric conclusions based on observation and mathematical

judgment

o Recognize patterns, logic problems, and geometric representations of real-life

situations

o Interpret algebraic representations

o Translate verbal phrases into algebraic expressions and verbal sentences into

algebraic equations and inequalities

o Interpret geometric representations, including Applying properties in coordinate

geometry

o Evaluate statistical arguments including counting principals and basic

interpretation of probabilities

Numbers and Number Relationships

o Identify perfect squares, and understand their relationship to square roots

o Simplify, evaluate, and approximate square roots

o Simplify radical expressions by adding and subtracting

o Recognize the need for numbers beyond whole numbers, including signed

numbers, decimals, and fractions

o Understand order of arithmetic operations

o Understand equivalent form of numbers including fractions, decimals, and percent

o Recognize the form of a number appropriate for a given situation and apply ratio,

percent, and proportion in a variety of situations

o Represent number relationships in one- and two-dimensional graph

o Use multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

Page 118: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 118 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Number Systems and Number Theory

o Find the opposite and absolute value of a real number

o Identify factor

o Identify multiples of a number including least common multiple and greatest

common divisor

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, and signed numbers and number

theory concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Geometry and Spatial Sense

o Use basic geometric language to classify and characterize properties of geometric

figures including three-dimensional figures

o Apply geometric properties to two and three-dimensional figures, including the

Pythagorean Theorem, congruence and similarities of figures, sums of angle

measure in a polygon, triangle inequalities, and transformations in a coordinate

plane

o Recognize relationships between parallel and perpendicular lines

Measurement

o Apply concepts of measure, including perimeter, circumference, surface area,

volume, weight, and angle measure (figures include irregular shapes)

o Use units appropriately, including units in the metric system, and estimate

measure using scale

o Develop formulas to solve problems of measure and solve simple rate problems

Probability

o Determine probabilities

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Make predictions based on mathematical probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of permutations and

combinations

Statistics

o Generate, organize, evaluate, and interpret various data representations

o Understand and compute mean, median, range, and mode

Pre-Algebra

o Solve linear equations, linear inequalities, absolute value equations, and absolute

value inequalities

o Simplify algebraic expressions

o Graph linear equations and inequalities on a number line or in the coordinate

plane

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, verbal

rules, and equations

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

mathematical problems, including simple non-linear equations

o Use properties of exponents

o Simplify algebraic expressions in various form by Applying arithmetic properties

(form include rational and exponential expressions)

o Understand equivalent algebraic expressions including expressions that are

obtained by factoring

o Evaluate algebraic expressions for given values

Page 119: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 119 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Solve linear equations/inequalities, simple systems of linear equations, and literal

equations for one variable

o Identify arithmetic properties

o Apply algebraic equations to solve real-life problems and mathematical situations

o Solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, or the quadratic

formula

o Understand relationships of coefficients for equivalent quadratic expressions

o Understand the rectangular coordinate system and graph of points, linear

equations, absolute value equations, quadratic equations, and linear inequalities in

this system.

o Identify linear equations and their characteristics including slope and x- and y-

intercepts

o Identify functions and use function notation

o Translate real-life and mathematical situations into algebraic expressions or

equations

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

1st semester cumulative test (7th Grade), Mid-term exam (8th Grade)

2nd semester cumulative test (7th Grade), Final exam (8th Grade),

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 120: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 120 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Geometry Grade Level: 8, 9, 10

Department: Math Division: Middle & Upper School

Course Summary:

Geometry is an introduction to geometric concepts and reasoning through formal proof and

informal investigation and discovery. Students learn to visualize and analyze geometric

relationships in two and three dimensions as well as develop inductive and deductive reasoning

skills which enhance prior mathematical learning.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Properties of Numbers

o Consider numerical quantities in various forms and compare their sizes

o Recognize relative sizes of units of measure, including between systems

o Recognize patterns, logic problems, and geometric representation of real-life

situations

o Interpret algebraic representations

o Understand equivalent forms of numbers, i.e., fractions, decimals, and percents

o Apply ratios, percents, and proportions in a variety of situations

o Use multiple representations of numbers including expanded notation,

exponential form, and scientific notation

o Identify perfect squares and their relationship to square roots

o Identify factors and multiples of a number including least common multiple and

greatest common divisor

o Apply operations with fractions, decimals, and signed numbers and number

theory concepts in everyday mathematical situations

Pre-Algebra

o Understand, simplify, and evaluate algebraic expressions

o Understand equivalent algebraic expressions

o Solve and graph linear equations and inequalities

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graph, verbal

rules, and equations

o Translate real-life and mathematical situations into algebraic expressions or

equations

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems and

mathematical problems including simple non-linear equations

o Simplify algebraic expressions in various forms by applying arithmetic properties

(forms include rational and exponential expressions)

o Use units appropriately, including units in the metric system, and estimate

measure using scale

o Develop formulas to solve problems of measure and solve simple rate problems

Equations, Inequalities and the Cartesian Plane

o Solve simple systems of linear equations, and literal equations for one variable

o Apply algebraic equations to solve real-life problems and mathematical situations

o Solve simple quadratic equations

Page 121: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 121 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Understand the rectangular coordinate system and the graphing of points, linear

equations, and linear inequalities

o Identify slope and x- and y- intercepts

Probability and Statistical Analysis

o Solve problems of chance using ratios and related probabilities

o Understand counting techniques, including the use of permutations and

combinations

o Generate, organize, evaluate, and interpret various data representations

o Understand and compute mean, median, range, and mode

Points, Lines, Planes, and Angles

o Use the terms equidistant, point, line, plane, collinear, coplanar, and intersection

o Draw representations of points, lines, and planes

o Use symbols for lines, segments, rays, and distances

o Use postulates and theorems relating to points, lines, and planes

o State and use the Segment Addition Postulate and the Angle Addition Postulate

o Name angles and find their measure

Inequalities in Geometry

o Understand the relationship between logically equivalent statements

o Apply properties of inequality to numbers, lengths of segments, and measure of

angles

o State and use the Exterior Angle Inequality Theorem

o Write indirect proofs in paragraph form

Coordinate Geometry

o Use slope to determine whether two lines are parallel, perpendicular, or neither

o State and apply the midpoint formula and distance formula

o Prove statements by using coordinate geometry methods

Deductive Reasoning

o Recognize the hypothesis and the conclusion of an if-then statement

o State the contrapositive, the converse, and the inverse of an if-then statement

o Use a counterexample to disprove an if-then statement

o Understand the meaning of “if and only if”

o Apply the Midpoint Theorem, Angle Bisector Theorem and Vertical Angles

Theorem

o Apply the definitions and theorems of complementary and supplementary angles

o Apply the definitions and theorems about perpendicular lines

o Plan proofs and then write them in two-column form

Parallel Lines and Planes

o Distinguish between intersecting lines, parallel lines, and skew lines

o State and apply theorems about two parallel planes by a third plane

o Identify the angles formed when two lines are cut by a transversal

o State and apply postulates and theorems about parallel and perpendicular lines

o Classify triangles according to sides and to angles

o State and apply theorems and corollaries about the sum of the measure of the

angles of a triangle and its exterior angles

o Recognize the names of convex polygons and regular polygons

Page 122: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 122 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Find the measure of interior angles and exterior angles of convex polygons

Triangles

o Identify the corresponding parts of congruent figures

o Prove two triangles congruent by SSS, SAS, ASA, AAS, and HL

o Deduce information about segments and angles after proving that two triangles

are congruent by using corresponding parts of congruent triangles

o Apply theorems and corollaries about isosceles triangles and proving two

overlapping triangles congruent

o Apply the definitions of median, altitude, and perpendicular bisector

o State and apply theorems about a point on the perpendicular bisector of a segment

o State and apply theorems about a point on the bisector of an angle and the

converse

o Determine the geometric mean between two numbers

o State and apply the Pythagorean Theorem and related theorems about triangles

o Determine the lengths of two sides of a 45-45-90 or a 30-60-90 triangle when the

length of the third side is known

o Define the tangent, sine, and cosine ratios for an acute angle of a right triangle

Similar Polygons

o Express a ratio in simplest form

o Solve for an unknown term in a given proportion

o Use the AA Similarity Postulate, the SAS Similarity Theorem and the SSS

Similarity Theorem to prove triangles similar

o Apply the Triangle Proportionality Theorem and its corollary

o State and apply the Triangle Angle-Bisector Theorem

Quadrilaterals

o Apply the definition and theorems of a parallelogram

o Prove that certain quadrilaterals are parallelograms

o Apply the definitions and special properties of a rectangle, a rhombus, and a

square

o Determine when a parallelogram is a rectangle, rhombus, or square

o Identify and apply the properties of a trapezoid and an isosceles trapezoid

Circles

o Define a circle, a sphere, and terms related to them

o Recognize inscribed polygons and circles and circumscribed polygons and circles

o Define and apply properties about arcs, central angles, and chords of circles

o Solve problems and prove statements involving inscribed angles, angles formed by

chords, secants, tangents, and lengths of chords, secant segments, and tangent

segments

Area of Plane Figures and Volume of Solids

o Know and use the formulas for the area of rectangles, parallelograms, triangles,

rhombuses, and trapezoids

o Know and use formulas for area and circumference of circles

o Know and use the formulas for arc length and the areas of sectors of a circle

o Know and apply scale factor, perimeters, and areas of similar figures

Page 123: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 123 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Identify the parts of prisms, pyramids, cones, and cylinders

o Find the lateral area, total area, and volume of prisms, pyramids, cones, and

cylinders

o State and apply the properties of similar solids

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes/labs/projects

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

ERB (8th and 9th grade only)

Page 124: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 124 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Algebra I Grade Level: 9

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Algebra I is an introduction to algebraic concepts including simplifying expressions, factoring,

solving linear, quadratic, radical, and fractional equations, and operations with exponents,

radicals, and rational expressions.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Pre-Algebra

o Apply variables, expressions, and equations to solve real-world problems

o Formulate equations from word sentences

o Represent patterns and mathematical situations involving tables, graphs, and

equations

o Perform operations with integers

o Write and solve any type of linear equation

o Write and solve inequalities

o Find the greatest common factor and the least common multiple

o Apply the rules of exponents

o Write and solve proportions

o Represent and interpret relations and functions

o Graph linear equations and inequalities on a number line or the coordinate plane

o Add, subtract, and multiply polynomials

Foundational Operations and Rules of Algebra

o Use order of operations to evaluate algebraic expressions

o Represent numbers and number operations and use grouping symbols

o Evaluate variable expressions and represent real-life quantities using variables

o Evaluate expressions containing exponents and use exponents in real-life

problems

o Graph and compare real numbers using the number line and find absolute value

o Add, subtract, multiply, and divide real numbers

o Use the distributive property and simplify expressions by combining like terms

o Use rates to relate quantities measured in different units and use ratios to relate

quantities measured in the same units

Linear Equations

o Solve equations using addition, subtraction, division, and reciprocal properties

o Solve and check solutions of equations

o Use two or more transformations to solve an equation

o Solve equations with variables on both sides by collecting like terms

o Use a problem-solving plan for problems that fit the linear model

o Find exact and approximate solutions to equations containing decimals

o Solve literal equations, especially formulas, for a specified variable

o Graph horizontal and vertical lines in the coordinate plane

o Graph a linear equation from a table and interpret a graph of linear equations

o Find the intercepts of the graph of a linear equation

Page 125: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 125 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Find the slope of a line using two of its points and interpret slope as a constant

rate of change or an average rate of change

o Find the slope and y-intercept of a line from its equation and use slope-intercept

form to sketch a graph of a line

o Use a graph as a check of an algebraic solution to a linear equation

o Solve and graph an absolute value equation

o Use the slope-intercept form to write an equation of a line

o Use point-slope form to write an equation of a line

o Use standard form to write an equation of a line

Linear Inequalities

o Solve inequalities using addition, subtraction, division, and reciprocal properties

o Solve and check solutions of inequalities

o Graph inequalities and indicate a range of answer values visually

o Write an inequality from a graph

o Solve and graph compound inequalities

o Solve and graph absolute value inequalities

Systems of Equations and Inequalities

o Solve systems of linear equations by graphing, substitution, and elimination

o Solve systems of linear inequalities by graphing

Exponential Properties and Functions

o Apply exponential rules of products, quotients, negative exponents, and zeros

o Translate real numbers into scientific notation

o Translate scientific notation into standard form

o Compare number quantities in scientific notation

o Write and graph exponential growth and decay functions

o Explore exponential growth and decay in real-life situations

Polynomials and Factoring

o Simplify polynomials by adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing

o Combine like term polynomials and discern unlike terms

o Solve polynomials by factoring (multiple processes to choose from)

o Solve completely for mathematical roots by factoring

Quadratic Equations & Radicals

o Solve quadratic equations by graphing or factoring

o Use square roots to solve quadratic equations

o Graph square root functions

o Solve quadratic equations by completing the square

o Solve quadratic equations using the Quadratic Formula

o Simplify radical expressions

o Solve radical equations

o Apply the Pythagorean Theorem and the Distance and Midpoint Formulas

Probability and Statistical Analysis

o Find probabilities using permutations and combinations

o Find probabilities of compound events

o Apply measures of central tendency

o Interpret stem-and-leaf plots, histograms, and box-and-whisker plots

o Interpret data using visual information

Page 126: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 126 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term Exam

Final Exam

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 127: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 127 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Geometry Grade Levels: 9, 10

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Geometry is an introduction to geometric concepts and reasoning through formal proof and

informal investigation and discovery. Students learn to visualize and analyze geometric

relationships in two and three dimensions and to develop inductive and deductive reasoning

skills.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Points, Lines, Planes, and Angles

o Use the terms equidistant, point, line, plane, collinear, coplanar, and intersection

o Draw representations of points, lines, and planes

o Use symbols for lines, segments, rays, and distances

o Use postulates and theorems relating points, line, and planes

o State and use the Segment Addition Postulate and the Angle Addition Postulate

o Name angles and find their measure

Deductive Reasoning

o Recognize the hypothesis and the conclusion of an if-then statement

o State the contrapositive, the converse, and the inverse of an if-then statement

o Use a counterexample to disprove an if-then statement

o Understand the meaning of “if and only if” and use deductive reasoning

o Use properties from algebra and properties of congruence in proofs

o Apply the midpoint formula, the Midpoint Theorem, and the Angle Bisector

Theorem

o Apply the definitions and theorems of complementary and supplementary angles

o State and use the Vertical Angles Theorem

o Apply the definitions and theorems about perpendicular lines

o Plan proofs and then write them in two-column form

Parallel Lines and Planes

o Distinguish between intersecting lines, parallel lines, and skew lines

o State and apply theorems about the intersection of two parallel planes by a third

plane

o Identify the angles formed when two lines are cut by a transversal

o State and apply postulates and theorems about parallel lines and perpendicular

lines

o Classify triangles according to sides and to angles

o State and apply theorems and corollaries about the sum of the measure of the

angles of a triangle and its exterior angles

o Recognize and name convex polygons and regular polygons

o Find the measure of interior angles and exterior angles of convex polygons

Congruent Triangles

o Identify the corresponding parts of congruent figures

o Prove two triangles congruent by SSS, SAS, ASA, AAS, and HL

Page 128: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 128 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Deduce information about segments and angles after proving that two triangles

are congruent by using corresponding parts of congruent triangles

o Apply theorems and corollaries about isosceles triangles and proving two

overlapping triangles are congruent

o Apply the definitions of the median, altitude, and perpendicular bisector of a

triangle

o State and apply theorems about a point on the perpendicular bisector of a segment

o State and apply theorems about a point on the bisector of an angle and the

converse

Quadrilaterals

o Apply the definition and theorems of a parallelogram

o Prove that certain quadrilaterals are parallelograms

o Apply the definitions and special properties of a rectangle, a rhombus, and a

square

o Determine when a parallelogram is a rectangle, rhombus, or square

o Apply the definitions and identify the properties of a trapezoid and an isosceles

trapezoid

Inequalities in Geometry

o Understand the relationship between logically equivalent statements

o Apply properties of inequality to numbers, lengths of segments, and measure of

angles

o State and use the Exterior Angle Inequality Theorem

o Write indirect proofs in paragraph form

o State and apply the inequality theorems and corollaries for one triangle and two

triangles

Similar Polygons

o Express a ratio in simplest form

o Solve for an unknown term in a given proportion

o Use the AA Similarity Postulate to prove triangles similar

o Use the SAS Similarity Theorem and the SSS Similarity Theorem to prove

triangles similar

o Apply the Triangle Proportionality Theorem and its corollary

o State and apply the Triangle Angle-Bisector Theorem

Right Triangles

o Determine the geometric mean between two numbers

o State and apply the Pythagorean Theorem and related theorems about triangles

o Determine the lengths of two sides of a 45o-45o-90o or a 30o-60o-90o triangles

when the length of the third side is known

o Define the tangent, sine, and cosine ratios for an acute angle of a right triangle

Circles

o Define a circle, a sphere, and terms related to them

o Recognize inscribed polygons and circles and circumscribed polygons and circles

o Define and apply properties and theorems about arcs, central angles, and chords

of circles

Page 129: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 129 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Solve problems and prove statements involving inscribed angles, angles formed

by chords, secants, tangents, and lengths of chords, secant segments, and tangent

segments

Areas of Plane Figures

o Know and use the formulas for the area of rectangles, parallelograms, triangles,

rhombuses, and trapezoids

o Know and use formulas for areas of regular polygons, circumferences, and areas

of circles

o Know and use the formulas for arc lengths and the areas of sectors of a circle

o Find the ratio of the areas of two triangles and use area to solve for geometric

probability

o Know and apply the relationship between scale factor, perimeters, and areas of

similar figures

Areas of Volumes of Solids

o Identify the parts of prisms, pyramids, cones, and cylinders

o Find the lateral areas, total areas, and volumes of prisms, pyramids, cones, and

cylinders

o State and apply the properties of similar solids

Coordinate Geometry

o Find distances and apply the distance formula

o Use the slope to determine whether two lines are parallel, perpendicular, or

neither

o Understand the basic properties of vectors

o State and apply the midpoint formula

o Prove statements by using coordinate geometry methods

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes/notebook checks/projects

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

ERB (ninth grade only)

Page 130: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 130 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Algebra II Grade Levels: 10, 11

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Algebra II is a continuation of the study of algebraic concepts including a study of linear,

quadratic, polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions, systems of equations,

complex numbers, probability and statistics, sequences and series, and an introduction to

trigonometry.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Linear Equations and Inequalities

o Review solving linear equations

o Solve literal equations for a specific variable

o Solve simple and compound linear inequalities and express solutions in interval

notation

o Solve absolute value equations and inequalities

o Review graphing linear equations using x- and y-intercepts, and using a point and

the slope of the line

o Find the slope of a line and identify parallel and perpendicular lines from their

slopes

o Write equations of lines using point-slope form

Systems of Linear Equations, Inequalities, and Matrices

o Solve systems of equations by graphing, substitution, and linear combinations

o Identify a system of equations as consistent or inconsistent and as dependent or

independent

o Add, subtract, and multiply matrices

o Multiply a matrix by a scalar

o Evaluate the determinant of a 2 x 2 or a 3 x 3 matrix

o Find and use the inverse of a 2 x 2 matrix

o Solve systems of linear equations using inverse matrices

Quadratic Equations

o Graph a quadratic equation

o Solve quadratic equations by graphing, factoring, completing the square, and

using the quadratic formula

o Solve equations by writing them in quadratic form

o Use the discriminant to determine the nature of the zeros of quadratic equations

o Add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers

Polynomials

o Add, subtract, multiply, and divide polynomials

o Factor polynomial expressions and equations

o Solve polynomial equations by factoring

o Divide polynomials using long division and synthetic division

Powers, Roots, and Radicals

o Use properties of exponents to evaluate and simplify exponential expressions

Page 131: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 131 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Evaluate nth roots of real numbers using radical notation and rational exponent

notation

o Evaluate and simplify expressions containing radicals and rational exponents

o Solve radical equations

o Simplify radical expressions

Functions

o Distinguish between relations and functions, and state the function’s domain and

range

o Find the composition of functions

o Graph and use absolute value and step functions

o Use translations and reflections to sketch the graph of a function

o Identify inverse relations and inverse functions and verify that two functions are

inverses of each other

Polynomial Functions

o Graph polynomial functions

o Use the Remainder and Factor Theorems to identify zeros, both rational and

irrational, of polynomial equations

Radical Functions

o Add, subtract, multiply and divide rational expressions

o Simplify a complex fraction

o Solve rational equations

o Solve inverse and joint variation problems

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

o Graph exponential and logarithmic functions

o Evaluate exponential and logarithmic expressions

o Use properties of logarithms to simplify expressions

o Solve exponential and logarithmic equations

Quadratic Relations

o Write an equation of a parabola and sketch its graph

o Solve systems of equations and inequalities involving quadratics

Discrete Mathematics

o Use arithmetic and geometric sequences

o Find the sum of arithmetic and geometric series

o Solve problems using the Fundamental Counting Principle

o Solve problems involving linear and circular permutations

o Solve problems involving combinations

o Find the probability of an event

o Find the probability of two or more independent or dependent events

o Find the probability of mutually exclusive or inclusive events

Trigonometric Functions

o Use trigonometry with right triangles

o Evaluate trigonometric functions of any angle o Know the graphs of the sine, cosine, and tangent functions o Find the measure of an angle in either degrees of radians

Page 132: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 132 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes/projects

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 133: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 133 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Algebra II Honors Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Algebra II Honors is an accelerated course designed for mature, independent, and

mathematically talented students. It is a continuation of the study of algebraic concepts including

a study of linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions, systems

of equations, complex numbers, probability and statistics, sequence and series, as well as an

introduction to trigonometry. This course places an emphasis on independent learning and

problem solving.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Linear Functions and Inequalities

o Solve linear equations and inequalities in one variable

o Graph and use absolute value, step, and piecewise functions

Systems of Linear Equations and Inequalities and Matrices

o Solve systems of equations in two or more variables using graphing, substitution,

elimination, and matrices

o Perform arithmetic operations with matrices, solve systems of equations using

matrices

o Use matrices to find the area of a triangle

Quadratic Functions

o Graph quadratic equations and inequalities in standard form, vertex form, and

intercept form

o Identify the vertex and the maximum/minimum value of a parabola from its

equation

o Solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, using the quadratic

formula, and graphing

o Use the discriminant to classify the solutions of a quadratic equation

Powers, Roots, Radicals, and Complex Numbers

o Evaluate numerical expressions involving complex numbers

o Use properties of exponents to evaluate and simplify exponential expressions

o Apply properties of exponents to rational exponent expressions, including

evaluating nth roots

o Graph radical functions

o Solve radical equations

Functions

o Use translations and reflections to sketch the graph of a function

o Add, subtract, multiply, and divide functions

o Find the inverse of a function and find the composition of two functions

Polynomial Functions

o Evaluate, factor, and perform the four basic arithmetic operations on polynomials

o Factor polynomials using grouping, quadratic form, and sum/difference of cubes

Page 134: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 134 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Find the solutions of polynomial functions, using the Remainder Theorem, the

Factor Theorem, and a graphing calculator

o Graph polynomial equations by identifying zeros and end behavior

Rational Functions

o Graph rational functions, including identifying vertical and horizontal asymptotes

o Solve rational equations, including those involving inverse and joint variation

o Add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational expressions

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

o Graph exponential & logarithmic functions

o Convert from exponential to logarithmic form and vice versa

o Apply the properties of logarithms

o Solve exponential and logarithmic equations

o Use the exponential and logarithmic functions in problem solving

Discrete Mathematics

o Identify arithmetic and geometric sequences

o Use arithmetic and geometric sequences and series for problem solving

o Use the Fundamental Counting Principal

o Solve problems involving permutations and combinations

o Find the probability of an event

o Use boxplots, histograms, and normal distribution curves in finding measures of

central tendency

o Solve systems of equations both graphically and algebraically that are not linear

o Model real world problems with basic functions

Trigonometry

o Solve triangles using right triangle trigonometry

o Define angles using both degree and radian measure

o Evaluate trigonometric functions

o Graph sine, cosine, and tangent functions

Quadratic Relations

o Graph conic sections, including parabolas, circles, ellipses, and hyperbolas

o Use the graphing calculator to calculate regression curves of best fit

o Apply the distance and midpoint formulas

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes/projects

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 135: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 135 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Advanced Functions and Modeling Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Advanced Functions and Modeling course provides an extensive study of mathematical

modeling and the application of functions. Topics include data analysis, linear systems, linear

programming, transformations, exponential functions, logarithmic functions, piecewise

functions, matrices, radicals, quadratic functions, polynomial functions, rational functions,

trigonometry, and probability. This course will review algebra in context in order to allow

students to retain and build upon their mathematical knowledge and skills as they move on to

college.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Describing Data

o Provide graphical display of univariate data in the form of histograms, bar graph,

stem-and-leaf plot, dot plot, and boxplot

Linear Models and Systems

o Use systems of linear equations to solve real-world problems

o Understand the limitations in using predictive models for extrapolating beyond

the range of the given data

o Use scatter plots and linear regression to determine the line of “best fit” for a

given bivariate data set that shows a pattern of linear change

Functions, Relations, and Transformations

o Use multiple forms of linear functions and equations (slope-intercept form, point-

slope form, and standard form) to solve real-world problems

o Provide examples of functions and non-functions via words, pictures, formulas,

and bivariate data sets

o Graph, with and without calculator assistance, linear functions, quadratic

functions, polynomial functions, and piece-wise functions

o Given the graph of linear, quadratic, and piece-wise functions, provide the

appropriate equation

o Determine the domain and the range of a function by examination of the graph of

the function

o Construct and deconstruct compositions of functions both algebraically and via

graph

o Recognize and sketch the graph of many parent functions, including, but not

limited to the following categories: linear, quadratic, cubic, sinusoidal,

exponential, absolute value, and square root

o Algebraically find, and graphically illustrate, key features of a function including

zeros, y-intercept, symmetry

o Demonstrate a graphical understanding, with and without calculator assistance, of

the effects of parameter changes on functions and their graph

Page 136: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 136 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Transform the graph of a function through vertical and horizontal shifts,

vertical and horizontal stretches and compressions, and reflections about the

axes

Exponential, Power, and Logarithmic Functions

o Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between linear growth,

exponential growth, and logarithmic growth

o Apply the properties of logarithms to the solving of logarithmic equations and

understand how these properties relate to the laws of exponents

o Solve exponential equations graphically, algebraically, and via the use of

logarithms

o Use exponential functions to explore and solve real-world problems in population

growth, and other areas of application

o Understand and apply the basic properties and theorems of roots and exponents

o Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of exponential growth and

decay

Matrices and Linear Systems

o Use and apply matrix operations: add, subtract, and multiply, when possible

o Use matrices to solve real-world problems

o Use systems of inequalities and linear programming to solve real-world problems

Quadratic and Other Polynomial Functions

o Demonstrate understanding and fluency with quadratic functions in multiple

forms: vertex form, factored form, and standard form, and understand, both

intuitively and practically, why one form is preferable to another form in a given

situation

Application of Statistics

o Use and apply the correlation coefficient, r, for describing the linearity of a set of

bivariate data, and interpret such understanding with appropriate attributes

(positive vs. negative, strong vs. weak, linear vs. non-linear)

o Demonstrate an understanding of outliers in both univariate and bivariate data

Trigonometry

o Convert easily and fluently between degree measure and radian measure and

illustrate an understanding of radian measure as it relates to arc length

o Use models to explore and demonstrate an understanding of the periodic nature of

sinusoidal functions and solve real-world problems using such models

o Understand that functions other than trigonometric functions may be periodic in

nature

o Define the sine and cosine function as points on the graph of a unit circle, and

relate these definitions to the sinusoidal nature of the graphs of these functions

o Demonstrate fluency with the use of trigonometric ratios, and use these to solve

right triangle word problems

o Use the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse and properties of special right

triangles to solve mathematical problems

o Provide a definition, as well as graphical illustrations, of a periodic function

o Understand and apply key terminology of the unit circle: quadrants, reference

angles, and coterminal angles

o Understand the fundamental difference between an equation and an identity

Page 137: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 137 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 138: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 138 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Precalculus Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Precalculus covers advanced topics, including extensive work with functions and their graphs,

conics, systems of equations, a rigorous treatment of trigonometry, sequences, series, probability,

and an introduction to vectors and limits.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Properties of Functions

o Identify and graph parent functions, including quadratic, absolute value, square

root, basic polynomial, and rational functions

o Determine the domain, range, and zeros of functions

o Perform operations on functions

o Reflect and translate the graphical representation of functions

o Find the inverse of a function, if the inverse exists

o Graph functions in two variables in a two-dimensional coordinate system

o Solve inequalities involving functions

Exponents and Logarithms

o Define and use rules involving exponents

o Define and use exponential and logarithmic functions

o Define and apply properties of logarithms

o Rewrite logarithmic equations as exponential equations and vice versa

o Solve exponential and logarithmic equations

Sequences, Series, and Probability

o Identify an arithmetic or geometric sequence, and find a formula for the nth term

o Define sequences recursively

o Find the sum of the first n terms of arithmetic or geometric series

o Find the sum of an infinite geometric series

o Solve combinatorics and probability problems

Trigonometric Functions

o Know the graphs of the six trigonometric functions

o Find values of the trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions

o Find the measure of an angle in either degrees or radians

o Find and use coterminal angles

o Use trigonometric functions to model periodic behavior

o Solve trigonometric equations

o Simplify trigonometric expressions, and prove trigonometric identities

Triangle Trigonometry

o Use trigonometry to find unknown sides or angles or a right triangle

o Find the area given the lengths of two sides and the measure of the included angle

o Use the Law of Sines to find unknown parts of a triangle

o Use the Law of Cosines to find unknown parts of a triangle

Page 139: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 139 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Vectors

o Manipulate vectors using vector addition, scalar multiplication, and the dot

product

o Sketch vectors

o Find the magnitude of a vector

o Find the angle between two vectors

o Determine if two vectors are orthogonal

Systems of Equations and Inequalities

o Solve systems of equations graphically and algebraically

o Solve systems of equations in three variables using matrices

o Solve systems of inequalities

Conics

o Identify equations for circles, parabolas, ellipses, and hyperbolas

o Graph and translate circles, ellipses, and hyperbolas

Limits

o Define and apply infinite limits

o Define and apply limits at a point

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 140: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 140 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Precalculus Honors Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

An accelerated course designed for mature, independent, and mathematically talented students,

Precalculus Honors presents advanced topics with emphasis on independent learning and

problem solving. These topics include extensive work with functions and their graph, conics,

systems of equations, a rigorous treatment of trigonometry, sequences, series, probability, polar

coordinates, vectors, parametric equations, and an introduction to limits and calculus.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Properties of Functions

o Identify various types of functions, determine the domain, range, and zeros of

these functions, and graph these functions

o Perform operations on functions and determine the domains of these functions

o Reflect graphs and use symmetry to sketch graphs

o Determine periodicity and amplitude from certain graphs, stretch and shrink

graphs both vertically and horizontally, and translate graph

o Find the inverse of a function, if the inverse exists

o Graph functions in two variables in a two-dimensional coordinate system

o Solve inequalities involving functions

Exponents and Logarithms

o Define and use rules involving exponents

o Define and use exponential and logarithmic functions

o Prove and apply properties of logarithms

o Rewrite logarithmic equations as exponential equations and vice versa

o Solve exponential and logarithmic equations

Sequences, Series, and Probability

o Identify an arithmetic or geometric sequence and find a formula for the nth term

o Use sequences defined recursively to solve problems

o Find the sum of the first n terms of arithmetic or geometric series

o Find or estimate the limit of an infinite sequence or determine that the limit does

not exist

o Find the sum of an infinite geometric series

o Represent series using sigma notation

o Use mathematical induction to prove that a statement is true

o Solve combinatorics and probability problems

Systems of Equations and Inequalities

o Solve systems of equations graphically and algebraically

o Solve systems of equations in three variables using matrices

o Solve systems of inequalities

Trigonometric Functions

o Find the arc length and area of a sector of a circle

o Find the measure of an angle in degrees or radians

Page 141: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 141 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Find and use coterminal angles

o Find values of the trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions

o Sketch and transform the graphs of the trigonometric functions

o Solve and apply trigonometric equations

o Use trigonometric functions to model periodic behavior

o Simplify trigonometric expressions, and prove trigonometric identities

Triangle Trigonometry

o Use trigonometry to find unknown sides or angles of a right triangle

o Find the area of a triangle given two sides and the measure of the included angle

o Use the Law of Sines to find unknown parts of a triangle

o Use the Law of Cosines to find unknown parts of a triangle

o Use trigonometry to solve navigation and surveying problems

Vectors

o Manipulate vectors using vector addition, scalar multiplication, and dot product

o Sketch vectors

o Find the magnitude of a vector

o Find the angle between two vectors

o Determine if two vectors are orthogonal

Polar Coordinates and Complex Numbers

o Graph polar equations

o Convert between rectangular and polar coordinates

Conic Sections

o Identify equations for conic sections

o Graph and translate conic sections

Parametric Equations

o Define parametric equations

o Rewrite sets of parametric equations as single rectangular equations

o Find sets of parametric equations for graphs

Introduction to Calculus

o Define and apply infinite limits

o Define and apply limits at a point

o Determine whether a function is continuous

o Define the derivative

o Find derivatives of functions, and use derivatives to find slopes of graphs

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

SAT Subject Test in Mathematics Level II

Page 142: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 142 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Calculus Grade Level: 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Calculus is an introduction to differential and integral calculus designed for those students who

plan to take calculus in their freshman year of college. Topics include limits, derivatives,

integrals, and applications of derivatives and integrals.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Functions, Graph, and Limits o Analyze graphs of functions with emphasis on the interplay between the

geometric and analytic information and on the use of calculus to explain the

observed local and global behavior of a function o Calculate limits using algebra and estimate limits from graphs or tables of data o Understand asymptotes in terms of graphical behavior and describe asymptotic

behavior in terms of limits involving infinity o Compare relative magnitudes of functions and their rates of change o Understand continuity in terms of limits

o Understand the concept of the derivative geometrically, numerically, and

analytically

Derivatives o Concept of the Derivative

Interpret the derivative as an instantaneous rate of change Define the derivative as the limit of the difference quotient Understand the relationship between differentiability and continuity

o Derivative at a Point Find the slope of a curve at a point Find the tangent line to a curve at a point and understand its use as a linear

approximation Find the instantaneous rate of change as the limit of average rate of change Approximate rate of change from graph and tables of values

o Derivative as a Function Identify corresponding characteristics of the graphs of 𝑓 and 𝑓’ Understand the relationship between increasing and decreasing behavior of

𝑓 and the sign of 𝑓’ Know the Mean Value Theorem and its geometric consequence

o Second Derivatives Identify corresponding characteristics of the graphs of 𝑓, 𝑓’, and 𝑓” Understand the relationship between the concavity of 𝑓 and the sign of 𝑓” Identify points of inflection as places where concavity changes

o Applications of Derivatives

Analyze curves, including the notions of monotonicity and concavity Solve optimization problems

Page 143: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 143 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Model rates of change, including related rates problems Interpret the derivative as a rate of change in varied applied contexts,

including velocity, speed, and acceleration o Computation of Derivatives

Find derivatives of basic functions, including power, exponential, logarithmic,

trigonometric, and inverse trigonometric functions Use basic rules for the derivative of sums, products, and quotients of functions Find derivatives using the Chain Rule and using implicit differentiation

Integrals o Riemann Sums

Understand the concept of a Riemann sum over equal subdivisions Calculate Riemann sums using left, right, and midpoint evaluation points

o Interpretations and Properties of Definite Integrals Define the definite integral as a limit of Riemann sums Use basic properties of definite integrals

o Applications of Integrals Use the integral as a rate of change to give accumulated change Use the method of setting up a Riemann sum and representing its limit as a

definite integral Find the area of a region Find the volume of a solid with known cross sections Find the volume of solids of revolution Find the average value of a function Find the distance traveled by a particle along a line

o Fundamental Theorem of Calculus Use the Fundamental Theorem to evaluate integrals Use the Fundamental Theorem to represent a particular antiderivative,

including the analytical and graphical analysis of functions so defined o Techniques of Antidifferentiation

Find antiderivatives of basic functions Find antiderivatives by substitution of variables, including change of limits

o Numerical Approximations to Definite Integrals Use Riemann sums to approximate definite integrals of functions Use the Trapezoidal rule to approximate definite integrals of functions

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 144: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 144 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Statistics Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Statistics is a yearlong course offering college credit through the advanced placement-testing

program, and whose content reflect that of an introductory statistics course in college. The

purpose of this course is to introduce students to the major concepts and tools for collecting,

analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data. Students are exposed to four broad conceptual

themes: exploratory analysis, planning a study, probability, and statistical inference.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Organizing Data

o Construct and interpret contingency tables, conditional distribution tables, stem-

and-leaf display, bar charts, histograms, ogives, time plot, and dot plot, and know

how to examine the relative advantages and disadvantage of each as a descriptive

tool

o Compare the distributions of a variable for two or more groups by comparing, in

context, their shapes, center, spread, and any unusual features

o Understand how bias, measurement error, and display distortion can affect the

interpretation of data

o Identify and fluently use the appropriate “summary measure” for both categorical

and quantitative data

o Use normal model and the empirical rule to estimate the percentage of

observations falling within a given number of standard deviations from the mean

o Understand the importance of standardizing data and recognize that a z-score can

identify unusual or surprising values among data

o Demonstrate an understanding of the critical difference between a distribution and

a model

o Read and interpret correlation display produced by a statistics software package

o Know, by definition, what residuals are and what they tell us about the underlying

data

o Explain how the existence of one or more lurking variables can confound the

relationship between the two variables whose association is being studied

o Demonstrate an understanding of the difference between the “appropriateness of a

model” and the “strength of a model”

Producing Data

o Perform simulations using both technology and non-technology-based methods,

and recognize when a simulation might usefully model random behavior in a real-

world setting

o Identify the population, the parameter of interest, the sampling frame, the sample,

the sampling method, and any potential sources of bias in a statistical study

o Identify the factor, the treatments, and the response variable in a description of a

designed experiment

Page 145: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 145 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Know and apply the four basic principles of sound experimental design: control,

randomization, replication, and blocking

Probability

o Know and use the basic terminology for probability: trial, outcome, event,

sample space, sampling frame, disjoint events, independent events, etc.

o Understand and apply the addition rule, the multiplication rule, and the

complement rule, as well as the rules for conditional probability

o Construct and use tree diagrams and Venn diagrams to solve real-world

probability problems

o Understand and apply knowledge of the differences between a discrete and a

continuous random variable

o Apply an understanding of Bernoulli trials and of the Geometric and Binomial

distributions of random variables to solve real-world problems

o Demonstrate an understanding of a sampling distribution, and thus show that

sampling variability is both understandable and predictable

o Use sampling distribution model to make statements about the distribution of a

proportion or mean under repeated sampling

Inference

o Construct and interpret confidence intervals for proportions and for means

o Understand when a t-distribution must be used to describe the variability of a data

set

o Find minimum sample size requirements to meet given margin of error and

confidence level specifications

o Understand and apply the four-step process for hypothesis testing: hypothesis,

model, mechanics, and conclusion

o Understand and apply, in both technical and non-technical terms, the differences

between Type I errors and Type II errors

o Use the Chi-Square tests for goodness of fit, independence, and homogeneity of

populations

o Distinguish between groups of data that are matched and those that are

independent.

o Perform linear regression t-tests for the slope

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking: AP Statistics Exam

Page 146: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 146 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Calculus AB Grade Level: 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Calculus AB is a university level calculus course designed for mature, independent, and

mathematically talented students. Topics include those typically taught in one semester of

college calculus: limits, derivatives, integrals, elementary differential equations, and applications

of derivatives and integrals.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Functions, Graphs, and Limits o Analyze graphs of functions with emphasis on the interplay between the

geometric and analytic information and on the use of calculus to explain the

observed local and global behavior of a function o Calculate limits using algebra and estimate limits from graphs or tables of data o Understand asymptotes in terms of graphical behavior and describe asymptotic

behavior in terms of limits involving infinity o Compare relative magnitudes of functions and their rates of change o Understand continuity in terms of limits o Understand graphs of continuous functions geometrically (Intermediate Value

Theorem and Extreme Value Theorem)

Derivatives o Concept of the Derivative

Understand the concept of the derivative geometrically, numerically, and

analytically Interpret the derivative as an instantaneous rate of change Define the derivative as the limit of the difference quotient Understand the relationship between differentiability and continuity

o Derivative at a Point Find the slope of a curve at a point Find the tangent line to a curve at a point Find a linear approximation Find the instantaneous rate of change as the limit of the average rate of change Approximate rates of change from graph and tables of values

o Derivative as a Function Identify corresponding characteristics of the graphs of 𝑓 and 𝑓’ Understand the relationship between increasing and decreasing behavior of 𝑓

and the sign of 𝑓’ Know the Mean Value Theorem and its geometric consequence Translate verbal descriptions into equations involving derivatives and vice

versa o Second Derivatives

Identify corresponding characteristics of the graphs of 𝑓, 𝑓’, and 𝑓”

Page 147: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 147 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Understand the relationship between the concavity of 𝑓 and the sign of 𝑓” Identify points of inflection as places where concavity changes

o Applications of Derivatives Analyze curves, including the notions of monotonicity and concavity Solve optimization problems Model rates of change, including related rates problems Interpret the derivative as a rate of change in varied applied contexts,

including velocity, speed, and acceleration Interpret differential equations geometrically via slope fields

Understand the relationship between slope fields and the solution to a

differential equation

o Computation of Derivatives Find derivatives of basic functions, including power, exponential, logarithmic,

trigonometric, and inverse trigonometric functions Use basic rules for the derivative of sums, products, and quotients of functions Find derivatives using the Chain Rule and using implicit differentiation

Integrals o Riemann Sums

Understand the concept of a Riemann sum over equal subdivisions Calculate Riemann sums using left, using right, and using midpoint evaluation

points o Interpretations and Properties of Definite Integrals

Define the definite integral as a limit of Riemann sums Use the definite integral as the rate of change of a quantity over an interval

interpreted as the change of the quantity over the interval Use basic properties of definite integrals

o Applications of Integrals Use appropriate integrals to model physical, social, scientific, or economic

situations Use the integral as a rate of change to give accumulated change Set up a Riemann sum and represent its limit as a definite integral Find the area of a region Find the volume of a solid with known cross sections

Find the volume of solids of revolution Find the average value of a function Find the distance traveled by a particle along a line

o Fundamental Theorem of Calculus Use the Fundamental Theorem to evaluate integrals Use the Fundamental Theorem to represent a particular antiderivative,

including the analytical and graphical analysis of functions so defined o Techniques of Antidifferentiation

Find antiderivatives of basic functions Find antiderivatives by substitution of variables, including change of limits for

definite integrals

Page 148: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 148 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Applications of Antidifferentiation Find specific antiderivatives using initial conditions, including applications to

motion along a line Solve separable differential equations and use them in modeling, in particular,

the equation 𝑦’ = 𝑘𝑦 and exponent growth o Numerical Approximations to Definite Integrals

Use Riemann sums to approximate definite integrals of functions represented

algebraically, geometrically, and by tables of values Use the Trapezoidal rule to approximate definite integrals of functions

represented algebraically, geometrically, and by tables of values

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

AP Calculus AB Exam

Page 149: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 149 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Calculus BC Grade Level: 11, 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Calculus BC is a university level calculus course designed for mature, independent, and

mathematically talented students. Topics include those typically taught in two semesters of

college calculus: limits, derivatives, integrals, infinite series, elementary differential equations,

and applications and modeling.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Functions, Graph, and Limits

o Analyze graph of functions with emphasis on the interplay between the geometric

and analytic information and on the use of calculus to explain the observed local

and global behavior of a function

o Calculate limits using algebra and estimate limits from graph or tables of data

o Understand asymptotes in terms of graphical behavior and describe asymptotic

behavior in terms of limits involving infinity

o Compare relative magnitudes of functions and their rates of change

o Understand continuity in terms of limits

o Understand graph of continuous functions geometrically (Intermediate Value

Theorem and Extreme Value Theorem)

o Analyze planar curves given in parametric, polar, and vector form

Derivatives

o Concept of the Derivative

Understand the concept of the derivative geometrically, numerically, and

analytically

Interpret the derivative as an instantaneous rate of change

Define the derivative as the limit of the difference quotient

Understand the relationship between differentiability and continuity

o Derivative at a Point

Find the slope of a curve at a point

Find the tangent line to a curve at a point

Find a linear approximation

Find the instantaneous rate of change as the limit of average rate of change

Approximate rate of change from graph and tables of values

o Derivative as a Function

Identify corresponding characteristics of the graph of 𝑓 and 𝑓’ Understand the relationship between increasing and decreasing behavior of 𝑓

and the sign of 𝑓’ Know the Mean Value Theorem and its geometric consequence

Translate verbal descriptions into equations involving derivatives and vice

versa.

o Second Derivatives

Page 150: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 150 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Identify corresponding characteristics of the graph of 𝑓, 𝑓’, and 𝑓”

Understand the relationship between the concavity of 𝑓 and the sign of 𝑓”

Identify points of inflection as places where concavity changes

o Applications of Derivatives

Analyze curves, including the notions of monotonicity and concavity

Analyze planar curves given in parametric, polar, and vector form, including

velocity and acceleration vectors

Solve optimization problems

Model rates of change, including related rates problems

Use implicit differentiation to find the derivative of an inverse function

Interpret the derivative as a rate of change in varied applied contexts,

including velocity, speed, and acceleration

Interpret differential equations geometrically via slope fields and the

relationship between slope fields and derivatives of implicitly defined

functions

Solve differential equations numerically using Euler’s method

Use L’Hopital’s Rule in determining convergence of improper integrals

and series

o Computation of Derivatives

Find derivatives of basic functions, including xn, exponential, trigonometric,

and inverse trigonometric functions

Use basic rules for the derivative of sums, products, and quotients of functions

Find derivatives using the Chain Rule and implicit differentiation

Find derivatives of parametric, polar, and vector functions

Integrals

o Riemann Sums

Understand the concept of a Riemann sum over equal subdivisions

Calculate Riemann sums using left, right, and midpoint evaluation points

o Interpretations and Properties of Definite Integrals

Define the definite integral as a limit of Riemann sums

Use the definite integral as the rate of change of a quantity over an interval

interpreted as the change of the quantity over the interval

Use basic properties of definite integrals

o Applications of Integrals

Use appropriate integrals to model physical, social, or economic situations

Use the integral as a rate of change to give accumulated change

Use the method of setting up a Riemann sum and representing its limit as a

definite integral

Find the area of a region, including a region bounded by polar curves

Find the volume of a solid with known cross sections

Find the average value of a function

Find the distance traveled by a particle along a line

Find the length of a curve, including a curve given in parametric form

o Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

Page 151: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 151 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Use the Fundamental Theorem to evaluate integrals

Use the Fundamental Theorem to represent a particular antiderivative,

including the analytical and graphical analysis of functions so defined

o Techniques of Antidifferentiation

Find antiderivatives of basic functions

Find antiderivatives by substitution of variables, including change of limits for

definite integrals

Find antiderivatives by parts and simple partial fractions (nonrepeating linear

factor only)

Evaluate improper integrals as limits of definite integrals

o Applications of Antidifferentiation

Find specific anti-derivatives using initial conditions, including applications to

motion along a line

Solve separable differential equations and use them in modeling, in particular,

the equation 𝑦’ = 𝑘𝑦 and exponent growth

Solve logistic differential equations and use them in modeling

o Numerical Approximations to Definite Integrals

Use Riemann sums to approximate definite integrals of functions represented

algebraically, geometrically, and by tables of values

Use the Trapezoidal rule to approximate definite integrals of functions

represented algebraically, geometrically, and by tables of values

Polynomial Approximations and Series

o Concept of Series

Recognize series as a sequence of partial sums

Understand that convergence of a series is the limit of the sequence of partial

sums

Use technology to explore convergence and divergence of various series

o Series of Constants

Identify and use geometric and harmonic series

Identify and use alternating series with error bound

Understand the relationship between terms of series as areas of rectangles and

improper integrals, including the integral test and its use in testing the

convergence of p-series

Use the ratio test to determine convergence and divergence of a series

Use the comparison test to determine convergence and divergence of a series

Page 152: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 152 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Taylor Series

Use Taylor polynomials to approximate various functions, such as the sine

function

Find the general Taylor series centered at 𝑥 = 𝑎

Identify and use the Maclaurin series for the functions ex, sin x , cos x and

1/(1 - x)

Manipulate Taylor series and use shortcuts to computing Taylor series,

including differentiation, antidifferentiation, and the formation of new series

from known series

Use functions defined by power series and radius of convergence

Calculate the Lagrange error bound for Taylor polynomials

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

AP Calculus BC Exam

Page 153: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 153 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Multivariable Calculus Grade Level: 12

Department: Math Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Multivariable Calculus is a college-level course for students who have successfully

completed AP Calculus BC. Topics include a review of single variable calculus and infinite

series, then proceeding to conic sections as parametric and polar functions, vectors and the

geometry of space, vector functions, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus, and

may include second order differential equations.

Targeted Skills for Content Mastery:

Advanced Integration Techniques

o Evaluate integrals using integration by parts, partial fractions, trigonometric

substitutions, and trigonometric integrands

o Determine the convergence or divergence of improper integrals

Advanced Application of Integrals

o Find the arc length of a continuous curve on a closed interval

o Find the area of a surface of revolution

o Apply integration techniques to solve problems involving hydrostatic force and

moments and center of mass

Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates

o Sketch curves defined by parametric and polar equations

o Identify and graph conic sections in parametric and polar coordinates

o Determine the slope of the tangent and the points at which horizontal and vertical

tangents occur for a parametric curve

o Find area, length, and surface area for a parametric curve

o Find area, and length for a polar curve

Vectors and the Geometry of Space

o Use a three dimensional coordinate systems to plot points and to represent curves

in three space

o Apply properties of vectors to simplify expressions using vectors

o Calculate the dot product and cross product of two vectors

o Find the angle between two vectors

o Apply the dot product and the cross product to find work, torque, area, and

volume

Vector Functions

o Write equations of lines in space in vector, parametric, and symmetric form

o Write equations of planes in three space in vector and scalar form

o Sketch cylinders and quadric surfaces

o Find the domain and limit of vector functions

o Evaluate derivatives and integrals of vector functions

o Find parametric equations for the tangent line to a vector function

o Find the length and curvature of a curve in space

o Find the velocity, acceleration, and speed of a particle in space

Page 154: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 154 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Partial Derivatives

o Determine the limit of a function in two variables

o Apply the definition of continuity to a function in two variables

o Calculate partial derivatives of functions in two or more variables

o Apply Clairaut’s Theorem

o Find equations of tangent planes for functions in two or more variables

o Apply partial derivatives to find linear approximations of function values

o Apply the chain rule for derivatives to functions with two or more variables

o Calculate directional derivatives and gradient vectors

o Determine the maximum and minimum values of a function of two or more

variables by Applying the Second Derivative Test

Multiple Intervals

o Apply double integrals to calculate the volume of a solid in space

o Apply Fubini’s Theorem to use iterated integrals to evaluate a double integral

o Evaluate double integrals in polar coordinates

o Evaluate triple integrals using Fubini’s Theorem

o Apply triple integrals to find volume of a solid in space

o Apply triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates

o Apply triple integrals in spherical coordinates

Vector Calculus

o Sketch a vector field

o Evaluate line and surface integrals

o Apply the Fundamental Theorem for Line Integrals

o Calculate the curl and divergence of a vector field

o Apply Green’s Theorem to evaluate a line integral

o Find a parametric representation for a surface

o Apply Stokes’ Theorem to evaluate a surface integral

o Apply the Divergence Theorem to evaluate flux across a boundary surface

Second Order Differential Equations

o Solve second order differential equations

o Solve non-homogeneous linear equations

o Apply second order differential equations to problem solving

o Use series to solve differential equations

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Homework

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 155: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 155 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

English Department

English Department Philosophy

The philosophy of the English Department is to expand students’ knowledge of the human

experience through reading by enabling them to develop mature and compassionate responses to

our complex world and to enjoy the fulfillment of personal growth as an individual. Students are

required to think analytically and to generate both creative and philosophical responses to ideas.

Because communication is central to the enhancement of the human experience, students must be

able to articulate their thoughts and ideas effectively in both verbal and written form.

English Scope and Sequence

Page 156: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 156 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Reading/Language Arts K Grade Level: K

Department: English Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Kindergarten uses the Journeys reading series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program

by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. It contains and correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral

language skills for the child who does not yet know how to read or write, as well as for the child

who comes to kindergarten already reading or writing. It provides the student with a thorough

understanding of the letters of the alphabet: letter names, how to write them, what sounds they

represent, and what function they serve as they are blended to form words. It also introduces the

child to high-frequency words and builds and strengthens comprehension, vocabulary, and

grammar. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups and students are

assessed and provided support at their own instructional level. Students read leveled books and

work on skills designed for their specific needs in small groups, which allow the teacher to

differentiate learning to meet the needs of each student.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text read

aloud

o Choose correct definition or synonym from text read aloud

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to make inferences about the

motives or behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Page 157: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 157 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Choose correct definition or synonym from text

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from the text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Word Analysis

o Recognize common words that are important to reading fluency

o Recognize those common words that do not follow basic rules of sound-letter

correspondence

o Recognize vowel sounds in varying positions (initial and medial)

o Recognize consonant sounds in varying positions (initial and medial)

o Recognize compound words

o Choose the root/base word with appropriate inflectional ending in the context of a

sentence

o Choose the correct plural form of a word in context

o Understand the correct use of comparative adjectives

o Understand the correct use of superlative adjectives

o Use context clues to choose the appropriate word to fill in a blank in a sentence

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Apply correct pronoun use

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Sight word assessments Phonics and reading assessments Writing samples

Benchmarking:

Informal reading assessment

Harcourt Journeys assessments

Page 158: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 158 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Reading/Language Arts 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: English Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

First grade continues the use of the Journeys reading series, a comprehensive reading/language

arts program by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. This program focuses on text-based comprehension,

phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills, academic vocabulary,

spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through cloze reading, students are provided with

activities to promote a deep level of reading comprehension. The vocabulary and grammar

curriculum build essential skills in reading and writing. Throughout the curriculum, students are

assessed and provided support at their individual instructional level. Instruction is provided in

whole group as well as in small groups in which students read leveled books and work on skills

designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text read

aloud

o Choose the correct definition or synonym from text read aloud

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to make inferences about the

motives or behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Page 159: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 159 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Choose the correct definition or synonym from text

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Word Analysis

o Recognize common words that are important to reading fluency

o Recognize those common words that do not follow basic rules of sound-letter

correspondence

o Recognize vowel sounds in varying positions (initial, medial, and final)

o Recognize consonant sounds in varying positions (initial, medial, and final)

o Recognize compound words

o Understand the correct use of contractions

o Choose the root/base word with appropriate inflectional ending in the context of a

sentence

o Choose the correct plural form of a word in context

o Understand the correct use of comparative adjectives

o Understand the correct use of superlative adjectives

o Use context clues to choose the appropriate word to fill in a blank in a sentence

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Informal evaluations at the end of each unit of study Formal assessments at the end of each unit Informal writing assessments

Page 160: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 160 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Benchmarking:

Informal reading assessment

Harcourt Journeys assessments

Page 161: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 161 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Reading/Language Arts 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: English Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Students in second grade explore reading and language arts through the continuation of the

Journeys reading series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program by Houghton Mifflin

Harcourt. This series correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral language skills focusing

specifically on text-based comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking

and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through the use

of cloze reading activities, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension while the

vocabulary and grammar curriculum build their essential skills in reading and writing.

Throughout the curriculum, students are assessed and provided support at their individual

instructional level. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups in which

students read leveled books and work on skills designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text read

aloud

o Choose correct definition or synonym from text read aloud

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to make inferences about the

motives or behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Page 162: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 162 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Choose the correct definition or synonym from text

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Word Analysis

o Recognize common words that are important to reading fluency

o Recognize those common words that do not follow basic rules of sound-letter

correspondence

o Recognize vowel sounds in varying positions (initial, medial, and final)

o Recognize consonant sounds in varying positions (initial, medial, and final)

o Recognize compound words

o Understand the correct use of contractions

o Choose the root/base word with appropriate inflectional ending in the context of a

sentence

o Choose the correct plural form of a word in context

o Understand the correct use of comparative adjectives

o Understand the correct use of superlative adjectives

o Use context clues to choose the appropriate word to fill in a blank in a sentence

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words with affixes

o Identify misspellings of words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

Page 163: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 163 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher created tests Writing samples Dictation tests

Benchmarking:

Informal reading assessment

Harcourt Journeys assessments

ERB

Page 164: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 164 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Reading/Language Arts 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: English Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Students in third grade explore reading and language arts through the continuation of the

Journeys reading series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program by Houghton Mifflin

Harcourt. This series correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral language skills focusing

specifically on text-based comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking

and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through the use

of cloze reading activities, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension while the

vocabulary and grammar curriculum build their essential skills in reading and writing.

Throughout the curriculum, students are assessed and provided support at their individual

instructional level. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups in which

students read leveled books and work on skills designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text read

aloud

o Choose the correct definition or synonym from text read aloud

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to make inferences about the

motives or behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Page 165: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 165 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Choose the correct definition or synonym from text

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words with affixes

o Identify misspellings of words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

Page 166: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 166 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher-created tests Authentic assessments which accompany novel study Writing samples Dictation tests Weekly spelling list tests Text supplemented vocabulary tests

Benchmarking:

Informal reading assessment

Harcourt Journeys assessments

ERB

Page 167: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 167 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Reading/Language Arts 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: English Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Students in fourth grade explore reading and language arts through the continuation of the

Journeys reading series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program by Houghton Mifflin

Harcourt. This series correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral language skills focusing

specifically on text-based comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking

and listening skills, academic vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through the use

of cloze reading activities, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension while the

vocabulary and grammar curriculum build their essential skills in reading and writing.

Throughout the curriculum, students are assessed and provided support at their individual

instructional level. Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups in which

students read leveled books and work on skills designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and Identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describe the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that make sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about text

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about a

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Vocabulary

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a sentence and identify the

correct definition

Page 168: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 168 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Identify a synonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Identify an antonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify a

synonym for that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify an

antonym for that word

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words with affixes

o Identify misspellings of words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

Page 169: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 169 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily assignments Quizzes Projects Teacher-generated tests Spelling tests

Benchmarking:

Harcourt Journeys assessments

ERB

Page 170: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 170 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Language Arts 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Students in fifth grade explore language arts through the continuation of the Journeys reading

series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. This

series correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral language skills focusing specifically on text-

based comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills,

academic vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through the use of cloze reading

activities, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension while the vocabulary and

grammar curriculum build their essential skills in reading and writing. Throughout the

curriculum, students are assessed and provided support at their individual instructional level.

Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups in which students read leveled

books and work on skills designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” “when,” “why,” and “how”

questions about a text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from

passage

o Put pieces of information from the passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information

Page 171: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 171 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize cause-and-effect relationships among elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate a hypothesis about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate a hypothesis about a text

Vocabulary

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a sentence and identify the

correct definition

o Identify a synonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Identify an antonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify a

synonym for that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify an

antonym for that word

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words with affixes

o Identify misspellings of words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

Page 172: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 172 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Projects Book report Tests Quizzes

Benchmarking:

Harcourt Journeys assessments

ERB

Page 173: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 173 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Language Arts 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Students in sixth grade explore language arts through the continuation of the Journeys reading

series, a comprehensive reading/language arts program by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. This

series correlates reading, writing, auditory, and oral language skills focusing specifically on text-

based comprehension, phonemic awareness, high-frequency words, speaking and listening skills,

academic vocabulary, spelling, grammar, and writing skills. Through the use of cloze reading

activities, students experience a deep level of reading comprehension while the vocabulary and

grammar curriculum build their essential skills in reading and writing. Throughout the

curriculum, students are assessed and provided support at their individual instructional level.

Instruction is provided in whole group as well as in small groups in which students read leveled

books and work on skills designed for their specific needs.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of a text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Put pieces of information from a passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

Page 174: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 174 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Vocabulary

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a sentence and identify the

correct definition

o Identify a synonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Identify an antonym of a word from the meaning derived from the context of a

sentence

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify a

synonym for that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify an

antonym for that word

Writing Mechanics

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words

o Identify misspellings of commonly used words with affixes

o Identify misspellings of words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

Page 175: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 175 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests at the end of each unit of literature Reading quizzes Vocabulary quizzes Essays

Benchmarking:

Harcourt Journeys assessments

ERB

Page 176: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 176 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English 7 Grade Level: 7

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The study of literature acquaints students with the various types of literature and stresses the

skills of comprehension, the recognition of the main idea, and the identification of other literary

elements and devices. Students concentrate on making connections between different literatures

studied. Writing exercises utilize MLA format, focus on the five-paragraph essay structure, and

stress effective sentences and paragraphs. The computer lab and netbooks are utilized to support

this process. Regular assignments involve descriptive, narrative, and persuasive writing. The

proper method to research a topic, write about it, and present the results is taught in a step-by-

step manner. Regular lessons in Vocabulary Workshop help to strengthen and develop the

knowledge base of vocabulary. Grammar study includes mastery of the parts of speech and parts

of the sentence with an emphasis on the application of these concepts to student writing. Types

of sentences, punctuation, and capitalization are taught and then reinforced through

compositions.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Put pieces of information from a passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

Page 177: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 177 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Vocabulary

o Identify a synonym for a word, either in the context of a sentence or alone

o Identify an antonym for a word, either in the context of a sentence or alone

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify a

synonym for that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify an

antonym for that word

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

Page 178: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 178 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests at the end of each unit of literature Reading quizzes Vocabulary quizzes Essays

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 179: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 179 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English 7 Honors Grade Level: 7

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In seventh grade Honors English, the study of literature acquaints students with the various types

of literature and stresses the skills of comprehension, the recognition of the main idea, and the

identification of other literary elements and devices. Students concentrate on making connections

between different literatures studied. Writing exercises utilize MLA format, focus on the five

paragraph essay structure, and stress effective sentences and paragraphs. The computer lab and

netbooks are utilized to support this process. Regular assignments involve descriptive, narrative,

and persuasive writing. The proper method to research a topic, write about it, and present the

results is taught in a step-by-step manner. Regular lessons in Vocabulary Workshop help to

strengthen and develop the knowledge base of vocabulary. Grammar study includes mastery of

the parts of speech and parts of the sentence with an emphasis on the application of these

concepts to student writing. Types of sentences, punctuation, and capitalization are taught and

then reinforced through compositions. While the content of this course is similar to the regular

seventh grade English course, the pace, depth, and evaluation of the course is accelerated to

provide students with an appropriate level of challenge.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Put pieces of information from a passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

Page 180: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 180 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Vocabulary

o Identify a synonym for a word, either in the context of a sentence or alone

o Identify an antonym for a word, either in the context of a sentence or alone

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify a

synonym for that word

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify an

antonym for that word

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

Page 181: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 181 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests at the end of each unit of literature Reading quizzes Vocabulary quizzes Essays

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 182: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 182 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English 8 Grade Level: 8

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In eighth grade English, students study literature, writing, grammar, and vocabulary. The

students begin the year with an introduction to the elements of literature such as plot, setting, and

characterization by reading several short stories. As the year progresses, they begin to expand

their discussions beyond plot to an understanding of characters’ motives and authors’ themes.

Students learn to write different types of expository essays as well as personal narratives. The

students continue to review grammar skills and progress to more complex sentence structure and

paragraph development. Students learn to do research that culminates in a project which is

integrated into the curriculum of other departments.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Put pieces of information from a passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

Page 183: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 183 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Vocabulary

o Identify synonyms of words

o Identify antonyms of words

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Identify a synonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Identify an antonym of a word in the context of a passage

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

Page 184: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 184 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests at the end of each unit of literature Reading quizzes Vocabulary quizzes Essays

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 185: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 185 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English 8 Honors Grade Level: 8

Department: English Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Students in eighth grade Honors English study literature, writing, grammar, and vocabulary. The

students begin the year with an introduction to the elements of literature such as plot, setting, and

character by reading a collection of short stories. As the year progresses, they begin to expand

their discussions beyond plot to an understanding of characters’ motives and authors’ themes.

Students learn to write different types of expository essays as well as a research paper. The

students continue to review grammar skills and progress to more complex sentence structure,

paragraph development, and complex sentence diagramming. An emphasis is placed on the

integration of the English curriculum and the Civics curriculum. While the content of this course

is similar to the regular eighth grade English course, the pace, depth, and evaluation of the course

is accelerated to provide students with an appropriate level of challenge.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Put pieces of information from a passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

Page 186: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 186 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Vocabulary

o Identify synonyms of words

o Identify antonyms of words

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Identify a synonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Identify an antonym of a word in the context of a passage

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

Page 187: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 187 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests at the end of each unit of literature Reading quizzes Vocabulary quizzes Essays

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 188: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 188 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English I Grade Level: 9

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Freshman English is a genre study of world literature focusing on short stories, novels, plays,

poetry, and the epic. Students improve their proficiency in composition through paragraph

development and essay writing, culminating in the writing of a research paper. Vocabulary

development and grammar accompany the reading, writing, projects, and class activities. The

ninth grade course is designed to prepare students for more intensive, analytical study of

literature and more complex methods of oral and written expression, which will be required in

future Upper School courses.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Page 189: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 189 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

o Interpret themes and meanings of a text

o Recognize the structure of a text, including genre, development, and organization

o Understand characterization in narrative and dramatic selections

Vocabulary

o Identify synonyms of words

o Identify antonyms of words

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Identify a synonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Identify an antonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Understand both denotations and connotations of words in context

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

Page 190: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 190 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

o Responds to a writer’s use of language, including diction, imagery, and figurative

language, and to its effect on the reader

o Analyze aspects of narration, including narrative voice, tone, and point of view

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily reading quizzes assess students’ mastery of assigned reading homework

Vocabulary quizzes assess students’ mastery of key words Grammar quizzes assess students’ mastery of grammar concepts Unit tests, projects, and presentations evaluate students’ understanding of texts, author’s

style and purpose, theme, and other literary devices and historical and cultural concepts Compositions are evaluated according to content, originality, and mechanics The term paper is evaluated according to MLA standards Exams cover the work of the entire semester and cover mastery of writing and

comprehension of material covered (Semester exam counts twenty percent of the

semester grade)

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 191: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 191 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English I Seminar Honors Grade Level: 9

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The ninth grade seminar course challenges highly motivated and intellectually curious students

with rigorous texts and complex assessments designed to cultivate a new understanding of their

world while preparing them for honors and AP level English courses. To this end, students are

encouraged to think logically, formulate arguments effectively, and communicate efficiently in a

discussion-based format. Students will study a variety of genres of world literature in an effort to

introduce global concepts and concerns, explore human nature, and define human excellence.

Students also improve composition skills through the intensive study and practice of grammar

and writing, culminating in a research project. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for

the New SAT, Book I. Students should expect nightly reading assignments, frequent writing

opportunities, coursework that requires them to work independently, and classroom experiences

that require careful preparation, critical thinking, and original thought.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

Page 192: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 192 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

o Interpret themes and meanings of a text

o Recognize the structure of a text, including genre, development, and organization

o Understand characterization in narrative and dramatic selections

Vocabulary

o Identify synonyms of words

o Identify antonyms of words

o Choose an appropriate word or words to fill in the blanks in a sentence by

distinguishing among subtle shades of meaning

o Understand the meaning of a word in the context of a passage and identify the

correct definition of that word

o Identify a synonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Identify an antonym of a word in the context of a passage

o Understand both denotations and connotations of words in context

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

Page 193: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 193 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

o Responds to a writer’s use of language, including diction, imagery, and figurative

language, and to its effect on the reader

o Analyze aspects of narration, including narrative voice, tone, and point of view

o Analyze poetry in terms of speaker, audience, occasion, and purpose

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Vocabulary quizzes assess students’ mastery of key words Grammar quizzes assess students’ mastery of grammar concepts Unit tests, projects, and presentations evaluate students’ understanding of texts, author’s

style and purpose, theme, and other literary devices and historical and cultural concepts Teacher- and student-generated discussion questions monitor students’ understanding of

assigned reading Compositions are evaluated according to content, originality, and mechanics The term paper is evaluated according to MLA standards Exams cover the work of the entire semester and cover mastery of writing and

comprehension of material covered (Semester exam counts twenty percent of the

semester grade)

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 194: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 194 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English II World Literature Grade Level: 10

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

English II students cultivate a global perspective through a focused study of all genres of world

literature. The thematically-based course explores the role of the individual in society, the human

experience in relation to nature and science, freedom and oppression, and reality versus

illusion/perception. Reading for meaning and developing critical thinking skills through reading,

writing, and discussion is achieved through continual practice. Students hone composition skills

with the intensive study and practice of grammar and writing, culminating in a research project.

Special attention is given to correct usage as required by the writing sections of both the SAT

and ACT. Vocabulary study continues with Power Plus for the New SAT, Book II.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to “who,” “what,” “where,” when,” “why,” and “how” questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author’s likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

Page 195: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 195 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests on all major works or units studied Essays Quizzes for reading comprehension and Power Plus vocabulary lessons

Page 196: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 196 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 197: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 197 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English II Honors World Literature Grade Level: 10

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors English II challenges highly motivated and intellectually curious students with rigorous

texts and complex assessments designed to deepen their understanding of their world while

preparing them for honors- and AP-level English courses. Through a focused study of all genres

of world literature, the thematically based course explores the role of the individual in society,

the human experience in relation to nature and science, freedom and oppression, and reality

versus illusion/perception. Students hone composition skills with the intensive study and practice

of grammar and writing, culminating in a research project. Special attention is given to correct

usage as required by the writing sections of both the SAT and ACT. Vocabulary study continues

with Power Plus for the New SAT, Book II. Students should expect nightly reading assignments,

frequent writing opportunities, coursework that requires them to work independently, and

classroom experiences that require careful preparation, critical thinking, and original thought.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

Page 198: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 198 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

o Interpret themes and meanings of a text

o Recognize the structure of a text, including genre, development, and organization

o Understand characterization in narrative and dramatic selections

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Understand both denotations and connotations of words in context

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraph

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

Page 199: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 199 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

o Critique and construct arguments

o Respond to a writer's use of language, including diction, imagery, and figurative

language, and to its effect on the reader

o Analyze aspects of narration, including narrative voice, tone, and point of view

o Analyze poetry in terms of speaker, audience, occasion, and purpose

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests on all major works or units studied Essays Quizzes for reading comprehension and Power Plus vocabulary lessons Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 200: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 200 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English III Grade Level: 11

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

English III is a survey course that covers major American authors and their writings from the

seventeenth through the twentieth centuries. Vocabulary development is continued through the

Power Plus for the New SAT text, and grammar development continues through weekly exercises

and personal practice. Composition development stresses the writing of expository papers

through analysis of prose model and intensive writing practice; the writing experience for the

course culminates in a research paper submitted during the second semester.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Page 201: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 201 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

o Understand both denotations and connotations of words in context

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily reading quizzes assess students’ mastery of assigned reading homework

Vocabulary quizzes assess students’ mastery of key words Grammar quizzes assess students’ mastery of grammar concepts

Page 202: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 202 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Unit tests, projects, and presentations evaluate students’ understanding of texts, author’s

style and purpose, theme, and other literary devices and historical and cultural concepts Compositions are evaluated according to content, originality, and mechanics The term paper is evaluated according to MLA standards Exams cover the work of the entire semester and cover mastery of writing and

comprehension of material covered (Semester exam counts twenty percent of the

semester grade)

Benchmarking:

PSAT

Page 203: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 203 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP English III- Language and Composition Grade Level: 11

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP English Language and Composition “engages students in the careful reading and critical

analysis of written and visual texts. Through the close consideration of selected texts, students

become skilled readers of prose written in a variety of rhetorical contexts, and in becoming

skilled writers who compose for a variety of purposes. Both their writing and their reading

should make students aware of the interactions among a writer’s purposes, audience

expectations, and subjects, as well as the way genre conventions and resources of language

contribute to effectiveness in writing.”

Therefore, students will learn “to read primary and secondary sources carefully, to synthesize

material from these texts in their own compositions, and to cite sources using conventions

recommended by professional organizations such as the Modern Language Association (MLA).”

~ adapted from English Literature and Composition Course Description, College Board AP,

2010.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Rhetorical Knowledge

o Encounter opportunities to write about a variety of subjects from a variety of

disciplines

o Demonstrate an awareness of audience and purpose

o Write prose of sufficient richness and complexity to communicate effectively with

mature readers

o Emphasize the expository, analytical, and argumentative writing that form the

basis of academic and professional communication, as well as the personal and

reflective writing that fosters the development of writing facility in any context

o Understand that the expository, analytical, and argumentative writing they must

do in Advanced Placement classes and college courses is based on reading as well

as on personal experience and observation

o Move beyond such programmatic responses as the five-paragraph essay

o Place emphasis of writing on content, purpose, and audience and allow this focus

to guide the organization of their writing.

o Become acquainted with a wide variety of prose styles from many disciplines and

historical periods and gain understanding of the connections between writing and

interpretive skill in reading

o Demonstrate awareness of how stylistic effects are achieved by writers’ linguistic

choices

Processes

o Write in both informal and formal contexts to gain authority and learn to take

risks in writing

o Complete imitation exercises, journal keeping, collaborative writing, and in-class

responses in an effort to become increasingly aware of themselves as writers and

of the techniques employed by the writers they read

Page 204: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 204 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Formulate varied, informed arguments

o Revise a work to make it suitable for a different audience

o Create and sustain arguments based on reading, research, and/or personal

experience

o Write for a variety of purposes

o Produce expository, analytical, and argumentative compositions that introduce a

complex central idea and develop it with appropriate evidence

o Move effectively through the stages of the writing process, with careful attention

to inquiry and research, drafting, revising, editing, and review

o Write thoughtfully about their own process of composition

o Write effectively under time constraints, such as those they will encounter on

essay exams on standardized tests and in college

o Write effectively and confidently in their Upper School and college courses

across the curriculum and in their professional and personal lives

Knowledge of Conventions

o Enter the course with an understanding and ability to use standard English

grammar

o Reinforce writing conventions at every level

o Appropriately and effectively use a wide-ranging vocabulary

o Utilize a variety of sentence structures, including appropriate use of subordination

and coordination

o Utilize logical organization, enhanced by specific techniques to increase

coherence, such as repetition, transition, and emphasis

o Utilize a balance of generalization and specific illustrative detail

o Effectively use rhetoric, including controlling tone, establishing and maintaining

voice, and achieving appropriate emphasis through diction and sentence structure

o Synthesize material from primary and secondary sources in their own

compositions

o Cite sources using conventions recommended by professional organizations such

as the Modern Language Association (MLA)

o Effectively use research materials and synthesize varied sources

o Demonstrate understanding and mastery of standard written English as well as

stylistic maturity in their own writings

Critical Thinking, Reading, and Writing

o Read primary and secondary sources carefully

o Evaluate the legitimacy and purpose of sources used

o Consider each source as a text that was itself written for a particular audience and

purpose

o Sort through disparate interpretations to analyze, reflect upon, and write about a

topic

o Read complex texts with understanding

o Analyze and interpret samples of good writing, identifying and explaining an

author’s use of rhetorical strategies and techniques

o Analyze how graphics and visual images both relate to written texts and serve as

alternative form of text themselves

Page 205: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 205 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Weekly vocabulary quizzes Reading quizzes In-class compositions Out of class compositions for each unit Research project Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

AP English Exam in Language and Composition

Page 206: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 206 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: English IV Grade Level: 12

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Senior Topics will be a yearlong concentration on themes in literature and how these themes can

be connected to our intellectual and spiritual journeys as scholars and as thoughtful human

beings. In addition to a continuing emphasis on proficiency in written expression, oral

expression, and the interpretation of literature, seniors will learn new techniques in managing

oral presentations and sharing ideas about the universal human truths explored by great writers

past and present.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Identify the definition that accurately describes the relationship between a pair of

words

o Recognize which of several elements does or does not fit into a thematically

grouped list of words

o Generalize about a thematically grouped list of words and choose an appropriate

heading for the list

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea of text or part of a text

o Identify explicit details from a passage

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Understand the connections between and among explicit pieces of information

from a passage

o Use implicit information from a passage to make inferences about the motives or

behaviors of characters

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Use implicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information in a passage

o Compare and contrast elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

Page 207: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 207 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate hypotheses about a text

o Identify the style, tone, or theme of a text

Writing Mechanics

o Recognize spelling errors in commonly used words

o Recognize spelling errors in words with affixes

o Recognize spelling errors in words that display improper pluralization

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of proper nouns

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization of the first word in a sentence

o Recognize correct and incorrect capitalization in titles and forms of address

o Recognize correct and incorrect punctuation

o Recognize proper punctuation for dialogue

o Recognize proper punctuation for letter writing

o Recognize correct end punctuation

o Recognize correct use of the comma, semicolon, and colon

o Recognize the correct use of the apostrophe in contractions and possessives

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

o Apply correct pronoun use

o Understand pronoun-antecedent agreement

o Apply the rules of diction within the context of a sentence

o Apply the correct verb form and tense including subject-verb agreement and

parallelism

o Apply rules of correct and effective expression at the sentence level, including

proper modification

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize thesis statements

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Recognize well-crafted sentences that exhibit rhetorical precision

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests covering all reading assignments, lectures, and classroom discussions In-class essays Senior term paper Recitation of poems or excerpts from Shakespeare’s plays Weekly vocabulary quizzes

Page 208: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 208 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 209: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 209 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP English IV- Literature and Composition Grade Level: 12

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Advanced Placement English course is an opportunity for those students who are gifted in

writing and critical thinking to explore the study of literature on a college level. Students are

selected by considering English teachers’ recommendations, test scores such as the SAT and

ACT, grades in previous English courses, and performance on a writing sample. All students are

required to take the Advanced Placement English Examination in Literature and Composition,

which is given in the spring of each year. College credit may be granted to qualified students.

Advanced Placement Literature and Composition is weighted one letter grade in computing GPA

and class rank.

Although the Advanced Placement English course is organized by genre, the selected literature is

constantly reflective of a number of thematic ideas that can be compared and contrasted

throughout the year. The course begins with a thorough study of the essay, including a study of

the various types of discourse and elements of style. Approximately 15-20 essays by a variety of

authors are read and analyzed as models. The study of drama begins with the Greeks and

includes Shakespeare and at least two modern selections. Three major novels are studied in

depth, and each student presents a 20-30 minute oral critique. The year concludes with a

thorough study of poetry. Students are expected to know literary terms and to be able to write

well both creatively and critically. A major paper, called the term essay, is required. Students

read at least two novels, three plays, five short stories, ten poems, and one non-fiction work

outside of class. These selections are all related to one general thematic idea. The students write

a 3,000-word essay conveying their own ideas on the topic, which are supported by references

from the literature read.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Style Analysis and Understanding of Narrative Voice

o Evaluate literature by assessing the quality and artistic achievement of literary

work and considering their social and cultural values

o Recognize widening cultural horizons of literary work by reading work by authors

of diverse ethnicities, nationalities, religions, races, dialects, genders, or classes

o Gain awareness that the English language that writers use has changed

dramatically through history, and that today it exists in many national and local

varieties

o Read deliberately and thoroughly, taking time to understand a work’s complexity,

to absorb its richness of meaning, and to analyze how that meaning is embodied

in literary form

Diction

o Appropriately and effectively use a wide-ranging vocabulary

o Utilize a variety of sentence structures, including appropriate use of subordination

and coordination

o Utilize logical organization, enhanced by specific techniques to increase

coherence, such as repetition, transition, and emphasis

Page 210: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 210 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Utilize a balance of generalization and specific illustrative detail

o Effectively use rhetoric, including controlling tone, establishing and maintaining

voice, and achieving appropriate emphasis through diction and sentence structure

Critical Reading and Writing

o Read work from several genres and periods from the 16th to the 21st century

o Experiences literature by subjectively reading and responding to literary work,

including precritical impressions and emotional responses

o Interpret literature by analyzing through close reading to arrive at an

understanding of its multiple meanings

o Demonstrate awareness of literary tradition and the complex ways in which

imaginative literature build upon the ideas, work, and authors of earlier times

o Demonstrate familiarity with the Bible and Greek and Roman mythology because

they are so central to Western literature

o Write to understand a literary work, including response and reaction papers,

annotation, freewriting, and keeping some form of reading journal

o Write to explain a literary work, involving analysis and interpretation and

including writing brief focused analyses on aspects of language and structure

o Write to evaluate a literary work, involving making and explaining judgments

about its artistry and exploring its underlying social and cultural values through

analysis, interpretation, and argument

o Write effectively under time constraints, such as those they will encounter on

essay exams on standardized tests and in college

o Write involving extended discourse in which students develop an argument or

present an analysis at length

o Write using research, perhaps negotiating different critical perspectives

o Demonstrate maturity of skill and will to seek larger meaning through thoughtful

research

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests Essays Oral presentations Quizzes Mid-term exam Term essay

Benchmarking:

AP English Exam in Literature and Composition

Page 211: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 211 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Creative Writing Grade Level: 10, 11, 12

Department: English Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Creative Writing is an elective designed to inspire creative written and oral expression. Students

work independently and in groups to learn the process of publishing manuscripts and accepting

criticism on creative endeavors. There is a heavy emphasis on process and the joy of the creative

energies that engender poetry, fiction, autobiographical work, and creative non-fiction. This

course is offered as an advanced 911A for students with special permission from instructor.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Create original work of fiction and poetry

Participate in public readings and performances

Create a personal portfolio of creative work

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quality of assignments Weekly deadlines Participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 212: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 212 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Social Studies Department

Social Studies Department Philosophy

The Social Studies Department at Forsyth Country Day School pursues a rigorous course of

study designed to impart to the student a view of culture and civilization through time, in a

global context. We exist to develop within the students the skills of analytical reading, critical

thought, and clarity of argument in both the written and the oral form. The department also will

guide students in their independent research so that it meets the canons of historical inquiry. The

student will leave the department with a broad and deep knowledge of western and world

civilizations, the interaction of western and non-western cultures, and the role of beliefs and

values in forming and shaping civilizations and cultures throughout time and space.

Social Studies Scope and Sequence

Page 213: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 213 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies K Grade Level: K

Department: Social Studies Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Our kindergarten students explore important aspects of being a good citizen, various aspects of

the United States including national symbols, occupations currently in their community and from

long ago, the world in which they live, how things change over time, and stories of the past.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understanding Time Patterns and Relationships

o Understand the sequence of events and the relationship between events in time

o Use timelines to understand chronology

o Recognize the relationship between events in time

o Understand the connection of past and present

o Recognize the ways that patterns and relationships change over time

Understanding the Importance of Individuals and Groups Across Time and Place

o Identify leaders and achievers

o Understand how ordinary people make a difference

o Recognize founders and first people

o Recognize contributors to change

o Identify historical figures

Understanding the Importance of Issues, Events, and Ideas Across Time and Place

o Identify innovations and inventions

o Understand impacts and turning points

Geography

o Understand relative and absolute location

o Recognize physical features (landforms, bodies of water, vegetation)

o Understand human-environment interactions including seasons and climate, land

use, natural resources, conversation, pollution, and population density

Economics

o Understand wants and basic needs

o Recognize goods and services

o Understand transportation and communication links

o Recognize mediums of exchange and trade

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text read aloud

Page 214: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 214 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Class discussions

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 215: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 215 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: Social Studies Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In first grade, students explore the ways in which people work together as well as their

responsibilities to other people. Through an extensive study of cultures near and far, students

expand their boundaries as they learn about economics and history. Students also learn the

importance of social skills and responsibilities along with integrated map and globe skills.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understanding Time Patterns and Relationships

o Recognize the relationship between events in time

o Use timelines to understand chronology

o Determine cause and effect

o Understand historical points of view

o Understand the connection of past and present

o Recognize the ways that patterns and relationships change over time

Understanding the Importance of Individuals and Groups Across Time and Place

o Identify leaders and achievers

o Understand how ordinary people make a difference

o Recognize founders and first people

o Recognize contributors to change

o Identify historical figures

Understanding the Importance of Issues, Events, and Ideas Across Time and Place

o Identify innovations and inventions

o Recognize revolutions and transformations

o Recognize economic, political, and social changes

Geography

o Understand relative and absolute location

o Recognize physical features (landforms, bodies of water, vegetation)

o Understand human-environment interactions including seasons and climate, land

use, natural resources, conversation, and pollution

o Understand the movement of people, products, and ideas

o Recognize physical, cultural, and political regions

Economics

o Understand scarcity and resource allocation

o Understand interdependence and income

Verbal Reasoning

o Recognize the relationship between two words and identify another pair of words

with the same relationship

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

Page 216: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 216 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Auditory Comprehension

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Class discussions

Projects

Report

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 217: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 217 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: Social Studies Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In second grade, students learn the influences many different groups, both past and present, have

had on our world. They learn about the groups to which they belong, groups throughout the

world, community economic structure, and resources. Students also learn about how economic

development of a region is influenced by geography. Maps, charts, and globes are explored to

demonstrate the interdependence of society and the world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understanding Time Patterns and Relationships

o Recognize the relationship between events in time

o Use timelines to understand chronology

o Determine cause and effect

o Understand historical points of view

o Understand the connection of past and present

o Recognize the ways that patterns and relationships change over time

Understanding the Importance of Individuals and Groups Across Time and Place

o Identify leaders and achievers

o Understand how ordinary people make a difference

o Recognize founders and first people

o Recognize contributors to change

o Identify historical figures

Understanding the Importance of Issues, Events, and Ideas Across Time and Place

o Identify innovations and inventions

o Recognize revolutions and transformations

o Recognize economic, political, and social changes

Geography

o Understand relative and absolute location

o Recognize physical features (landforms, bodies of water, vegetation)

o Understand human-environment interactions including seasons and climate, land

use, natural resources, conversation, and pollution

o Understand the movement of people, products, and ideas migration

o Recognize physical, cultural, and political regions

Economics

o Understand scarcity and resource allocation

o Understand interdependence and income

o Understand supply and demand

o Understand productivity and economic growth

Verbal Reasoning

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

Page 218: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 218 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Unit Testing

Completion of information packets

Class discussions

Projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 219: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 219 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: Social Studies Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In the third grade, the social studies program focuses on regions of the United States, examining

history, geography, economics, humanities, and citizenship. In addition to their extensive study

of the United States, students will also spend time focusing specifically on North Carolina’s

geographical features and history.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understanding Time Patterns and Relationships

o Recognize the relationship between events in time

o Use timelines to understand chronology

o Determine cause and effect

o Understand historical points of view

o Understand the connection of past and present

o Recognize the ways that patterns and relationships change over time

Understanding the Importance of Individuals and Groups Across Time and Place

o Identify leaders and achievers

o Understand how ordinary people make a difference

o Recognize founders and first people

o Recognize contributors to change

o Identify historical figures

o Recognize reform movements

Understanding the Importance of Issues, Events, and Ideas Across Time and Place

o Identify innovations and inventions

o Understand impacts and turning points

o Recognize revolutions and transformations

o Understand debates and controversies

o Recognize economic, political, and social changes

Geography

o Understand relative and absolute location

o Recognize physical features (landforms, bodies of water, vegetation)

o Understand human-environment interactions including seasons and climate, land

use, natural resources, conversation, pollution, and population density

o Understand the movement of people, products, ideas, and historic migration

o Recognize physical, cultural, political, economic, and time zone regions

Economics

o Understand scarcity and resource allocation

o Understand interdependence and income

o Recognize economic activities

o Identify and understand markets and prices

o Understand productivity and economic growth

Page 220: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 220 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Verbal Reasoning

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Auditory Comprehension

o Identify explicit details from text read aloud

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text read aloud

o Use implicit information from a passage read aloud to summarize or draw

conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text read

aloud

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text read aloud

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Chapter quizzes

Regional map tests

Class discussions

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 221: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 221 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: Social Studies Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In the fourth grade social studies program, students trace history from early humankind through

the fall of the Roman Empire and follow the lives of early humans, people of Mesopotamia,

Ancient Egypt, and the Near East, Ancient India, Ancient China, Ancient Greece, and Ancient

Rome. Geographical information is integrated into the content.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understanding Time Patterns and Relationships

o Recognize the relationship between events in time

o Use timelines to understand chronology

o Determine cause and effect

o Understand historical points of view

o Understand the connection of past and present

o Recognize the ways that patterns and relationships change over time

Understanding the Importance of Individuals and Groups Across Time and Place

o Identify leaders and achievers

o Understand how ordinary people make a difference

o Recognize founders and first people

o Recognize contributors to change

o Identify historical figures

o Recognize reform movements

Understanding the Importance of Issues, Events, and Ideas Across Time and Place

o Identify innovations and inventions

o Understand impacts and turning points

o Recognize revolutions and transformations

o Understand debates and controversies

o Recognize economic, political, and social changes

Geography

o Understand relative and absolute location

o Recognize physical features (landforms, bodies of water, vegetation)

o Understand human-environment interactions including seasons and climate, land

use, natural resources, conversation, pollution, and population density

o Understand the movement of people, products, ideas, and historic migration

o Recognize physical, cultural, political, economic, and time zone regions

Economics

o Understand scarcity and resource allocation

o Understand interdependence and income

o Recognize economic activities

o Identify and understand markets and prices

o Understand productivity and economic growth

Page 222: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 222 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Verbal Reasoning

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Use implicit information from a passage to summarize or draw conclusions

o Draw connections between and among various pieces of information in text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions or draw conclusions about

text

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily assignments

Quizzes

Projects

Tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 223: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 223 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Fifth grade social studies concentrate on the geographical and cultural aspects of Latin America,

Canada, Europe, and the United States. Some history, as it relates to the economy, politics, and

social structure of these areas is also stressed. Map skills, geographical terminology, and an

appreciation for cultural differences are emphasized.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Map and Chart Skills

o Understand longitude and latitude

o Use multiple maps to draw conclusions and compare

o Understand and use Mercator and equal-area projections

o Practice using great circle routes

o Practice reading contour maps

o Practice using maps with different scales

o Read time zone maps

o Read timelines

o Read historical maps

o Use line, bar, and circle graph

o Interpret climograph

o Interpret political, physical, and distribution maps

o Identify and compare different kinds of maps

o Interpret cross sections and diagrams

o Master cardinal and intermediate directions

o Identify the major landforms, waterways, and places with the highest and lowest

elevations in the Western Hemisphere

o Realize the relative location of regions in the Western Hemisphere

United States

o Become aware of environmental issues that affect the regions of the United States

o Recognize some of the major natural resources of the United States

o Understand and describe the relationship between latitude, elevation, ocean

currents, climate, and geographic features throughout the United States

o Identify the origins of the first Americans and the probable migration routes and

reasons for that migration

o Define and recognize the role of Berengia in the migration of the first Americans

Europe

o Understand and list some of the reasons for European exploration in the Western

Hemisphere

o List some of the European explorers that impacted Canada and Latin-America

o List some of the improvements in navigation that facilitated the long ocean

voyages made by early European explorers

Page 224: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 224 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Canada

o Recognize the importance of the St. Lawrence Seaway

o Understand the ways early European settlers made a living in Canada

o Describe some of the causes of the French and Indian War and how the French

lost most land holdings here

Latin America

o Have a general understanding of the conquest of the Aztecs and Inca

o Understand the social pyramid in the great civilizations and the early Spanish

colonies of Latin America

o Describe the effect of earthquakes and volcanoes in Latin America

o Describe the challenges cities face with their growing population

o Describe the role of missionaries in early Latin America

o Recognize some of the early peoples of Latin America

Verbal Reasoning

o Solve deductive ordering problems

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Use explicit information to identify the main idea from text

o Identify explicit details from text

o Provide answers to "who," "what," "where," "when," "why," and "how" questions

about the text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from a

passage

o Put pieces of information from the passage in the correct chronological order

o Use implicit information from a passage to answer specific questions about a text

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Use explicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information

o Use implicit information to determine the author's likely intent for writing a

passage or for including certain information

o Recognize cause-and-effect relationships among elements in a text

o Categorize and combine pieces of information in a text

o Synthesize explicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate a hypothesis about a text

o Synthesize implicit information to make predictions, draw conclusions, or

formulate a hypothesis about a text

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Effectively and logically sequence information within a paragraph or passage

o Recognize the role of the audience within varying contexts

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Understand how the purpose for and focus of a piece of writing help determine

the kind of information included and the appropriate style and tone of the piece

o Choose the appropriate main idea for a paragraph

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

Page 225: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 225 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Effectively combine two or more sentences into one logical sentence

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Map tests

Teacher generated quizzes

Graded research projects

Chapter tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 226: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 226 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Social Studies 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Sixth grade social studies concentrate on the culture and history of countries in the Eastern

Hemisphere, specifically focusing on Asia, Africa, and the Pacific Realm, while relating physical

geography, economics, and political and social aspects to these areas. While developing more

sophisticated map skills and geographical terminology, students learn to appreciate cultural

differences and global interdependencies. Sixth grade social studies often serve as the core

around which our interdisciplinary units are planned.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Geography and Map Skills

o Use and interpret various types of geographic representations

o Use and interpret various types of graphs

o Understand latitude and longitude

o Understand the geography of the lands of the Eastern hemisphere (Asia, Africa,

and the Pacific Realm) and how it influenced the emergence, expansion, and

decline of civilizations over time

o Recognize and understand the five themes of geography

Cultural Awareness

o Describe the culture and modern day life in the lands of the Eastern hemisphere

o Understand the interdisciplinary relationships between social studies and other

areas

o Describe the movement of people, ideas, diseases, and products throughout the

world

o Understand the emergence, expansion, and decline of civilizations and regions

over time

o Understand how historical events influence individuals and cultural groups

Study, Note-taking, and Research Skills

o Understand and use various study skills

o Understand and apply reference and research skills

o Understand and utilize Cornell style note-taking techniques

o Use the SQ3R reading method

Verbal Reasoning

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from

a passage

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

Writing Mechanics

Page 227: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 227 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Map tests

Teacher-generated tests

Teacher-generated quizzes

Graded research projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 228: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 228 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: U.S. History Grade Level: 7

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh grade U.S. History is a survey course of American history which focuses on American

history from the colonization of Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual

knowledge of key people, events, and documents, the process of learning will be stressed with an

emphasis on note-taking, organizational, and higher-level thinking skills.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Improve organizational and note-taking skills

Develop writing and critical-thinking skills

Appreciate the cultural diversity of our nation

Demonstrate general knowledge of key people and events in U.S. history

Determine the significance of certain individuals and events in history

Acquire a basic understanding of certain historical documents

Recognize the political, social, economic, and geographical themes in U.S. history

Improve research and public speaking skills

Appreciate art, music, and literature as tools for acquiring historical knowledge

Discuss current events and explain how they relate to student lives

Examine the Constitution and understand the framework of American government

Verbal Reasoning

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from a

passage

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

Writing Mechanics

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

Page 229: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 229 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class discussions

Chapter tests

Projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 230: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 230 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors U.S. History Grade Level: 7

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In this honors-level survey course, students examine American history from the colonization of

Jamestown through the present day. In addition to factual knowledge of key people, events, and

documents, the process of learning will be stressed with an emphasis on note-taking,

organizational, and higher-level thinking skills. This honors-level course is based on the regular

course, but is taught at an accelerated pace and is supplemented by greater depth and complexity

of material.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Improve organizational and note-taking skills

Develop writing and critical-thinking skills

Appreciate the cultural diversity of our nation

Demonstrate general knowledge of key people and events in U.S. history

Determine the significance of certain individuals and events in history

Acquire a basic understanding of certain historical documents

Recognize the political, social, economic, and geographical themes in U.S. history

Improve research and public speaking skills

Appreciate art, music, and literature as tools for acquiring historical knowledge

Discuss current events and explain how they relate to student lives

Examine the Constitution and understand the framework of American government

Verbal Reasoning

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from a

passage

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

Writing Mechanics

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

Page 231: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 231 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class discussions

Chapter tests

Projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 232: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 232 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Civics Grade Level: 8

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The eighth grade Civics course examines the federal government, studies America's economic

and legal systems, compares these structures to other global systems, and investigates current

local, national, and international events.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate a general understanding of current major U.S. political issues

Describe and explain the origins and organization of American government

Analyze the impact that U.S. politics and constitutional principles have on the rest of the

world

Define citizenship and the responsibilities of being a citizen

Demonstrate a basic comprehension of the American legal system

Explain the principles of the market economy

Research and evaluate the news media

Demonstrate a general awareness of major current issues

Verbal Reasoning

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from a

passage

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

Writing Mechanics

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

Page 233: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 233 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

Tests

In-class projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 234: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 234 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Civics Grade Level: 8

Department: Social Studies Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The eighth grade Honors Civics course examines the federal government, studies America's

economic and legal systems, compares these structures to other global systems, and investigates

current local, national, and international events. This honors-level course is based on the regular

course, but is taught at an accelerated pace and is supplemented by greater depth and complexity

of material.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate a general understanding of current major U.S. political issues

Describe and explain the origins and organization of American government

Analyze the impacts that U.S. politics and constitutional principles have on the rest of the

world

Define citizenship and the responsibilities of being a citizen

Demonstrate a basic comprehension of the American legal system

Explain the principles of the market economy

Research and evaluate the news media

Demonstrate a general awareness of major current issues

Verbal Reasoning

o Draw conclusions that are directly deducible from the information provided

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that makes sense of the evidence

Reading Comprehension

o Draw logical conclusions about the intended audience for a given passage

o Determine the meaning of a word/phrase through context clues from text

o Understand connections between and among explicit pieces of information from a

passage

o Determine whether information included in a passage consists of fact or opinion

Writing Mechanics

o Apply rules of sentence boundaries, including avoiding run-ons and fragments

o Apply rules of English diction and grammar

Writing Concepts and Skills

o Recognize topic sentences

o Recognize conclusions

o Recognize effective transitions between ideas, sentences, and paragraphs

o Identify effective relevant details to support a given idea or thesis

o Recognize and identify accurate and appropriate word choices in a piece of

writing

Page 235: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 235 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

Tests

In-class projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 236: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 236 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Ancient Medieval History Grade Level: 9

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Ancient Medieval History is a survey course from prehistoric times to the Renaissance period

(ca. 1500). This course is taught not only from an historical but also a cultural perspective

including a major unit of study on world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the study

of current events.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Prehistory

o Demonstrate knowledge of prehistoric man

o Evaluate the question of evolution

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Locate contemporary Mediterranean countries on a map

o Identify significant personalities that have studied the period

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Early River Civilizations

o Demonstrate knowledge of early river civilizations including Mesopotamia,

Ancient Egypt, Ancient India, and Ancient China

o Analyze the four cultures and compare and contrast their development

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Locate contemporary Middle Eastern and Oriental countries on a map

o Draw comparisons between the early river civilizations and contemporary

American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Ancient Greece

o Demonstrate knowledge of the classical heritage of Ancient Greece

o Display understanding of Greece’s rise from monarchy to democracy

o Identify regions, geographic formations, and cities of Ancient Greece on a map

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between Ancient Greece and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Ancient Rome

o Demonstrate knowledge of the classical heritage of Ancient Rome

o Evaluate the reasons for the rise of the Roman Republic

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Identify regions, geographic formations, and cities of Ancient Rome on a map

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

Page 237: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 237 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Evaluate the reasons for the rise of the Roman Empire

o Analyze the reasons for the fall of Rome

o Draw comparisons between Ancient Rome and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

The Dark Ages

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Dark Ages

o Demonstrate understanding of feudalism as a social, political, and economic

structure

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between the Dark Ages and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

The Later Middle Ages

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Later Middle Ages

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between the Later Middle Ages and contemporary American

society

o Analyze the events form this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Christianity

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Rise of Christianity and its impact on European

civilization

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities that relate to the rise of Christianity

o Draw comparisons between Christianity and other world religions

Islam

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Rise of Islam and its impact on Mediterranean

culture

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities that relate to the rise of Islam

o Draw comparisons between Islam and other world religions

Religion Project

o Analyze a specific religion in depth

o Demonstrate understanding and expertise to the entire class

o Display competence in public speaking

Page 238: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 238 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Class discussions

Projects

Report

Tests, Quizzes

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 239: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 239 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Ancient Medieval History Grade Level: 9

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Ancient Medieval History is a survey course from prehistoric times to the Renaissance

period (ca. 1500). This course is taught not only from an historical but also a cultural perspective

including a major unit of study on world religions. Also included in the curriculum is the study

of current events. This honors-level section will move at an accelerated pace which will allow for

increased reading assignments and class discussions. Students entering this section should have

well-developed writing and research skills from the outset of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Prehistory

o Demonstrate knowledge of prehistoric man

o Evaluate the question of evolution

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Locate contemporary Mediterranean countries on a map

o Identify significant personalities that have studied the period

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Early River Civilizations

o Demonstrate knowledge of early river civilizations including Mesopotamia,

Ancient Egypt, Ancient India, and Ancient China

o Analyze the four cultures and compare and contrast their development

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Locate contemporary Middle Eastern and Oriental countries on a map

o Draw comparisons between the early river civilizations and contemporary

American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Ancient Greece

o Demonstrate knowledge of the classical heritage of Ancient Greece

o Display understanding of Greece’s rise from monarchy to democracy

o Identify regions, geographic formations and cities of Ancient Greece on a map

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between Ancient Greece and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Ancient Rome

o Demonstrate knowledge of the classical heritage of Ancient Rome

o Evaluate the reasons for the rise of the Roman Republic

o Identify significant personalities from the period

Page 240: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 240 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Identify regions, geographic formations, and cities of Ancient Rome on a map

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Evaluate the reasons for the rise of the Roman Empire

o Analyze the reasons for the fall of Rome

o Draw comparisons between Ancient Rome and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

The Dark Ages

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Dark Ages

o Demonstrate understanding feudalism as a social, political, and economic

structure

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between the Dark Ages and contemporary American society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

The Later Middle Ages

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Later Middle Ages

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities from the period

o Draw comparisons between the Later Middle Ages and contemporary American

society

o Analyze the events from this period and form conclusions about their impact on

today’s society

Christianity

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Rise of Christianity and its impact on European

civilization

o Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

o Identify significant personalities that relate to the rise of Christianity

o Draw comparisons between Christianity and other world religions

Islam

o Demonstrate knowledge of the Rise of Islam and its impact on Mediterranean

culture

o Develop knowledge of content specific terms

o Identify significant personalities that relate to the rise of Islam

o Draw comparisons between Islam and other world religions

Religion Project

o Analyze a specific religion in depth

o Demonstrate understanding and expertise to the entire class

o Display competence in public speaking

Page 241: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 241 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Class discussions

Projects

Report

Tests, Quizzes

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 242: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 242 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Modern World History (SS902) Grade Level: 10

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Modern World History course surveys major events in world history from 1300 to the

present, and the resulting social, political and economic changes. The course is for sophomores

and is a prerequisite for those who take Advanced Placement European History during the senior

year. It is required as one of the three units needed for graduation.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate knowledge of a basic survey of the important themes, events, and persons in

global history from 1300 to the present.

Recognize the impact of certain individuals and the significance of certain events on

History.

Understand geography as a key to historical and cultural relationships and recognize

changes in geographical boundaries at different time periods in world history.

Reach thoughtful conclusions and become independent thinkers with critical, analytical

thinking skills.

Apply research skills successfully in the execution of research projects which proves a

thesis on a global topic.

Become aware of the global influence on one’s heritage as a citizen of the United States

and learn one’s social, legal, and ethical rights and obligations with knowledge of the

originations of these rights.

Obtain useful background information for a clear and logical understanding of current

events and issues.

Appreciate and study the various periods of art, literature, and music as reflections and

characteristic of the moods, interests, and concerns of people at any given time period.

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Two to three major unit tests each quarter

Reading quizzes

Document-based question projects

Projects Research Projects

Oral Presentations

Subjective Effort Assessment

Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 243: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 243 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Modern World History (SS903) Grade Level: 10

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Modern World History Honors course surveys major themes and events in World History

from the Renaissance to the present. Students will utilize a demanding college level text, closely

examine many primary sources, and often work independently. In addition, there will be an

emphasis on analysis and application of course material, research and writing skills,

conceptualization and connectivity of major historical themes, and critical thinking. Techniques

and skills required for success on AP History exams will be introduced and reviewed as well.

The course is for sophomores and is one of two possible prerequisites for those who take

Advanced Placement European History during the senior year. It is required as one of the three

units needed for graduation. Prerequisite: Teacher recommendations, approval of department and

Upper School Director.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate knowledge of a basic survey of the important themes, events, and persons in

World history from 1300 to the present.

Understand concepts essential to historical analysis

Recognize the impact of certain individuals and the significance of certain events on

History.

Use historical knowledge in interpreting data based on maps, graph, and charts

Obtain useful background information for a clear and logical understanding of current

events and issues

Demonstrate knowledge of facts and terms commonly used in the social sciences

Understand cause-and-effect relationships

Demonstrate knowledge of history and geography necessary for understanding major

historical developments

Display capacity to interpret artistic materials

Assess quotations from speeches, documents, and other published materials

Understand geography as a key to historical and cultural relationships and recognize

changes in geographical boundaries at different time periods in world history.

Reach thoughtful conclusions and become independent thinkers with critical, analytical

thinking skills.

Apply research skills successfully in the execution of a research project which proves a

thesis on global topics.

Appreciate and study the various periods of art, literature, and music as reflections and

characteristic of the moods, interests, and concerns of people at any given time period.

Page 244: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 244 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Two to three major unit tests each quarter

Reading quizzes

Document-based question projects

Oral Assessments

Subjective Effort Assessment

Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

College Board World History Subject Test

Page 245: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 245 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Modern World History Grade Level: 10

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Modern World History Honors course surveys major themes and events in World History

from the Renaissance to the present. Students will utilize a demanding college level text, closely

examine many primary sources, and often work independently. In addition, there will be an

emphasis on analysis and application of course material, research and writing skills,

conceptualization and connectivity of major historical themes, and critical thinking. Techniques

and skills required for success on AP History exams will be introduced and reviewed as well.

The course is for sophomores and is one of two possible prerequisites for those who take

Advanced Placement European History during the senior year. It is required as one of the three

units needed for graduation. Prerequisite: Teacher recommendations (English and History),

approval of department and Upper School Director.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate knowledge of a basic survey of the important themes, events, and persons in

European history from ca. 1450 to the present

Recognize the impact of certain individuals and the significance of certain events on

history

Understand geography as a key to historical and cultural relationships and recognize

changes in geographical boundaries at different time periods in European history

Reach thoughtful conclusions and become independent thinkers with critical, analytical

thinking skills

Apply research skills successfully in the execution of a term paper which proves a thesis

on a European topic

Become aware of one’s Western heritage as a U.S. citizen and learn one’s social, legal,

and ethical rights and obligations with knowledge of the originations of these rights

Obtain useful background information for a clear and logical understanding of current

events and issues

Appreciate and study the various periods of art, literature, and music as reflections and

characteristic of the moods, interests, and concerns of people at any given time period

Demonstrate knowledge of facts and terms commonly used in the social sciences

Understand cause-and-effect relationships

Demonstrate knowledge of history and geography necessary for understanding major

historical developments

Understand concepts essential to historical analysis

Display capacity to interpret artistic materials

Assess quotations from speeches, documents, and other published materials

Use historical knowledge in interpreting data based on maps, graph, and charts

Page 246: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 246 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Two to three major unit tests each quarter Reading quizzes DBQ projects Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

College Board World History Subject Test

Page 247: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 247 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: U.S. History Grade Level: 11

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

United States History is a survey course of the nation’s history studying the basic events,

personalities and documents and historical perspective. Social Studies skills such as critical and

analytical thinking, research, and writing are used. Areas of focus will include political, social,

economic, cultural, and geographic patterns of U.S. history.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop a greater appreciation for the study of history

Develop an understanding for the process of historical inquiry

Demonstrate knowledge of the great issues at the heart of U.S. history

Demonstrate knowledge of the major aspects of U.S. history-political, social, economic,

cultural, geographical, and their interrelationship

Demonstrate a mastery of a broad body of historical knowledge from colonial times to

the present

Demonstrate a knowledge of present-day United States and its relationship to the rest of

the world

Create well-developed and organized written responses to the study and research of

history

Demonstrate the knowledge learned through daily, in-class exercises, unit tests, research

and writing projects, and semester exams

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major assessment at the end of each unit

Minor research project

Major research project

Reading and review quizzes

Mid-term and final exams

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 248: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 248 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors U.S. History Grade Level: 11

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors U.S. History is a survey course of the nation’s history studying the basic events,

personalities, and documents from a historical perspective. Social studies skills such as critical

and analytical thinking, research, and writing are used. Areas of focus will include political,

social, economic, cultural, and geographic patterns of U.S. history. This honors-level section will

move at an accelerated pace, which will allow for more course topics to be pursued through

increased reading assignments and class discussions. Students entering this section should have

well-developed writing and research skills from the outset of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop a greater appreciation for the study of history

Develop an understanding for the process of historical inquiry

Demonstrate knowledge of the great issues at the heart of U.S. history

Demonstrate knowledge of the major aspects of U.S. history – political, social, economic,

cultural, geographical, and their interrelationship

Demonstrate a mastery of a broad body of historical knowledge from colonial times to

the present

Demonstrate a knowledge of the present-day United States and its relationship to the rest

of the world

Create well-developed and organized written responses to the study and research of

history

Demonstrate the knowledge learned through daily, in-class exercises, unit tests, research

and writing projects, and semester exams

Recall basic information and require students to know facts, terms, concepts, and

generalizations

Analyze and interpret material such as graphs, charts, paintings, text, cartoons,

photograph, and maps

Understand important aspects of U.S. history

Relate ideas to given data

Evaluate data for a given purpose basing judgment either on internal evidence, such as

proof and logical consistency, or on external criteria, such as comparison with other

work, established standards, and theories

Page 249: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 249 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major assessment at the end of each unit

Minor research project

Major research project

Reading and review quizzes

Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

College Board U.S. History Subject Test

Page 250: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 250 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP US History Grade Level: 11

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Advanced Placement United States History is a survey course of the nation’s history

going beyond the basics to consider differing interpretations, issues, and primary

sources. Critical and analytical skills, research writing, interpretation of maps, charts, and

graphs, organizing, comparing and conceptualizing are emphasized. All participants take the

national Advanced Placement exam at the end of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Chronological reasoning

o Compare causes and/or effects, including between short-term and long-term

effects.

o Analyze and evaluate the interaction of multiple causes and/or effects.

o Assess historical contingency by distinguishing among coincidence, causation,

and correlation, as well as critiquing existing interpretations of cause and effect.

o Analyze and evaluate historical patterns of continuity and change over time.

o Connect patterns of continuity and change over time to larger historical processes

or themes.

o Explain ways that historical events and processes can be organized within blocks

of time.

o Analyze and evaluate competing models of periodization of United States history.

Comparison and contextualization

o Compare related historical developments and processes across place, time, and/or

different societies, or within one society.

o Explain and evaluate multiple and differing perspectives on a given historical

phenomenon.

o Explain and evaluate ways in which specific historical phenomena, events, or

processes connect to broader regional, national, or global processes occurring at

the same time.

o Explain and evaluate ways in which a phenomenon, event, or process connects to

other, similar historical phenomena across time and place.

Page 251: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 251 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Creating historical arguments from historical evidence

o Analyze commonly accepted historical arguments and explain how an argument

has been constructed from historical evidence.

o Construct convincing interpretations through analysis of disparate, relevant

historical evidence.

o Evaluate and synthesize conflicting historical evidence to construct persuasive

historical arguments.

o Analyze features of historical evidence such as audience, purpose, point of view,

format, argument, limitations, and context germane to the evidence considered.

o Based on analysis and evaluation of historical evidence, make supportable

inferences and draw appropriate conclusions.

Historical interpretations and synthesis

o Combine disparate, sometimes contradictory evidence from primary sources and

secondary works in order to create a persuasive understanding of the past.

o Apply insights about the past to other historical contexts or circumstances,

including the present.

o Analyze diverse historical interpretations.

o Evaluate how historians’ perspectives influence their interpretations and how

models of historical interpretation change over time.

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Primary source and interpretive writings for seminar participation, and research and

writing exercises

Unit tests

Reading quizzes

Mid-term and final exams

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

AP US History Test

Page 252: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 252 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP European History Grade Level: 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

This course is a comprehensive chronological and topical survey of the narrative of European

history from 1450 to the present. Emphasis is placed on the study of primary source materials for

historical interpretation and on expository essay writing in order to distinguish significance of

movements, trends, and cause and effect relationships. The themes of study fall into three

categories: intellectual and cultural history, political and diplomatic history, and social and

economic history. A prerequisite to enrolling is the completion of the sophomore World History

class (or its Honors equivalent) or a similar study in another high school. Students are admitted

upon teacher recommendations from former history and English teachers. Students are required

to take the Advanced Placement European national exam given by the College Board in May.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate a knowledge of basic chronology and of major trends and events from

approx. 1450 to the present, that is from the High Renaissance to the very recent past

Understand some of the principal themes in modern European history: namely

intellectual and cultural, political and diplomatic, social and economic currents

Distinguish movements, trends, causes and effects, and significances related to the survey

of events

Develop the ability to read primary sources and weigh the evidence and reach

conclusions on the basis of facts and on the understanding of various viewpoints and

motivations

Gain interpretative and analytical ability

Gain an understanding of how Western man’s creative efforts in art, music, and literature

reflect his perception of his place in the world at different time periods

Acquire an ability to analyze and to express historical understanding in writing

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Essays Quizzes Document-based questions Seminar presentations Summaries of outside readings Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

AP European History Exam

Page 253: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 253 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Human Geography Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Human Geography is a year-long course designed to introduce students to the systematic

study of patterns and processes that have shaped human understanding, use, and alteration of the

Earth’s surface. Students use spatial concepts and landscape analysis to examine human social

organization and its environmental consequence. Additionally, students learn about the methods

and tools geographers use in their science and practice.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use and think about maps and spatial data

Understand and interpret the implications of associations among phenomena in place

Recognize and interpret at different scales the relationships among patterns and processes

Define regions and evaluate the regionalization process

Characterize and analyze changing interconnections among places

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Projects Quizzes Analysis sheets Mid-term and final exams

Benchmarking:

AP Human Geography Exam

Page 254: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 254 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP US Government and Politics Grade Levels: 11 and 12

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Advanced Placement American Government and Politics is an intensive study of the structure of

the United States Government and the processes that make this form of government effective in

today’s modern and ever changing world. The course covers the Constitution underpinnings of

the United States Government, political beliefs, political behaviors, political parties, interest

groups, mass media, the institutions of the national government, civil rights and civil liberties.

All participants take the national Advanced Placement Exam at the end of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

1. Analyze the goals, beliefs, membership, tactics, and effectiveness of U.S political parties

and interest groups.

2. Analyze the process by which public policy is made at federal, state, and local level.

3. Compare and contrast the function ad structure of the judicial branches federal, state, and

local governments.

4. Compare and contrast the political system of the United Sates with political systems

employed in other countries.

5. Compare and contrast the structure and functions of the executive branches of the federal,

state, and local governments.

6. Compare and contrast the structure and functions of the legislative branches of the

federal, state and local governments.

7. Explain the fact of federal, state, and local government policy and how individuals that

can influence government policy.

8. Recall the civil rights and civil liberties guaranteed to individuals by the United States

Constitution.

9. Recall the historical circumstances and philosophies that provide the foundation for the

political system of the United States.

10. Understand the factors which influence the political behavior of individuals and groups in

the United States and utilize those factors to analyze historical data for contemporary

political behavior.

11. Utilize the data and concepts in objectives 1- 10 to analyze and evaluate contemporary

issues.

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

Essays

Page 255: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 255 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Unit tests

Oral presentations

Technology project

Current events

First semester exam

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

AP American Government and Politics Exam

Page 256: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 256 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Macroeconomics Grade Level: 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Advanced Placement Macroeconomics is a course designed to provide students with a

sophisticated understanding of the global economy and of the role students are playing and will

play in the complex global economic system. All participants take the national Advanced

Placement Exam at the end of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop an understanding of basic economic concepts

Demonstrate an understanding of measurement of economic performance

Examine national income and price determinants

Develop an understanding of macro-economic equilibrium

Investigate the financial sector

Develop an understanding of inflation, unemployment, and stabilization policies

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Unit tests Presentation/debate

Benchmarking:

AP Macroeconomics Exam

Page 257: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 257 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Comparative Government and Politics Grade Levels: 11 and 12

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

This course introduces students to fundamental concepts used by political scientists to study the

processes and outcomes of politics in a variety of country settings. The course aims to illustrate

the rich diversity of political life, to show available institutional alternatives, to explain

differences in processes and policy outcomes, and to communicate the importance of global

political and economic changes. Nine countries form the core of the AP Comparative

Government and Politics course: Israel, Germany, Brazil, China, Great Britain, Iran, Mexico,

Nigeria, and Russia. All students will take the AP exam in May.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

The student will demonstrate knowledge of the similarities and differences among types

of political systems

The student will demonstrate knowledge of sovereignty, authority and power

The student will demonstrate knowledge of political institutions

The student will demonstrate knowledge of the role of citizens and society in the state

The student will demonstrate knowledge of political and economic change

The student will demonstrate knowledge of public policy

The student will demonstrate knowledge of the different social sciences by use of the

tools of social science inquiry

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

In- class free response

Essays

Unit tests

Oral presentations

First Semester Exam

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

AP Comparative Government Exam

Page 258: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 258 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Psychology Grade Levels: 10, 11, and 12

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Psychology is the study of the mind and human behavior. Introductory Psychology provides

students with a foundation for understanding what psychology is, how it is studied scientifically,

and how our minds mature, and sometimes develop abnormally, over the lifespan. Emphasis is

placed on promoting critical thinking in the classroom and everyday life.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Investigate the history and growth of psychology

Explore key theories used to explain psychological phenomena

Understand the scientific methodology of psychology

Apply methodological mastery to develop and execute psychological experiments

Gain an appreciation and sensitivity for the various psychological disorders impacting

humans

Further one’s understanding of himself or herself

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

Tests

Research Project

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 259: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 259 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Psychology Grade Levels: 10, 11, and 12

Department: History Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Psychology is the study of the mind and human behavior. AP Psychology provides students with

a foundation for understanding what psychology is, how it is studied scientifically, and how our

minds and bodies mature physically, emotionally, and sometimes abnormally over the lifespan.

Emphasis is placed on promoting critical thinking in the classroom and everyday life.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Investigate the history and growth of psychology

Explore key theories used to explain psychological phenomena

Understand the scientific methodology of psychology

Apply methodological mastery to develop and execute psychological experiments and

critique primary source research articles

Become proficient in the nervous system, as well as sensory systems such as the eye and

ear

Recognize the physiological causes and treatments of psychological disorders

Gain an appreciation of and sensitivity for the various psychological disorders impacting

humans

Further one’s understanding of himself or herself

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes

Tests

Research project

Writing assessments

External Assessment(s) and Benchmarking:

AP Psychology Exam

Page 260: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 260 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Humanities Grade Level: 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

This course addresses the question, “What does it mean to be human?” through five thematic

ideas: (1) man is self-conscious, (2) man is moral, (3) man is mortal, (4) man is social or

relational, and (5) man is expressive or creative. The course is interdisciplinary, incorporating

history, philosophy, religion, literature, science, art, and music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Acquire a clearer understanding of the Western tradition by considering some of the

seminal artistic, philosophic, and religious work in their historical context

Acquire a clear sense of our own time by seeing its place within the development of the

Western tradition as a whole

Explore the possibilities of human nature and experience by considering how various

thinkers and cultures have responded to the question, “What does it mean to be human?”

Develop a critical sense of self-awareness within the environment and of the implications

of values and goals

Further one’s ability to write forceful, argumentative, and analytical essays

Acquire the skills of careful reading which respects the integrity of the text, while

remaining alive to the intellectual setting from which it arises

Consider the basic questions of “Who are we?”, “Why are we here?”, and “Where are we

going?”

Develop an understanding of man in conflict with self, with society, with the natural

world, and with the sense of the divine

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Unit tests Reading quizzes Essays Reactions papers Presentations Projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 261: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 261 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: World Religions Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

World Religions is a semester-long survey course focusing on nature/tribal religions, Hinduism,

Buddhism, Taoism and Confucianism, and the Abrahamic religions: Judaism, Christianity, and

Islam. Students will learn to think critically about religion as a human pursuit because they will

have the ability to compare one phenomenon across different cultures.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Identify the major beliefs and practices that characterize the larger world religions

Analyze the functions of religion within a culture

Use terminology particular to the academic study of religion

Evaluate some of the effects of the religious impulse on individuals and cultures

Demonstrate knowledge of the subject matter through discussions, debates, individual

presentations, tests, and an exam

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Presentations Final essay-based exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 262: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 262 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Political Issues Grade Levels: 10, 11, and 12

Department: Social Studies Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

This is a one-semester contemporary topics course that focuses on the role of government in our

lives. It is a discussion and presentation based class grounded in current political, social, and

economic topics impacting America today.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Evaluate controversial contemporary topics including but not limited to: the economy, the

federal deficit, the War on Terror, privacy, capital punishment, Title IX, freedom of

speech issues on the Internet, abortion, gun control, euthanasia, affirmative action, United

States foreign policy issues, education, immigration and naturalization, and freedom of

speech in movies and television

Identify current political leaders

Evaluate the controversial topic’s effect on society’s future

Demonstrate knowledge of macro and micro economic principles that impact political

issues and decisions locally, nationally and internationally

Analyze Internet use and misuse

Demonstrate skills in various computer applications: Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel,

and Microsoft PowerPoint

Develop debating and personal interaction skills

Display competence in public speaking

Develop knowledge of content-specific terms

Demonstrate knowledge of the American political system

Compare and contrast the government of the United States with other world governments

Evaluate perspectives of other classmates

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Class Participation

Final Exam Project

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 263: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 263 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Science Department

Science Department Philosophy

The science curriculum fosters an atmosphere of curiosity and exploration in order to promote

the mastery of key concepts and principles of science. Teachers cultivate inquiry and invention

to develop scientific practice. Through the integration of learning content and scientific practice,

students acquire meaningful knowledge, improve problem-solving and critical-thinking skills,

and acknowledge the relevance of science to their lives and the world around them. Every year

of science K-12 prepares students for success at the next level.

Science Scope and Sequence

Page 264: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 264 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science K Grade Level: K

Department: Science Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Through the use of the Science Fusion program, kindergarten students experience an inquiry-

based science curriculum that focuses on hands-on learning activities with write-in science

textbooks which help to develop critical thinking skills. Throughout each lesson, students are

asked to inquire, think, predict, analyze, and apply concepts. Through the use of differentiated

materials, students are able to access material on their instructional level and in doing so develop

essential reading skills. Additionally, students will use manipulatives to explore various abstract

science concepts, which directly correlate with skills that students are learning in mathematics.

In this course, students will explore units on animals, plants, habitats, day and night, Earth’s

resources, weather and the seasons, matter, energy, and motion.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions

o Plan and conduct an investigation to compare the effects of different strengths or

different directions of pushes and pulls on the motion of an object

o Analyze data to determine if a design solution works as intended to change the

speed or direction of an object with a push or a pull

Energy

o Make observations to determine the effect of sunlight on Earth’s surface

o Use tools and materials provided to design and build a structure that will reduce

the warming effect of sunlight on Earth’s surface

From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes

o Use observations to describe patterns of what plants and animals (including

humans) need to survive

Earth’s Systems

o Use and share observations of local weather conditions to describe patterns over

time

o Construct an argument supported by evidence for how plants and animals

(including humans) can change the environment to meet their needs

Earth and Human Activity

o Use a model to represent the relationship between the needs of different plants

and animals (including humans) and the place they live

o Ask questions to obtain information about the purpose of weather forecasting to

prepare for and respond to severe weather

o Communicate solutions that will reduce the impact of humans on the land, water,

air, and/or other living things in the local environment

Engineering Design

o Ask questions, make observations, and gather information about a situation

people want to change to define a simple problem that can be solved through the

development of a new or improved object or tool

Page 265: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 265 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Develop a simple sketch, drawing, or physical model to illustrate how the shape

of an object helps it function as needed to solve a given problem

o Analyze data from tests of two objects designed to solve the same problem to

compare the strengths and weaknesses of how each performs

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Classroom discussion Hands-on activities

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 266: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 266 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: Science Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Through the use of the Science Fusion program, first grade students experience an inquiry-based

science curriculum that focuses on hands-on learning activities with write-in science textbooks,

which help to develop critical-thinking skills. Throughout each lesson, students are asked to

inquire, think, predict, analyze, and apply concepts. Through the use of differentiated materials,

students are able to access material on their instructional level and in doing so develop essential

reading skills. Additionally, students will use manipulatives to explore various abstract science

concepts which directly correlate with skills that students are learning in mathematics. In this

course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants, environments, Earth’s

resources, weather and seasons, objects in the sky, matter, and forces and energy.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer

o Plan and conduct investigations to provide evidence that vibrating materials can

make sound and that sound can make materials vibrate

o Make observations to construct an evidence-based account that objects in

darkness can be seen only when illuminated

o Plan and conduct investigations to determine the effect of placing objects made

with different materials in the path of a beam of light

o Use tools and materials to design and build a device that uses light or sound to

solve the problem of communicating over a distance

From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes

o Use materials to design a solution to a human problem by mimicking how plants

and/or animals use their external parts to help them survive, grow, and meet their

needs

o Read texts and use media to determine patterns in behavior of parents and

offspring that help offspring survive

Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits

o Make observations to construct an evidence-based account that young plants and

animals are like, but not exactly like, their parents

Earth’s Place in the Universe

o Use observations of the sun, moon, and stars to describe patterns that can be

predicted

o Make observations at different times of year to relate the amount of daylight to

the time of year

Engineering Design

o Ask questions, make observations, and gather information about a situation

people want to change to define a simple problem that can be solved through the

development of a new or improved object or tool

o Develop a simple sketch, drawing, or physical model to illustrate how the shape

of an object helps it function as needed to solve a given problem

Page 267: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 267 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Analyze data from tests of two objects designed to solve the same problem to

compare the strengths and weaknesses of how each performs

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Classroom discussion Hands-on activities Notebook

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 268: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 268 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: Science Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Through the use of the Science Fusion program, second grade students experience an inquiry-

based science curriculum that focuses on hands-on learning activities with write-in science

textbooks, which help to develop critical-thinking skills. Throughout each lesson, students are

asked to inquire, think, predict, analyze, and apply concepts. Through the use of differentiated

materials, students are able to access material on their instructional level and in doing so develop

essential reading skills. Additionally, students will use manipulatives to explore various abstract

science concepts which directly correlate with skills that students are learning in mathematics. In

this course, students will explore units on technology, animals, plants, environments for living

things, Earth and its resources, weather, the solar system, changes in matter, energy, and

magnets.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Matter and Its Interaction

o Plan and conduct an investigation to describe and classify different kinds of

materials by their observable properties

o Analyze data obtained from testing different materials to determine which

materials have the properties that are best suited for an intended purpose

o Make observations to construct an evidence-based account of how an object made

of a small set of pieces can be disassembled and made into a new object

o Construct an argument with evidence that some changes caused by heating or

cooling can be reversed and some cannot

Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics

o Plan and construct an investigation to determine if plants need sunlight and water

to grow

o Develop a simple model that mimics the function of an animal in dispersing seeds

or pollinating plants

Biological Evolution: Unity and Diversity

o Make observations of plants and animals to compare the diversity of life in

different habitats

Earth’s Place in the Universe

o Use information from several sources to provide evidence that Earth events can

occur quickly or slowly

Earth’s Systems

o Compare multiple solutions designed to slow or prevent wind or water from

changing the shape of the land

o Develop a model to represent the shapes and kinds of land and bodies of water in

an area

o Obtain information to identify where water is found on Earth and that it can be a

solid or liquid

Page 269: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 269 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Engineering Design

o Ask questions, make observations, and gather information about a situation

people want to change to define a simple problem that can be solved through the

development of a new or improved object or tool

o Develop a simple sketch, drawing, or physical model to illustrate how the shape

of an object helps it function as needed to solve a given problem

o Analyze data from tests of two objects designed to solve the same problem to

compare the strengths and weaknesses of how each performs

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Classroom discussion Hands-on activities Notebook Quizzes Tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 270: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 270 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: Science Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Through the use of the Science Fusion program, third grade students experience an inquiry-based

science curriculum that focuses on hands-on learning activities with write-in science textbooks,

which help to develop critical-thinking skills. Throughout each lesson, students are asked to

inquire, think, predict, analyze, and apply concepts. Through the use of differentiated materials,

students are able to access material on their instructional level and in doing so develop essential

reading skills. Additionally, students will use manipulatives to explore various abstract science

concepts which directly correlate with skills that students are learning in mathematics. In this

course, students will explore units on investigating questions, the engineering process, plants and

animals, ecosystems and interactions, changes to Earth’s surface, people and resources, water

and weather, Earth and its moon, matter, and simple and compound machines.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions

o Plan and conduct an investigation to provide evidence of the effects of balanced

and unbalanced forces on the motion of an object

o Make observations and/or measurements of an object’s motion to provide

evidence that a pattern can be used to predict future motion

o Ask questions to determine cause and effect relationships of electric or magnetic

interactions between two objects not in contact with each other

o Define a simple design problem that can be solved by applying scientific ideas

about magnets

From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes

o Develop a model to describe that organisms have unique and diverse life cycles

but all have in common birth, growth, reproduction, and death

Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics

o Construct an argument that some animals form groups that help members survive

Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits

o Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence that plants and animals have traits

inherited from parents and that variation of these traits exists in a group of similar

organisms

o Use evidence to support the explanation that traits can be influenced by the

environment

Page 271: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 271 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Biological Evolution: Unity and Diversity

o Analyze and interpret data from fossils to provide evidence of the organisms and

the environments in which they lived long ago

o Use evidence to construct an explanation for how the variations in characteristics

among individuals of the same species may provide advantages in surviving,

finding mates, and reproducing

o Construct an argument with evidence that in a particular habitat some organisms

can survive well, some survive less well, and some cannot survive at all

o Make a claim about the merit of a solution to a problem caused when the

environment changes and the types of plants and animals that live there may

change

Earth’s Systems

o Represent data in tables and graphical display to describe the typical weather

conditions expected during a particular season

o Obtain and combine information to describe climates in different regions of the

world

Earth and Human Activity

o Make a claim about the merit of a design solution that reduces the impacts of a

weather-related hazard

Engineering Design

o Define a simple design problem reflecting a need or a want that includes specified

criteria for success and constraints on materials, time, or cost

o Generate and compare multiple possible solutions to a problem based on how well

each is likely to meet the criteria and constraints of the problem

o Plan and carry out fair tests in which variables are controlled and failure points

are considered to identify aspects of a model or prototype that can be improved

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Classroom discussion Hands-on activities Notebook Quizzes Tests Written report

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 272: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 272 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: Science Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Through the continuation of the Science Fusion program, fourth grade students experience an

inquiry-based science curriculum that focuses on hands-on learning activities with write-in

science textbooks, which help to develop critical-thinking skills. Throughout each lesson,

students are asked to inquire, think, predict, analyze, and apply concepts. Through the use of

differentiated materials, students are able to access material on their instructional level and in

doing so develop essential reading skills. Additionally, students will use manipulatives to explore

various abstract science concepts which directly correlate with skills that students are learning in

mathematics. In this course, students will explore units on the engineering process, plants and

animals, energy and ecosystems, weather, Earth and space, properties of matter, changes in

matter, energy, electricity, and motion.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Energy

o Use evidence to construct an explanation relating the speed of an object to the

energy of that object

o Make observations to provide evidence that energy can be transferred from place

to place by sound, light, heat, and electric currents

o Ask questions and predicts outcomes about the changes in energy that occur

when objects collide

o Apply scientific ideas to design, test, and refine a device that converts energy

from one form to another

Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer

o Develop a model of waves to describe patterns in terms of amplitude and

wavelength and that waves can cause objects to move

o Develop a model to describe that light reflecting from objects and entering the eye

allows objects to be seen

o Generate and compare multiple solutions that use patterns to transfer information

From Molecules to Organisms, Structures and Processes

o Construct an argument that plants and animals have internal and external

structures that function to support survival, growth, behavior, and reproduction

o Use a model to describe that animals receive different types of information

through their senses, process the information in their brain, and respond to the

information in different ways

Earth’s Place in the Universe

o Identify evidence from patterns in rock formations and fossils in rock layers for

changes in landscape over time to support an explanation for change in a

landscape over time

Page 273: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 273 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Earth’s Systems

o Make observations and/or measurements to provide evidence of the effects of

weathering or the rate of erosion by water, ice, wind, or vegetation

o Analyze and interpret data from maps to describe patterns of Earth’s features

Earth and Human Activity

o Obtain and combine information to describe that energy and fuels are derived

from natural resources and their uses to affect the environment

o Generate and compare multiple solutions to reduce the impacts of natural Earth

processes on humans

Engineering Design

o Define a simple design problem reflecting a need or a want that includes specified

criteria for success and constraints on materials, time, or cost

o Generate and compare multiple possible solutions to a problem based on how well

each is likely to meet the criteria and constraints of the problem

o Plan and carry out fair tests in which variables are controlled and failure points

are considered to identify aspects of a model or prototype that can be improved

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Classroom discussion Hands-on activities Projects Quizzes Tests Written report

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 274: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 274 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The purpose of this course is to expose students to the vast landscape of the scientific world.

Students will use scientific exploration to develop a broad understanding of science and utilize

their understandings to form a healthy relationship with the environment in which they live.

Topics include scientific investigation, cells and how they allow organisms to grow, ecosystems,

energy and natural resources, the earth’s surface, rocks and fossils, the solar system, matter, light

and sound, and forces and motion. Emphasis is on understanding the processes as well as on

mastery of facts. By using the scientific method as a problem-solving tool, students learn to

collect, represent, and analyze data. Students will begin the process of learning to think and

explore like a scientist, which they can use to become excited about discovering science as they

move through their education and in the world around them.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

How Scientists Work (August)

o Foster inquiry skills about science and the scientific method

o Perform safe, controlled experiments in all types of science

Engineering Design (September)

o Plan and carry out fair tests in which variables are controlled and failure points

are considered to identify aspects of a model or prototype that can be improved

o Solve inductive reasoning problems by reasoning from details or evidence to a

generalization or hypothesis that make sense of the evidence

Cells to body systems, Living Things (September, October)

o Discover that all living things are made up of cells and observe cells working

together to make up tissues, organs, and organ systems

o Dramatize how the human body moves, breathes and circulates blood

o Interpret how the human body digests food, removes waste and sends messages

o Observe how living things have characteristics and how these characteristics are

passed on to offspring

Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics (November, December)

o Recognize that all living things interact and depend on one another

o Develop a model to describe the movement of matter among plants, animals,

decomposers, and the environment

o Use model to describe that energy in animals’ food (used for body repair, growth,

motion, and to maintain body warmth) was once energy from the sun

Page 275: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 275 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Natural Resources (December)

o Critique the impact that humans have on the environment and how humans can

lower that impact

o Obtain and combine information about ways individual communities use science

ideas to protect the Earth’s resources and environment

Earth’s Systems (January, February)

o Generate models of how the Earth’s crust and oceans have changed: Pre-Pangea

to modern day

o Describe and graph the amounts and percentages of water and fresh water in

various reservoirs to provide evidence about the distribution of water on Earth

o Develop hypotheses on how rocks and fossils help scientists learn about the Earth

The Solar System and the Universe (March)

o Compare and contrast the eight planets within our universe

o Gain perspective on the Earth’s place in our Solar System and value the

magnitude of the Universe

Matter and Its Interactions (March, April)

o Develop a model to describe that matter is made of particles too small to be seen

o Understand the three different states of matter, solid, liquid, gas

o Experiment with how temperature affects matter and chemical reactions

o Make observations and measurements to identify materials based on their

properties

o Conduct experiments using new science tools and chemical materials, observing

chemistry at work

Light and Sound (April, May)

o Identify how sound travels through different types of matter

o Describe the many properties of light and how these properties can change

Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions (May)

o Support an argument that there are forces exerted on objects even when no

movement is seen

o Explain the basic laws of physics in our universe

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Labs and Lab Reports

In-class activities

Benchmarking:

ERB

Resources:

Holt McDougal ScienceFusion Textbook

Page 276: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 276 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The sixth grade program continues to encourage hands-on participation in laboratory experiences

that stress logical thinking and problem solving skills. The sixth grade curriculum includes a

review of the scientific method at the beginning of the year, as well as study of geological

concepts including mapping and weathering on Earth’s surface. During the winter and spring,

students study meteorology, climate, and basic physical properties of air. Students design and

create experiments for testing in myriad labs throughout the year. They are responsible for all

aspects from the genesis of their ideas to designing presentations to report their findings. The

curriculum as a whole includes three main themes: Earth’s changing surface, weather and

climate, and ecology. Within these themes, students will explore the common thread that is

woven into the curriculum. One major theme is to promote an understanding of how the human

race is affecting the world in myriad ways.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Weather and Climate

o Collect data to provide evidence for how the motions and complex interactions of

air masses result in changes in weather conditions

o Develop and use a model to describe how unequal heating and rotation of the

Earth cause patterns of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that determine

regional climates

Earth and Human Activity

o Ask questions to clarify evidence of the factors that have caused the rise in global

temperatures over the past century

o Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for how the uneven

distributions of Earth’s mineral, energy, and groundwater resources are the result

of past and current geoscience processes

From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes

o Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for the role of photosynthesis

in the cycling of matter and flow of energy into and out of organisms

o Develop a model to describe how food is rearranged through chemical reactions

forming new molecules that support growth and/or release energy as this matter

moves through an organism

Page 277: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 277 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics

o Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence for the effects of resource

availability on organisms and populations of organisms in an ecosystem

o Develop a model to describe the cycling of matter and flow of energy among

living and nonliving parts of an ecosystem

o Construct an argument supported by empirical evidence that changes to physical

or biological components of an ecosystem affect populations

o Construct an explanation that predicts patterns of interactions among organisms

across multiple ecosystems

o Evaluate competing design solutions for maintaining biodiversity and ecosystem

services

Earth’s Place in the Universe

o Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence from rock strata for how the

geologic time scale is used to organize Earth’s 4.6-billion-year-old history

Earth’s Systems

o Construct an explanation based on evidence for how geoscience processes have

changed Earth’s surface at varying time and spatial scales

o Analyze and interpret data on the distribution of fossils and rocks, continental

shapes, and seafloor structures to provide evidence of the past plate motions

o Develop a model to describe the cycling of Earth’s materials and the flow of

energy that drives this process

o Develop a model to describe the cycling of water through Earth’s systems driven

by energy from the sun and the force of gravity

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests

Quizzes

Lab grades

Projects

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 278: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 278 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 7 Grade Level: 7

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The purpose of this course is to engage each student to think like a scientist, ask questions, and

find answers. Students will develop improved cognition through the study of scientific branches

including: space science, the diversity of life, and motion, forces, and energy. Students will

integrate technology as a vital part of the scientific community. The teacher expects work and

effort commensurate with the demands of the course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Space Systems

o Develop and use a model of the Earth-sun-moon system to describe the cyclic

patterns of lunar phases, eclipses of the sun and moon, and seasons

o Develop and use a model to describe the role of gravity in the motions within

galaxies and the solar system

o Analyze and interpret data to determine scale properties of objects in the solar

system

Energy

o Construct and interpret a graphical display of data to describe the relationships

of kinetic energy to the mass of an object and to the speed of an object

o Develop a model to describe that when the arrangement of objects interacting at

a distance changes, different amounts of potential energy are stored in the

system

o Apply scientific principles to design, construct, and test a device that either

minimizes or maximizes thermal energy transfer

o Plan an investigation to determine the relationships among the energy

transferred, the type of matter, the mass, and the change in the average kinetic

energy of the particles as measured by the temperature of the sample

o Construct, use, and present arguments to support the claim that when the kinetic

energy of an object changes, energy is transferred to or from the object

Page 279: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 279 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Forces and Interactions

o Apply Newton’s Third Law to design a solution to a problem involving the

motion of two colliding objects

o Plan an investigation to provide evidence that the change in an object’s motion

depends on the sum of the forces on the object and the mass of the object

o Ask questions about data to determine the factor that affect the strength of

electric and magnetic forces

o Construct and presents arguments using evidence to support the claim that

gravitational interactions are attractive and depend on the masses of

interacting objects

o Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide

evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even

though the objects are not in contact

Natural Selection and Adaptations

o Analyze and interpret data for patterns in the fossil record that document the

existence, diversity, extinction, and change of life form throughout the history

of life on Earth under the assumption that natural laws operate today as in the

past

o Apply scientific ideas to construct an explanation for the anatomical

similarities and differences among modern organisms and between modern

and fossil organisms to infer evolutionary relationships

o Analyze display of pictorial data to compare patterns of similarities in the

embryological development across multiple species to identify relationships

not evident in the fully formed anatomy

o Construct an explanation based on evidence that describes how genetic

variations of traits in a population increase some individuals’ probability of

surviving and reproducing in a specific environment

o Use mathematical representations to support explanations of how natural

selection may lead to increases and decreases of specific traits in populations

over time

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Labs

Quizzes

Projects

Tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 280: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 280 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Forensic Science Grade Level: 7

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Honors Forensic Science is a one-semester elective course offered to seventh grade students. In

this course, students will learn about international black market dealings, trade requirements,

professional opportunities within the field, and steps of prosecution for persons associated with

wildlife crimes across the globe. Students will perform an autopsy (necropsy) on a rodent (vole

or mouse), interact with U.S. Fish and Game personnel, and solve a mystery surrounding

mysterious big game deaths.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Obtain a basic understanding of the branches of Forensic Science and its applications in

society

Utilize case study to gain knowledge of forensic techniques and terminology

Collect and categorize evidence and data

Examine data and evidence

Develop keen observational skills

Use observations and evidence to analyze crime scenarios

Create comprehensive scientific reports

Investigate careers which relate to forensic science

Learn from and make connections with community members (detectives, arson

investigator, print specialist, medical examiner) and local colleges/universities

Develop the ability to listen intently and speak confidently

Investigate computer simulations and relate them to real-world applications

Gain understanding and appreciation for global trade agreements and international laws

Enhance intellectual curiosity and personal integrity

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Tests Labs

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 281: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 281 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Science 8 Grade Level: 8

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The purpose of this course is to expand students’ content knowledge in life and physical sciences

through inquiry investigations. Topics include the relationship of science to technology, the

structure and interactions of matter, the function of cells, principles of genetics, and the structure

and function of human organ systems. Emphasis is on understanding the processes as well as on

mastery of facts. By using the scientific method as a problem-solving tool, students learn to

collect, represent, and analyze data. Laboratory skill development including technical writing,

operation of microscopes, and working with chemicals and equipment safely are cornerstones of

this course. Additionally, learners incorporate the use of computer word processing and

spreadsheet software to practically apply technology in a research environment. As students

learn to work independently in the lab, they develop the skills and confidence needed for success

in more advanced courses in the Upper School.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Structure, Function, and Information Processing

o Conduct an investigation to provide evidence that living things are made of cells;

either one cell or many different numbers and types of cells

o Develop and use a model to describe the function of a cell as a whole and ways

parts of cells contribute to the function

o Use an argument supported by evidence for how the body is a system of

interacting subsystems composed of groups of cells

o Gather and synthesize information that sensory receptors respond to stimuli by

sending messages to the brain for immediate behavior or storage as memories

Growth and Development of Organisms

o Use an argument based on empirical evidence and scientific reasoning to support

an explanation for how characteristic animal behaviors and specialized plant

structures affect the probability of successful reproduction of animals and plants

respectively

o Construct a scientific explanation based on evidence for how environmental and

genetic factors influence the growth of organisms

o Develop and use a model to describe why structural changes to genes (mutations)

located on chromosomes may affect proteins and may result in harmful,

beneficial, or neutral effects to the structure and function of the organism

o Develop and use a model to describe why asexual reproduction results in

offspring with identical genetic information and sexual reproduction results in

offspring with genetic variation

o Gather and synthesize information about the technologies that have changed the

way humans influence the inheritance of desired traits in organisms

Natural Selection and Adaptations

o Analyze and interpret data for patterns in the fossil record that document the

existence, diversity, extinction, and change of life forms throughout the history of

life on Earth under the assumption that natural laws operate today as in the past

Page 282: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 282 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Apply scientific ideas to construct an explanation for the anatomical similarities

and differences among modern organisms and between modern and fossil

organisms to infer evolutionary relationships

o Analyze display of pictorial data to compare patterns of similarities in the

embryological development across multiple species to identify relationships not

evident in the fully formed anatomy

o Construct an explanation based on evidence that describes how genetic variations

of traits in a population increase some individuals’ probability of surviving and

reproducing in a specific environment

o Use mathematical representations to support explanations of how natural selection

may lead to increases and decreases of specific traits in populations over time

Forces and Interactions

o Apply Newton’s Third Law to design a solution to a problem involving the

motion of two colliding objects

o Plan an investigation to provide evidence that the change in an object’s motion

depends on the sum of the forces on the object and the mass of the object

o Ask questions about data to determine the factors that affect the strength of

electric and magnetic forces

o Construct and present arguments using evidence to support the claim that

gravitational interactions are attractive and depend on the masses of interacting

objects

o Conduct an investigation and evaluate the experimental design to provide

evidence that fields exist between objects exerting forces on each other even

though the objects are not in contact

Chemical Reactions

o Analyze and interpret data on the properties of substances before and after the

substances interact to determine if a chemical reaction has occurred

o Develop and use a model to describe how the total number of atoms does not

change in a chemical reaction and thus mass is conserved

o Undertake a design project to construct, test, and modify a device that either

releases or absorbs thermal energy by chemical processes

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Lab report

Quizzes

Projects

Tests

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 283: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 283 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors S.T.E.A.M Grade Level: 8

Department: Science Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Rising eighth graders showing high aptitude for mathematics and scientific thought will be

eligible for this semester-long honors-level course. Participants will investigate numerous

phenomena from the perspective of an engineer, a scientist, and a creative artist culminating with

a video production of a Mythbusters-style episode chronicling their discoveries. Students will be

responsible for cooperating with peers, contacting community field experts to research the

development of the featured topics, constructing replica prototypes, and presenting findings

supported by data and experiences collected during the class.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Gain an understanding of the techniques that engineers use to approach problems

Understand the techniques utilized by scientists when exploring various phenomena

Understand the approach that a creative artist uses when approaching various phenomena

Contact local field experts to research various topics

Construct replica prototypes

Test various phenomena using prototypes

Present findings and data

Create a comprehensive video documenting the processes and approaches used during

investigation

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Presentations Group projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 284: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 284 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Physics Foundation Grade Level: 9

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Physics Foundation is a laboratory-based introductory course that examines basic mathematical

techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions, laboratory techniques, and the atomic

theory process of science. This course is required for graduation and is usually taken during the

ninth grade.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand scientific notation and arithmetic

Understand units of measurement, both defined and derived

Recognize the sensitivity, uncertainty, accuracy, and precision required in scientific

measurement

Understand application of the standard laboratory format to all data

Understand graphing techniques

Examine computer technology in science

Understand kinematics

Recognize and apply the Laws of Newton in relation to dynamics

Understand friction and normal forces

Understand the properties of gravitation, momentum, and energy

Describe various states of matter

Understand the behavior of reactants in various chemical reactions

Apply basic laboratory techniques and measurements

Recognize and understand basic atomic theory

Understand the quantum-mechanical model of the atom

Read and understand the periodic table of elements

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Tests Labs

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 285: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 285 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Physics Foundation Grade Level: 9

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Physics Foundation is an introductory course for the highly motivated freshman planning

to take additional honors and advanced placement science courses during their sophomore,

junior, and senior years. This course will move at an accelerated pace and will include

challenging laboratory work requiring critical thinking. Students should be independent learners

with a strong work ethic. The Honors Physics Foundation curriculum includes basic

mathematical techniques of science, motion, matter, chemical reactions, laboratory techniques,

and the atomic theory.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand scientific notation and arithmetic

Understand units of measurement, both defined and derived

Recognize the sensitivity, uncertainty, accuracy, and precision required in scientific

measurement

Understand application of the standard laboratory format to all data

Understand graphing techniques

Examine computer technology in science

Understand kinematics

Recognize and apply the Laws of Newton in relation to dynamics

Understand friction and normal forces

Understand the properties of gravitation, momentum, and energy

Describe various states of matter

Understand the behavior of reactants in various chemical reactions

Apply basic laboratory techniques and measurements

Recognize and understand basic atomic theory

Understand the quantum-mechanical model of the atom

Read and understand the periodic table of elements

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Tests Labs

Benchmarking:

ERB

Page 286: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 286 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chemistry Foundations Grade Level: 10

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Chemistry Foundations is a laboratory-based introductory course that emphasizes basic

knowledge of rational thinking as it pertains to understanding and problem solving in the areas of

chemical reactions, heat, stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws,

solutions, equilibrium, acid/base theory, and electrochemistry. This course is required for

graduation and may be taken in the eleventh or twelfth grade.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the chemical elements of nature function, i.e. atomic theory,

thermochemistry, periodicity, phase chemistry (solid, liquid, gas), stoichiometry,

equilibrium, acid/base, and electrochemistry

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the chemical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural chemical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of chemistry to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in a written form

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Tests Labs

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 287: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 287 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Chemistry Grade Level: 10

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Chemistry is a laboratory-based introductory course that emphasizes basic knowledge of

rational thinking as it pertains to understanding and problem solving in the areas of chemical

reactions, heat, stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic theory, periodicity, gas laws, solutions,

equilibrium, acid/base theory, and electrochemistry. The course requires excellent skills in

organizing and analyzing concepts and data. Tenth grade students can be recommended for this

course by the chemistry instructor. Co-enrollment in Honors Algebra II is required for tenth

grade enrollment.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the chemical elements of nature function, i.e. atomic theory,

thermochemistry, periodicity, phase chemistry (solid, liquid, gas), stoichiometry,

equilibrium, acid/base, and electrochemistry

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the chemical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural chemical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of chemistry to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in a written form

Remember fundamental concepts and specific information

Demonstrate familiarity with terminology

Apply a single principle to unfamiliar and/or practical situations to obtain a qualitative

result or solve a quantitative problem

Infer and deduce from qualitative data and/or quantitative data

Integrate two or more relationships to draw conclusions or solve problems

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Minor assessments Chapter assessments Laboratory report Webassign Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

College Board Chemistry Subject Test

Page 288: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 288 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conceptual Physics Grade Level: 11

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Conceptual Physics is a laboratory-based introductory course designed to explain physical

science concepts including motion, gravity, work, energy, waves (sound and light), electricity,

and magnetism with algebra-based problem solving. Development of the system of international

units as applied to physical measurement is included.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the physical elements of nature function ( i.e. motion, energy, momentum,

sound, electricity, magnetism, light, and gravity)

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the physical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural physical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of physics to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in a written form

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Quizzes Homework Lab report Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 289: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 289 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Biology Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Biology is an intensive college-level course that explores four big ideas: evolution, cellular

processes - energy and communication, genetics and information transfer, and interactions of

biological systems. The model of instruction focuses on enduring, conceptual understandings and

the content that supports them. The curriculum framework supports the development of

advanced inquiry and reasoning skills, such as designing a plan for collecting data, analyzing

data, applying mathematical routines, and connecting concepts in and across domains. Eleventh

and twelfth grade students who have successfully completed Honors Chemistry and have been

approved by the AP Biology instructor may take this course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Apply the scientific method to solve a biological problem

Discuss the structures and functions of cells in relationship to the cell theory

Demonstrate patterns of inheritance

State evidence that supports the scientific theory of evolution and relate the role of

genetics to the process of evolution

Relate classification of organisms to their diverse distinguishing characteristics

Recognize and identify animal structures and functions using dissection model

Compare the interdependence of organisms in different biological communities

Use representations and models to communicate scientific phenomena and solve

scientific problems

Use mathematics appropriately

Engage in scientific questioning to extend thinking or to guide investigations within

the context of the AP course

Plan and implement data collection strategies appropriate to a particular scientific

question

Perform data analysis and evaluation of evidence

Work with scientific explanations and theories

Connect and relate knowledge across various scales, concepts, and representations in

and across domains

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Lab report Tests Research paper Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP Biology Exam

Page 290: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 290 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Chemistry Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Chemistry is a college-level course which includes a more expansive in-depth theoretical

analysis of the basic topics covered in introductory chemistry. These topics include the nature of

chemical reactivity, the effect of bonding and structure on the behavior of a molecule, model of

acids and bases, the kinetic molecular theory, thermodynamic principles, the nature of

electrochemical activity, nuclear forces and interactions, and basic organic chemistry. Advanced

problem-solving techniques in stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium, qualitative and quantitative

analysis, acid/base and buffer chemistry, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, gas laws, nuclear

chemistry, and oxidation/reduction reactions are also demonstrated. Laboratory experiments

which emphasize the students’ participation in the creation of the testing paradigm, formulation

of methods of data collection, methods of analysis of data and determination of principles of

chemistry underlying the overall experimental experience are included.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the chemical elements of nature function, i.e. atomic theory,

thermochemistry, periodicity, phase chemistry (solid, liquid, gas), stoichiometry,

equilibrium, acid/base, and electrochemistry

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the chemical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural chemical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of chemistry to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in written form

Describe and delineate the historical background of the atomic model, and describe the

atom in terms of protons, neutrons, and electronic structure

Explain the organization of the periodic table in terms of atomic number,

electronegativity, ionic and atomic radii, reactivity, ionization energy, and valance

structure

Demonstrate ionic and covalent bonded compounds’ electronic interactions, due to

structure and electron distribution

Define the mole and perform all calculations related to it: molarity, empirical formula,

percent composition, limiting reactant, and gas laws

Describe and define the five general chemical reactions and name and balance specific

equations using specific techniques

Define, explain, and apply equilibrium theory, create a practical equilibrium system, and

explain Le Chatelier”s principle

Define acids and bases as Arrhenius, Bronsted-lowry or Lewis type, and explain and

calculate neutralizations, equilibria, and complex ion solutions

Explain and demonstrate the components of thermodynamics: enthalpy, entropy, and

Gibbs Free Energy and illustrate them in practical terms

Page 291: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 291 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Illustrate electron exchange, oxidation/reduction reactions, and electrolysis and perform

appropriate calculations

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Labs Essays Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP Chemistry Exam

Page 292: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 292 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Physics I Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Physics I is an algebra-based science course designed to be equivalent to an introductory

college physics course. The course covers Newtonian mechanics (including rotational dynamics

and angular momentum); work, energy, and power; mechanical waves and sound; and electric

circuits. Through the practice of scientific inquiry and reasoning, students develop meaningful

physics knowledge. Inquiry-based investigations are constructed to foster student engagement in

the practice of science through experimenting, analyzing, making conjectures and arguments,

and solving problems in a collaborative setting.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the physical elements of nature function ( i.e. motion, energy, momentum,

sound, electricity, magnetism, light, and gravity)

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the physical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural physical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of physics to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in a written form

Remember and understand concepts or information

Recall and use a single physical relationship

Recall and integrate two or more physical relationships

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Quizzes Labs Project Mid-term exam Final exam

Benchmarking:

College Board Physics Subject Test

Page 293: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 293 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Physics II Grade Level: 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Physics II is an algebra-based science course designed to be equivalent to a second-semester

college physics course. The course covers fluid mechanics; thermodynamics; electricity and

magnetism; optics; and atomic and nuclear physics. Through the practice of scientific inquiry

and reasoning, students develop meaningful physics knowledge. Inquiry-based investigations are

constructed to foster student engagement in the practice of science through experimenting,

analyzing, making conjectures and arguments, and solving problems in a collaborative setting.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Describe how the physical elements of nature function ( i.e. motion, energy, momentum,

sound, electricity, magnetism, light, and gravity)

Recognize elementary mathematical relationships that explain the physical principals of

nature

Use measuring devices with correct precision and accuracy

Explain how the applications of natural physical elements are applied to technology and

the effects it has on society

Apply the principles of physics to lab experiments

Synthesize and analyze data to determine results

Report the results in a written form

Solve multi-concept problems using quantitative and qualitative reasoning on written

assessments Demonstrate a proficiency in a hands-on laboratory environment by:

o Identifying factors when observing an observed phenomena o Creating an experiment to study factors and gather data o Analyzing data and deriving mathematical relationships o Sharing the results verbally and in written report

Understand the connection of physics to the real world

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Tests Quizzes Lab Report Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP Physics Exam

Page 294: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 294 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Introduction to Engineering Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Introduction to Engineering is a regular-level course designed to give students who enjoy math

and science the opportunity to explore areas of engineering through extensive hands-on

activities. Emphasis is given to improving analytical and problem-solving skills. Students in

grades nine through eleven who are enrolled in geometry or higher math are eligible to take this

course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Apply concepts of engineering to the world in which we live Solve problems using the Engineering Method Collaborate in a team environment Create design using the math, science, and technology learned in the classroom

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Tests Labs Projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 295: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 295 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Robotics Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Robotics, a hands-on course following Introduction to Engineering, is devoted to the

study of robotics. Topics include magnetism and electromagnetic induction, DC motor theory, C

programming, Bluetooth, and pneumatics. Skills emphasized are critical thinking, working and

collaborating in a team environment, breaking problems into smaller, more manageable

components, planning investigations involving defined problems, and analyzing and interpreting

data.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Display a working knowledge of DC motor theory Determine the working torque and angular velocity of a DC motor Program in C by creating and using arrays, functions, and various conditional techniques Write programs to make two robots communicate via Bluetooth utilizing handshaking Use an oscilloscope to measure the voltage, frequency, and period of square wave signals Determine the speed of a motor from the wave form of quadrature encoders Calculate the speed signal to a motor using pulse width modulation Design robots that run autonomously and with remote control Understand various components in a pneumatically controlled system Design and build a robot that will climb a rope a specified distance and return to the

starting point without falling

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Lab Tests Projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 296: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 296 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Engineering II Honors Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Engineering II is a hands-on course following Honors Robotics devoted to the study of

analog and digital electronics with a project component. Topics include AC theory, capacitors

and inductors, transformers, diodes, operational amplifiers, basic digital gates, latches and flip-

flops, counters, and shift registers. Through investigative labs, students learn to design and

trouble-shoot digital circuits. Skill emphasis is on continuing the development of the skills

stressed in Honors Robotics.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use the oscilloscope to investigate alternating circuits Design, build, and troubleshoot circuits Recognize the applications of digital and analog circuitry in the world around us Work with classmates to design and build a project that utilizes many of the concepts

learned throughout the engineering courses taken at FCDS

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Unit tests Quizzes Labs Class project

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 297: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 297 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Seminar in Sustainability Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Honors Seminar in Sustainability is a year-long research-based course. This course offers a

dynamic course of study, combined with field experiences, to educate the next generation of

innovators, leaders, and citizens for a sustainable planet. The curriculum encourages students to

explore and understand the environmental, economic, social, and political impacts of natural

resource use, and to develop practices that conserve these resources when pursued over

generations. Students develop and implement independent and collaborative lab experiences and

projects while helping the school meet the objectives of its sustainability program. Eleventh and

twelfth grade students who have been approved by the course instructor may take this course.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Identify and analyze environmental problems both natural and man-made

Understand and evaluate the relative risks associated with these problems

Examine alternative solutions for resolving and /or preventing them

Implement new technologies and practice to reduce FCDS’s carbon footprint

Make positive contributions to the community

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Performance-based assessment

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 298: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 298 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Anatomy/Physiology Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: Science Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Human Anatomy and Physiology is a year-long survey course for students considering a career

in the health fields and biological sciences. This course will involve extensive dissection

laboratories and other hands-on activities and will rely on interactive software for understanding

of the body systems. This course will be limited to 12 students per semester. Prerequisites:

Biology I and one semester of Chemistry.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Organization and Simplest Levels in the Body

o Understand the similarities and differences between anatomy and physiology

o Explain levels of structural organization and comprehend necessary life functions

o Learn basic anatomy terminology and apply it in laboratory situations

o Identify, describe, compare, and contrast the first and second levels of structural

organization-cells and tissues

Systems: Covering, Support, and Movement

o Identify the major parts and compare anatomy and physiology of integumentary,

skeletal, and muscular systems

o Assess the parts and subsystems of the nervous systems and recognize how they

help regulate the body

o Learn how special senses contribute to homeostasis, learn the organs, and be able

to describe how the endocrine system regulates hormonal action

Body Mechanics

o Understand blood, its function, and its composition

o Identify heart anatomy and describe basic physiology of the heart

o Describe physiology of blood circulation and identify major veins and arteries

o Recognize organs of lymphatic system and explain how the system functions

o Describe and compare organs and functions of the respiratory, digestive, urinary,

and reproductive systems

o Identify basic physiology of each of the above systems and explain how they

regulate homeostasis

o Construct a working knowledge of the body defenses

o Understand what each role each system plays in contributing to balance in the

human body and how they all participate in homeostatic relationships

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Lab report Quizzes Semester portfolio

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 299: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 299 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

World Languages Department

World Languages Department Philosophy

The World Languages Department believes that the study of language and culture is a vital

component in preparing students to live and lead in a rapidly changing and complex global arena.

World Languages students can communicate confidently and competently at an intermediate

level in the target language with native speakers in authentic cultural contexts. To enable

students to examine, analyze, compare, and contrast the products, practices, and perspectives of

other cultures, classes are taught in the target language to the fullest extent possible. Students

explore the relationship between language and culture as it relates to their own culture as well as

its relationship to other disciplines. Ultimately, students appreciate the differences that exist

among all world citizens and they celebrate the similarities that unite all world cultures.

World Languages Scope and Sequence

Page 300: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 300 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: K

Department: World Languages Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 301: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 301 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 1

Department: World Languages Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the 1st level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 302: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 302 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 2

Department: World Languages Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 303: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 303 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 3

Department: World Languages Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 304: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 304 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 4

Department: World Languages Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 305: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 305 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 5

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 306: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 306 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Conversational Spanish A Grade Level: 6

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Conversational Spanish A is the first level in the conversational Spanish series. In this course,

students are taught using the Teaching Proficiency through Reading and Storytelling (TPR-S)

method. Using this method, teachers employ stories to help students internalize vocabulary and

complex structures of Spanish. Students gain listening comprehension and conversational skills

through the use of songs, puppets, games, reading, and creative writing. As students progress

through the grade levels, conversational Spanish courses will be expanded to include levels C

through G. The goal of this Spanish series, Levels A through G, is for the student to obtain a

significant level of conversational fluency in the language by the series end. As in the mastery of

one’s primary language, a program of conversational fluency does not place a large emphasis on

grammar or literature.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand spoken Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Respond to simple questions in Spanish

Translate short stories from Spanish to English

Provide details to stories in Spanish

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral participation

Group work

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 307: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 307 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish IA Grade Level: 7

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh grade Spanish is an introductory course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach

to the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building study skills and

strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the

Spanish-speaking world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Group work Class participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 308: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 308 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French IA Grade Level: 7

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

French I is an introductory course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building study skills and strong

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary, pronunciation, and the culture of the French-

speaking world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between both the practice and the

products of the Francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Page 309: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 309 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

o Listening activities

o Dialogues

o Role play

o Pattern drills

o Interviews

o Pronunciation drills

o Skits

o Poetry recitation

Reading/writing

o Vocabulary quizzes

o Grammar quizzes

o Verb quizzes

o Chapter tests

o Section tests

o Dictations

o Paragraph

o Projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 310: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 310 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chinese IA Grade Level: 7

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In the seventh grade, the Chinese course helps beginners develop communicative competence in

the four basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing while gaining competence in

Chinese culture, exercising the ability to compare aspects of different cultures, making

connections to students’ daily lives, and building links among communities.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use basic vocabulary for simple conversation

Read, understand, and interpret Chinese passages at the beginning level 1

Speak, listen to, and write Chinese as part of the language-learning process

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Chinese to the study of other Asian languages

Compare and contrast the Chinese culture with that of his or her own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for all world cultures

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral quizzes

Written quizzes

Oral recitations

Presentations

Written paragraph

Essays

Listening tests

Reading tests

Writing tests

Class participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 311: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 311 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish IB Grade Level: 8

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Eighth grade Spanish is an introductory course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach

to the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four

skills, emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building study skills and

strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the

Spanish-speaking world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Group work Class participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 312: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 312 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French IB Grade Level: 8

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Eighth grade French concludes the French 1 course begun in the sixth grade. It is an introductory

course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four language skills: listening,

speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while

building study skills and strong fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary, pronunciation, and

the culture of French-speaking countries. Numerous listening and speaking activities

accompanied by a CD-ROM program and French language websites enhance skills.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Page 313: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 313 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

o Listening activities

o Dialogues

o Role play

o Pattern drills

o Interviews

o Pronunciation drills

o Skits

o Poetry recitation

Reading/writing

o Vocabulary quizzes

o Grammar quizzes

o Verb quizzes

o Chapter tests

o Section tests

o Dictations

o Paragraph

Projects

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 314: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 314 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chinese IB Grade Level: 8

Department: World Languages Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In the eighth grade, the Chinese course helps beginners continue to develop communicative

competence in the four basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing while gaining

competence in Chinese culture, exercising the ability to compare aspects of different cultures,

making connections to students’ daily lives, and building links among communities.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use basic vocabulary for simple conversation

Read, understand, and interpret Chinese passages at the beginning level 1

Speak, listen to, and write Chinese as part of the language-learning process

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Chinese to the study of other Asian languages

Compare and contrast the Chinese culture with that of his or her own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for all world cultures

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Oral quizzes

Written quizzes

Oral recitations

Presentations

Written paragraph

Essays

Listening tests

Reading tests

Writing tests

Class participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 315: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 315 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish I Grade Levels: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish I is an introductory course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building study skills and strong

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the Spanish-

speaking world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Mid-term Exam Final Exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 316: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 316 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish II Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish II is a course in which proficiency is pursued through emphasis on meaning and

communication by integrating the four language skills. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral

and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Mid-term Exam Final Exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 317: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 317 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish IIA Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish IIA is a course in which proficiency is pursued through emphasis on meaning and

communication by integrating the four language skills. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral

and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world. Spanish IIA is the first year of a two-year sequence of

Spanish II.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Mid-term Exam Final Exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 318: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 318 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish IIB Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish IIB is a course in which proficiency is pursued through emphasis on meaning and

communication by integrating the four language skills. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral

and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the Spanish-speaking world. Spanish IIB is the second year of a two-year sequence

of Spanish II.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Mid-term Exam Final Exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 319: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 319 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish III Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish III is an intermediate course conducted in Spanish that review major grammar points and

introduces many details of grammar. Students practice and refine the four skills of listening,

speaking, reading and writing through vocabulary enrichment, reading comprehension,

conversation, and paragraph writing. Selected readings, which lend themselves to oral and

written discussions, further the students' comprehension of the Hispanic culture.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Quizzes Vocabulary Grammar Listening/Speaking

Chapter tests, generally including a reading selection Homework, including free response and paragraph Mid-term Exam Final Exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 320: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 320 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Spanish IV Honors Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Spanish IV Honors is an advanced course conducted in Spanish which further develop the four

skills of listening, speaking reading and writing through the study of civilization, culture, art,

literature and grammar. Literary selections include poetry, short stories, and plays. Appropriate

contextual vocabulary usage is emphasized. Advanced grammar topics are reviewed and

practiced, and continued practice in conversation is provided through class discussions and oral

projects.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Analyze and interpret orally and in writing classical and contemporary literature and

periodicals

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Ability to identify the sentence that most accurately describes what is presented in a

photograph or what someone in the photograph might say

Identify a plausible continuation of a short conversation

Answer comprehension questions based on more extensive listening selections

Identify usage that is both structurally correct and contextually appropriate

Assess vocabulary and grammatical usage in longer paragraphs

Answer questions based on various types of selections in areas such as main and

supporting ideas, themes, style, tone, and the spatial and temporal settings of a passage

Page 321: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 321 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Written, in-class tests (objective and essay)

Essays

Creative writing

Projects

Presentations

Oral work

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

College Board Spanish with Listening Subject Test

Page 322: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 322 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Spanish Language Grade Level: 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The AP Spanish Language course is intended for qualified students who wish to complete study

in secondary school comparable in content and difficulty of such advanced-level college courses

as Spanish Composition and Conversation. The AP Program in Spanish Language is intended for

those who have reasonable proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and

writing. Students who enroll should already have basic knowledge of the culture and language of

Spanish-speaking peoples.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Spanish, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Spanish on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Spanish to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Analyze and interpret orally and in writing classical and contemporary literature and

periodicals

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Hispanic world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Spanish

Use Spanish both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Spanish language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Written, in-class tests (objective and essay)

Essays

Creative writing and letter writing

Projects

Conversations and presentations

Class participation

Oral work

Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP Spanish Language Exam

Page 323: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 323 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French I Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

French I is an introductory course using a proficiency-oriented, balanced approach to the four

language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. By integrating these four skills,

emphasis is placed on using the language in real situations while building study skills and strong

fundamentals in grammar, verbs, vocabulary pronunciation, and the culture of the francophone

world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

o Listening activities

o Dialogues

o Role play

o Pattern drills

o Interviews

o Pronunciation drills

o Skits

o Poetry recitation

Page 324: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 324 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Reading/writing

o Vocabulary quizzes

o Grammar quizzes

o Verb quizzes

o Major tests

o Dictations

o Paragraph

o Letters

o Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 325: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 325 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French II Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

French II is a course in which proficiency is pursued through emphasis on meaning and

communication by integrating the four language skills. A functional approach, combined with a

pedagogically sound grammar sequence, is used to relate proper syntax to its role in efficient oral

and written communication. A richness and variety of cultural insights increase students’

awareness of the francophone world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

o Listening activities

o Role play

o Interviews

o Presentations

o Skits

Reading/writing

o Vocabulary quizzes

o Grammar quizzes

o Verb quizzes

o Major tests

o Compositions

o Paragraph

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 326: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 326 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French III Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

French III is an intermediate course conducted in French that integrate the four language skills

and provides a systematic study of grammar and verbs. Emphasis is placed on vocabulary

enrichment, reading comprehension, conversation, and paragraph writing. Readings include

classical and contemporary stories and articles from the francophone world.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

o Listening activities

o Role play

o Interviews

o Presentations

o Recitations

Reading/writing

o Vocabulary tests

o Grammar tests

o Verb tests

o Major chapter tests

o Compositions

o Paragraph

o Letters

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 327: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 327 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: French IV Honors Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

French IV Honors is an advanced course conducted in French and is an introduction to literature

of the francophone world. Readings include novels, short stories, plays and poetry. Emphasis is

on critical analysis, vocabulary growth, and stylistics skills. Considerable study of advanced

grammar is undertaken. Continued practice in conversation is provided through class discussions

and oral presentations.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Analyze and interpret orally and in writing classical and contemporary literature and

periodicals

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Knowledge of words representing different parts of speech and some basic idioms within

culturally authentic contexts

Ability to select an appropriate word or expression that is grammatically correct within a

sentence

Understanding of such points as main and supporting ideas, themes, and setting of a

passage

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

Extemporaneous discussions

Role play

Prepared analyses

Presentations

Recitations

Projects based on literary themes

Reading/writing

Vocabulary tests

Grammar tests

Page 328: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 328 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Précis

Major literature tests

Rédactions

Explication de texte

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

College Board French with Listening Subject Test

Page 329: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 329 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP French Language and Culture Grade Level: 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The AP French Language and Culture course is intended for qualified students who are in the

final stages of their secondary school training and who are interested in completing study

comparable in content and difficulty to courses in French composition and conversation at the

third-year college level. The AP Program in French Language and Culture is for students who

have chosen to develop further their proficiency in all four language skills: listening, speaking,

reading, and writing.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in French, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written French on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in French to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Analyze and interpret orally and in writing classical and contemporary literature and

periodicals

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the francophone world and the perspectives of its culture

Further his or her knowledge of other disciplines through the study of French

Use French both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the French language and culture

Knowledge of words representing different parts of speech and some basic idioms within

culturally authentic contexts

Ability to select an appropriate word or expression that is grammatically correct within a

sentence

Understanding of such points as main and supporting ideas, themes, and setting of a

passage

Page 330: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 330 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening/speaking

Extemporaneous discussions

Role play

Prepared analyses

Presentations

Recitations

Projects based on literary themes

Reading/writing

Vocabulary tests

Grammar tests

Rédactions

Explication de text

Verb tests

Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP French Language and Culture Exam

Page 331: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 331 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Latin II Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Latin II continues the study of basic Latin with a major emphasis on more sophisticated

constructions of grammar and syntax. The biggest new topic in the second year is the beginning

of their study of the subjunctive. Reading comprehension of Latin texts and facility of translation

into English, as well as the ability to translate short English sentences into Latin, are primary

objectives. In addition, the study of Roman culture and history is extended through the readings

of various translations.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use with reasonable accuracy Latin vocabulary, grammar, syntax appropriate to the level

of study

Read, understand, and interpret Latin passages of a level of difficulty appropriate to the

level of study

Use orally, listen to, and write Latin as part of the language learning process

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Latin to the study of other foreign languages

Recognize and use elements of Latin to increase knowledge of English

Reinforce and further their knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Latin

Compare and contrast the Roman culture with that of their own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for cultures that differ from their own

Use knowledge of Latin in a multilingual world

Internal Methods of Assessment:

In-class observation

Homework

Quizzes

Tests

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 332: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 332 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Latin III Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Latin III continues the study of the subjunctive of Latin. There is an emphasis on other

sophisticated constructions of grammar and syntax. After the completion of the study of major

grammatical topics, reading comprehension of Latin texts and facility of translation into English,

as well as the ability to translate short English sentences into Latin are primary objectives. In

addition, the study of Roman culture is extended through the translation of “Jason and the

Argonauts” and through an introduction to the work of Caesar, Livy, Pliny the Younger, and

Cicero.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use with reasonable accuracy Latin vocabulary, grammar, and syntax appropriate to the

level of study

Read, understand, and interpret Latin passages of a level of difficulty appropriate to the

level of study

Use orally, listen to, and write Latin as part of the language learning process

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Latin to the study of other foreign languages

Recognize and use elements of Latin to increase knowledge of English

Reinforce and further their knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Latin

Compare and contrast the Roman culture with that of their own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for cultures that differ from their own

Use knowledge of Latin in a multilingual world

Internal Methods of Assessment:

In-class observation

Homework

Quizzes

Tests

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 333: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 333 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Latin Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The AP Latin course is intended for qualified students who are in the final phase of their high

school study of Latin and who are interested in pursuing a college-level course. Some of the

primary objectives of this course are to improve their understanding of the Latin language and to

gain an appreciation for two of the most important authors in Roman antiquity. The students will

be tested on their ability to read, translate (as literally as possible), understand, analyze, and

interpret the required lines of Vergil’s Aeneid and Caesar’s Gallic Wars. The students will read

required Latin lines of these works, and in addition, they will read parts of these works in

English. Using Vergil and Caesar as the authors, the course should teach the student to read with

historical, critical, and literary understanding. By paying particular attention to the critical

interpretation and analysis of these texts, students should be able to apply the skills they acquire

in this course to many other areas of learning and to their professional interests.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Read, understand, and interpret Latin passages of a level of difficulty appropriate to the

level of study

Recognize figures of speech and features of style of the authors they read

Respond appropriately to more complex written Latin

Write phrases and sentences in Latin

Read Latin prose aloud with attention to meaningful phrase grouping and appropriate

voice inflection

Use with reasonable accuracy Latin vocabulary, grammar, and syntax appropriate to the

level of study

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for cultures that differ from their own

Demonstrate knowledge of the daily life, people, and facts of Roman history as they

relate to the literature

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Latin to the study of other foreign languages

Recognize and use elements of Latin to increase knowledge of English in their course

study

Use knowledge of Latin in a multilingual world

Internal Methods of Assessment:

In-class observation

Homework

Quizzes

Tests

Special projects

Mid-term exam

Benchmarking:

AP Latin Exam

Page 334: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 334 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chinese I Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

This course helps beginners develop communicative competence in the four basic skills of

listening, speaking, reading, and writing while gaining competence in Chinese culture, exercising

the ability to compare aspects of different cultures, making connections to students’ daily lives,

and building links among communities.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use basic vocabulary for simple conversation

Read, understand, and interpret Chinese passages of a level of difficulty appropriate to

the level of study

Use orally, listen to, and write Chinese as part of the language-learning process

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Chinese to the study of other Asian languages

Compare and contrast the Chinese culture with that of their own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for cultures that differ from their own

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening activities

Dialogues

Role play

Pattern drills

Interviews

Pronunciation drills

Poetry recitation

Vocabulary quizzes

Major tests

Dictations

Paragraph

Letters

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 335: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 335 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chinese II Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Chinese II continues to systematically build learners’ abilities in the four skills of listening,

speaking, reading, and writing. The content and exercises in Chinese II build upon what has been

studied in Chinese I program, gradually adding more sophisticated vocabulary and grammatical

structures.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Chinese, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Chinese on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Chinese to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Chinese world and the perspectives of its culture

Further the knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Chinese

Use Chinese both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Chinese language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Page 336: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 336 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening activities

Dialogues

Role play

Pattern drills

Interviews

Pronunciation drills

Poetry recitation

Vocabulary quizzes

Grammar

Verb quizzes

Major tests

Dictations

Paragraph

Letters

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 337: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 337 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chinese III Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Chinese III continues to explore the communicative functions of Chinese I and II. Emphasis is

given to in-depth training in daily communication tasks. As these tasks are extended both in

depth and breadth, Chinese III utilizes a larger vocabulary that focuses on students’ abilities to

conduct daily communications and leads to the next level.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Use with reasonable accuracy Chinese vocabulary, grammar, and syntax appropriate to

the level of study

Read, understand, and interpret Chinese passages of a level of difficulty appropriate to

the level of study

Use listening skills and oral and written Chinese as part of the language learning process

Transfer skills acquired in the study of Chinese to the study of other foreign languages

Reinforce and further knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Chinese

Compare and contrast the Chinese culture with that of their own culture

Demonstrate respect and appreciation for cultures that differ from their own

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening activities

Dialogues

Role play

Pattern drills

Interviews

Pronunciation drills

Poetry recitation

Vocabulary quizzes

Grammar

Verb quizzes

Major tests

Dictations

Paragraph

Letters

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 338: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 338 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline Course Name: Chinese IV Honors Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: World Languages Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Chinese IV Honors is an advanced class which enhances basic language skills learned in

previous levels and focuses on language proficiency, particularly in the areas of description,

narration, correspondence, and comparisons based on situational context. The course is

conducted in Chinese and requires out-of-class reading and composition.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Engage in conversations or correspondence in Chinese, provide and obtain information,

express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions

Understand and interpret spoken and written Chinese on a variety of topics

Present information, concepts, and ideas in Chinese to an audience of listeners or readers

Speak with an intonation and pronunciation readily understandable to native speakers

Analyze and interpret orally and in writing classical and contemporary literature and

periodicals

Further the knowledge of other disciplines through the study of Chinese

Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the practice and the products

of the Chinese world and the perspectives of its culture

Use Chinese both within and beyond the school setting

Discover and practice study skills and learning strategies

Develop and cultivate higher-order thinking skills

Show evidence of becoming a lifelong learner by using the Chinese language and culture

for personal enjoyment and enrichment

Ability to understand language based on short, spoken dialogues and narratives primarily

about everyday topics

Ability to select the answer that best completes a Chinese sentence in a way that is

structurally and logically correct

Understanding of such points as main and supporting ideas, themes, and the setting of

passages

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Listening activities

Dialogues

Role play

Pattern drills

Interviews

Pronunciation drills

Poetry recitation

Vocabulary quizzes

Grammar

Verb quizzes

Major tests

Page 339: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 339 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Dictations

Paragraph

Letters

Projects

Mid-term exam

Final exam

Benchmarking:

College Board Chinese with Listening Subject Test

Page 340: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 340 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Fine Arts Department

Fine Arts Department Philosophy

Arts Education is an essential component of each student’s education. The goals for each student

at Forsyth Country Day School include an active engagement in Arts Education and a lifelong

pursuit of creativity and cultural enrichment for the development of the total individual. The Fine

Arts Department strongly believes in the development of each student as a competent performing

artist as well as an expressive visual artist. Students in kindergarten through eighth grade enjoy

instruction in both music and visual arts. Upper School students explore both visual arts and

performing arts through a comprehensive program leading to more narrowly focused studies in

the various disciplines at the conclusion of their FCDS education.

Fine Arts Scope and Sequence

Page 341: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 341 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art K Grade Level: K

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In kindergarten, students learn to recognize the four basic shapes (the circle, the square, the

triangle, and the cylinder) and their relationship to all objects around them. They talk about why

people create art and about the kinds of artwork that visual artists produce. The young students

explore the elements of color, shapes, and lines by painting pictures depicting ideas such as

“animal,” “family,” and “self.”

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Identify and talk about art elements, with special emphasis on shape, line, and color

Identify and talk about the principles of design, with special emphasis on movement and

rhythm (pattern)

Identify various art media and art form

Paint pictures depicting ideas such as "animal," "family," and "self," and describe their

paintings and use of color

Build three-dimensional artwork

Use a variety of lines and shapes in artwork

Use art for storytelling

Talk about why artists create art

Talk about their artwork, including why they created the work; identify the subject of the

work

Talk about the various kinds of artwork visual artists produce

Use basic art materials effectively and in cooperation with others

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 342: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 342 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In the first grade, students continue to recognize, in a broader sense, the basic shapes in their

surroundings. They identify and talk about art forms in the community such as architecture,

murals, or sculpture. The young learners identify broad categories of artwork such as painting,

drawing, sculpture, prints, and pottery. They investigate the various kinds of artwork that visual

artists produce and compare and contrast the use of art elements in their own artwork and the

artwork of others. The art elements that are explored are color, form, shape, line, space, and

texture.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Compare and contrast the use of art elements in the environment, their own artwork, and

artwork they are studying, with emphasis on color, line, and shape

Use art materials to complete exercises that explore variations in the use of line, shape,

and color to communicate ideas

Show contrast in a two-or three-dimensional artwork

Create a three-dimensional form representing an animal or bird

Talk about familiar objects from today and long ago

Identify and talk about art forms in their community (e.g., architecture, murals, or

sculpture)

Describe what they like or dislike about a work of art and tell why, using art terms

Identify broad categories of artwork (painting, drawing, sculptures, prints, pottery)

Recognize how people throughout time have responded to their world through art

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 343: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 343 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In the second grade, students develop an increased understanding of the four basic shapes: the

circle, the square, the cone, and the cylinder. The course build upon the concepts learned the

previous year. Students use a variety of media to explore the elements of color, form, shape, line,

space, and texture. They recognize and understand two-dimensional space and three-dimensional

space. Responding to stories, students translate verbal language into visual imagery.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Compare and contrast the use of art elements in the environment, their own artwork, and

artwork they are studying, with emphasis on color and space

Use a variety of media in explorations of line, shape, color, space, movement, and

emphasis

Create two-dimensional artwork using overlapping to create the illusion of depth (space)

Create a three-dimensional sculpture that communicates movement

Describe what an artist does

Identify the message, meaning, and/or mood of specific art work

Compare and contrast natural and man-made objects they consider to be works of art

Translate the verbal language they heard in a story into visual imagery

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 344: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 344 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Students in third grade meet once a week throughout the year. Using a variety of media in

drawing and painting, students explore different ways of expression through visual art. They

identify and discuss how art is or was used in events and celebrations from the past and present

and in various cultures. Students will explore a number of artists and their unique techniques for

creating art.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Compare and contrast the use of art elements with emphasis on color, form, and texture

in the environment, their own artwork, and the artwork they are studying

Compare and contrast two works of art that were made using different media

Create artwork that demonstrates an understanding of depth

Create compositions that reflect a sense of unity and rhythm

Identify and discuss how art is or was used in events and celebrations from the past and

present and in various cultures

Analyze the elements an artist used to create a work of art

Distinguish between representational and nonrepresentational artwork

Discuss the importance of artists other than painters and sculptors

Demonstrate basic knowledge of the technical process used in visual arts (creating a work

using sequencing appropriate to the technique, including cleanup procedures)

Expose students to present-day art creations, exhibits, purchases, and auctions

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Student and teacher critique

Class participation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 345: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 345 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Fourth graders meet for art once a week throughout the year. Student projects reflect the fourth

grade North Carolina social studies curriculum. For example, creating hand-woven baskets and

looking at the work of craftspeople in the state enhances student understanding of the rich

heritage of fine and applied arts in North Carolina. The students learn to make technical and

expressive judgments about the success of an artwork and to give reasons for their opinions.

Students travel to the North Carolina Art Museum to experience, first-hand, a wide variety of art

media from centuries past to the present day.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Compare and contrast art elements, with emphasis on similarities and differences in

shape (two-dimensions) and form (three-dimensions), types of line, and color variations

Convey ideas or emotions in an assigned medium

Use a variety of painting, drawing, and modeling techniques in their artwork

Create work of art that communicate and record impressions and views of everyday

events

Identify and discuss artwork of the past and present by comparing and contrasting them

Identify and describe the work of contemporary artists and craftspersons

Describe artwork in terms of the art elements and design principles

Identify multiple purposes for creating work of art

Make judgments about the success of an artwork (technical and expressive) and give

reasons for their opinions

Connect what they learn in the visual arts to other disciplines

Identify how art improve the aesthetic quality of the environment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Student and teacher critiques

Class participation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 346: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 346 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Fifth grade students meet for art once a week throughout the year. Projects are designed to

follow the National Standards for the Visual Arts, be integrated with classroom study, and to

promote personal expression. Drawing skills are reinforced and enhanced while new techniques

and materials continue to be introduced. Student artwork is interrelated with subjects introduced

in other classes.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand and apply media, techniques, and processes

Use knowledge of structures and functions

Choose and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas

Understand the visual arts in relation to history and cultures

Reflect upon and assess the characteristics and merits of their work and the work of

others

Make connections between the visual arts and other disciplines

Refer to qualities that can be seen directly (art elements and design principles) and

identify expressive qualities when describing a personal preference for a work of art

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Student and teacher critique

Class participation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 347: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 347 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Sixth grade students meet for art once a week throughout the year. Projects are designed to

follow the National Standards for the Visual Arts, be integrated with classroom study and to

promote personal expression. Drawing skills are reinforced and enhanced while new techniques

and materials continue to be introduced. Student work includes two-dimensional and three-

dimensional art projects.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand and apply media, techniques, and processes

Use knowledge of structures and functions

Choose and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas

Understand the visual arts in relation to history and cultures

Reflect upon and assess the characteristics and merits of their work and the work of

others

Make connections between visual arts and other disciplines

Refer to qualities that can be seen directly (art elements and design principles) and

identify expressive qualities when describing a personal preference for a work of art

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Student and teacher critique

Class participation

Completion of artwork

Effort

Benchmarking:

Participation in non-school related art exhibits (Dixie Classic Fair, Muddy River Art

Exhibit)

Page 348: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 348 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 7 (Elective) Grade Level: 7

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh grade students meet twice a week throughout one semester. Projects are designed to

incorporate all aspects of the National Standards for the Visual Arts, be integrated with core

classroom study, and promote personal expression. Drawing skills are reinforced and enhanced

while new techniques and materials continue to be introduced. Students learn to define the

elements of art and the principles of design and to apply this knowledge in their artwork.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand and apply media, techniques, and processes

Use knowledge of structures and functions

Begin to learn how to choose and evaluate from a limited range of subject matter,

symbols, and ideas

Begin to understand the visual arts in relationship to history and cultures

Begin to reflect upon and assess the characteristics and merits of each individual’s work

and the work of others through oral critiques in a group setting

Begin to make connections between the visual arts and other disciplines

Refer to qualities that can be seen directly (art elements and design principles) and

identify expressive qualities when describing a personal preference for a work of art

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Project completion: Each project must be completed (photographed, saved in a digital

portfolio and both the original and digital image submitted) by the deadline unless other

arrangements have been made with the instructor at least one week prior to the deadline.

Grades will be determined as follows:

o Studio Work: 70%

o Outside of class/Online Assignments, in-class hand-outs: 15%

o In-class Critique: 15%

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Benchmarking:

Students may enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly

Local art competitions

Page 349: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 349 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Art 8 (Elective) Grade Level: 8

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Eighth grade students meet twice a week throughout one semester. Projects are designed to

incorporate all aspects of the National Standards for the Visual Arts, be integrated with core

classroom study, and promote personal expression. More advanced materials are used in eighth

grade to prepare students for a strong high school experience. Sculpture, drawing, and design

skills are reinforced and enhanced while new techniques and materials continue to be introduced.

Students continue to understand and implement the elements of art and the principles of design

into their artwork.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand and Apply media, techniques and processes

Use knowledge of structures and functions

Choose and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas

Continue to understand the visual arts in relationship to history and cultures

Continue to reflect upon and assess the characteristics and merits of each individual’s

work and the work of others through oral critiques in a group and/or online setting

Continue to make connections between the visual arts and other disciplines

Refer to qualities that can be seen directly (art elements and design principles) and

identify expressive qualities when describing a personal preference for a work of art

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Project completion: Each project must be completed (photographed, saved in a digital

portfolio, and both the original and digital image submitted) by the deadline unless other

arrangements have been made with the instructor at least one week prior to the deadline.

Grades will be determined as follows:

o Studio Work: 70%

o Outside of class/Online Assignments, In-class hand-outs: 15%

o In-class Critique: 15%

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation

Benchmarking:

Students may enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly

Local art competitions

Page 350: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 350 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Drawing I Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Drawing I introduces students to the basics of drawing, artistic investigation, art criticism, and

art history. Drawing I is intended to address a very broad interpretation of drawing issues and

media. The students are also asked to demonstrate proficiency in drawing in a variety of forms.

It is expected that students will have a general understanding of the elements and principles of

design as they relate to drawing, create strong pieces, and be able to critique their artwork and

the art of their peers in a constructive manner as well as work towards developing an individual

style as an artist.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate interest in basic drawing skills and techniques

Develop a definition of drawing as mark making

Work towards developing an individual style of drawing as an artist

Begin to make critical judgments about the quality of various drawings

Begin to use a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas in the production of art

Demonstrate a basic understanding in a variety of media through discussion and choices

about materials as they relate to function

Demonstrate an understanding of design in the production of art to communicate ideas in

an organized manner

Logically defend individual choices in art work through written and oral critiques in solo

and group settings

Compare and contrast styles of art from major time periods of Western and non-Western

cultures using vocabulary specific to the visual arts

Visit a virtual art gallery once per quarter

Communicate individual perceptions of the world by making connections between the

chosen subject and how the rules of art can be manipulated for self-expression

Complete a portfolio of artwork, both digitally and in its original form, by the end of the

course

Page 351: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 351 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Students will be evaluated according to class participation (readiness for class,

preparation for class, and work ethic) demonstration of concepts taught, sketchbook

and/or journal entries, and written and oral activities relating to project work.

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

o Studio work: 60%

o Preparation and participation for weekly critiques: 30%

o Weekly Drawing Workshops and in-class hand-outs: 10%

Grade scale: The upper school grade scale will apply to all project work. A rubric and

evaluation is used to evaluate each completed project for a grade and will be reviewed

with the student during the project and at the completion of each project.

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Benchmarking:

Guest instructors from regional secondary education institutions and higher education

institutions will be invited to assist in monthly critiques.

o Students are required to enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly

o Local art competitions

Page 352: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 352 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Drawing II Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Drawing II builds upon the techniques and concepts introduced in Drawing I. Students

will continue their investigation of drawing with an emphasis on mixed media in an effort to

further develop personal style and ideas. Art criticism, art history, and implementation of the

elements and principles of design continue to be integral components of the course. It is expected

that students will use creative problem solving and individual expression as they further their

drawing skills to produce work toward building a strong portfolio. Students are expected to

engage in critiques of their artwork, the art of their peers, and the outside instructors in a

constructive manner.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate interest in advancing drawing in a variety of artistic problems

Further develop an individual style of drawing as an artist

Further develop a personal definition of drawing as mark-making

Make sound critical judgments about the quality of artwork

Continue to use a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas in the production of art

Demonstrate proficiency in a variety of media with a focus on acrylic painting, through

discussion and choices about materials as they relate to function

Further demonstrate an understanding of design in the production of art to communicate

ideas in an organized manner

Logically defend individual choices in art work through written and oral critiques in solo

and group settings

Compare and contrast styles of art from major time periods of Western and non-Western

cultures using vocabulary specific to the visual arts and understand how to incorporate

this knowledge into individual work

Visit art galleries, studios, and museums at least once a quarter

Communicate individual perceptions of the world by making connections between the

chosen subject and how the rules of art can be manipulated for self-expression

Recognize, describe, analyze, discuss, and write about the visual characteristics of works

of art

Maintain a detailed sketchbook of all notes, sketches, and digital imagery

Complete a portfolio of artwork, both digitally and in its original form, by the end of the

course

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Students will be evaluated according to class participation (readiness for class,

preparation for class, and work ethic) demonstration of concepts taught, sketchbook

and/or journal entries, and written and oral activities relating to project work.

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

o Studio work: 60%

Page 353: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 353 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

o Preparation and participation for weekly critiques: 30%

o Weekly Drawing Workshops and in-class hand-outs:10%

Grade scale: The upper school grade scale will apply to all project work. A rubric and

evaluation is used to evaluate each completed project for a grade and will be reviewed

with the student during the project and at the completion of each project.

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Benchmarking:

Guest instructors from regional secondary education institutions and higher education

institutions will be invited to assist in monthly critiques.

Students are required to enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly.

Other local art competitions will be entered as they become available.

Page 354: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 354 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: 2-D Design I Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Two-Dimensional (2D) Design introduces students to the basics of two-dimensional art

production and involves purposeful decision-making about how to use the elements and

principles of art in an integrative way. The principles of design (unity/variety, balance, emphasis,

contrast, rhythm, repetition, proportion/scale, figure/ground relationships) can be articulated

through the visual elements (line, shape, color, value, texture, space). These basic building

blocks of design guide students in making decisions about how to organize an image on a picture

plane in order to communicate content. Effective design is possible whether one uses

representational or abstract approaches to art. Investigation of 2-D form could include, but is not

limited to, graphic design, typography, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design,

weaving, illustration, painting, printmaking, etc. Individual reflection and experimentation are

encouraged as students build a broad knowledge base of materials and processes.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate interest in basic design skills and techniques

Develop an understanding of design as a visual connection between form

Work towards developing an individual style as an artist

Begin to make critical judgments about the quality of various work of art

Use a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas in the production of art

Demonstrate a basic understanding of a variety of media through discussion and choices

about materials as they relate to function

Demonstrate an understanding of design in the production of art to communicate ideas in

an organized manner

Demonstrate purposeful decision making about how to use the elements and principles of

art in an integrative way

Logically defend individual choices in artwork through written and oral critiques in solo

and group settings

Compare and contrast styles of art from major time periods of Western and non-Western

cultures using vocabulary specific to the visual arts

Visit a virtual art gallery once per quarter

Complete a portfolio of artwork by the end of the course

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Students will be evaluated according to class participation (readiness for class,

preparation for class, and work ethic) demonstration of concepts taught, sketchbook

and/or journal entries, and written and oral activities relating to project work.

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

o Studio work: 60%

o Preparation and participation for weekly critiques: 30%

o Weekly Design Workshops and in-class hand-outs:10%

Page 355: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 355 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grade scale: The Upper School grade scale will apply to all project work. A rubric and

evaluation is used to evaluate each completed project for a grade and will be reviewed

with the student during the project and at the completion of each project.

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Benchmarking:

Guest instructors from regional secondary education institutions and higher education

institutions will be invited to assist in monthly critiques.

Students are required to enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly.

Local art competitions

Page 356: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 356 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors 2-D Design II Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honor Two-Dimensional (2-D) Design II builds upon the techniques and concepts introduced in

Design I. Design II involves advanced purposeful decision making about how to use the

elements and principles of art in an integrative way. Student should have a clear understanding of

the elements and principles of design to consistently create strong imagery and communicate

content whether representational or abstract. Students will explore advanced techniques in

graphic design, typography, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design, weaving,

illustration, painting, printmaking, etc. More individual investigation of art history and select

subject matter is used as students develop their preferred process, materials, and methods to

develop their images. It is expected that students will use creative problem solving and

individual expression as they further their design skills to produce work toward building a strong

portfolio. Students are expected to engage in critiques of their artwork, the art of their peers, and

the outside instructors in a constructive manner.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate interest in advancing design skills and techniques though the elements and

principles of design with the basic understanding of design as a visual connection

between forms

Further develop an individual style as an artist using a variety of media

Make sound critical judgments about the quality of various work of art

Use a range of subject matter, symbols, and ideas in the production of art

Demonstrate proficiency in a variety of media through discussion and choices about

materials as they relate to function

Clearly demonstrate purposeful decision making in design through the elements and

principles in the production of art to communicate ideas in an organized manner

Logically defend individual choices in artwork through written and oral critiques in solo

and group settings

Compare and contrast styles of art from major time periods of Western and non-Western

cultures using vocabulary specific to the visual arts

Visit art galleries, studios, and museums at least once a quarter

Communicate individual perceptions of the world by making connections between the

chosen subject and how the rules of art can be manipulated for self-expression

Recognize, describe, analyze, discuss, and write about the visual characteristics of works

of art

Complete a portfolio of artwork, both digitally and in its original form, by the end of the

course

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Students will be evaluated according to class participation (readiness for class,

preparation for class, and work ethic) demonstration of concepts taught, sketchbook

and/or journal entries, and written and oral activities relating to project work.

Page 357: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 357 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

o Studio work: 60%

o Preparation and participation for weekly critiques: 30%

o Weekly Design Workshops and in-class hand-outs:10%

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

Grade scale: The Upper School grade scale will apply to all project work. A rubric and

evaluation is used to evaluate each completed project for a grade and will be reviewed

with the student during the project and at the completion of each project.

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Benchmarking:

Guest instructors from regional secondary education institutions and higher education

institutions will be invited to assist in monthly critiques.

Students are required to enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly

Local art competitions

Page 358: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 358 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Photography I Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Photography I course serves as an introduction to the study of photography as a means of

artistic expression, a medium of communication, and as a technical skill set. These three

principles serve as the primary building blocks of the curriculum. Equal time will be spent

mastering the technical side of photography, learning the history of photography as a

communication tool, and creating photographic work of artistic expression.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop a basic understanding of exposure as it relates to photography

Demonstrate an understanding of how shutter speed, lens aperture, and ISO interact to

produce a photographic image

Demonstrate the ability to achieve a desired look for their images

Develop a basic understanding of effective composition and the elements of good design

Demonstrate the ability to implement balance, repetition, rhythm, perspective, viewpoint,

cropping, parsimony, and figure ground relationship in order to produce work that has a

profound impact on the viewer

Demonstrate the ability to analyze and discuss photographic work in an informed and

meaningful way through class critiques and written responses

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Traditional quizzes and tests are used to evaluate a student’s progress regarding the

technical side of photography (i.e., methodology, objective information, and the

application of certain mathematical principles)

Participation in class discussion and graded written responses are used to assess a

student’s understanding of photography as a communication medium as well as their

ability to reason, defend, or explain their artistic intentions or interpretations

The student’s photographic body of work is evaluated and assessed for evidence of

technical mastery (i.e., exposure, sharpness, focus, color, and compositional decisions)

The student’s photographic body of work is also examined for creativity, artistic voice,

imagination, scope, and ambition

External Methods of Assessment:

The student’s work will be shared with and evaluated by the arts faculty from a collection

of participating institutions.

The student will be required to submit work in a variety of exhibitions, contests, and

competitions for selection and adjudication.

Page 359: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 359 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Photography II Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Honors Photography II course expands upon the concepts and information covered in

Photography I. The course is similar in subject matter, but differs in scope and depth.

Photography II introduces analog photography techniques using black and white film and silver

emulsion paper. The course requires that students explore a variety of approaches and genres in

an effort to move them outside their comfort zone. As an honors-level course, there is a marked

increase in rigor, workload, and an expectation of not proficiency but excellence in the work the

student submits for assessment.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Master the idea of photographic exposure and demonstrate a fluid ability to manipulate

shutter speed, lens aperture, and ISO

Develop an individual style

Demonstrate mastery of effective composition and the elements of good design

Produce work that has a profound impact on the viewer

Analyze and discuss photographic work in an informed and meaningful way through

class critiques and written responses

Begin designing and writing their own project proposals

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Traditional quizzes and tests are used to evaluate a student’s progress regarding the

technical side of photography (i.e., methodology, objective information, and the

application of certain mathematical principles)

Participation in class discussion and graded written responses are used to assess a

student’s critical reasoning as it relate to photography.

The student’s photographic body of work is evaluated and assessed for technical

excellence, creativity, artistic voice, imagination, scope, and ambition.

The student’s proposals will be evaluated for their ambition, feasibility, and artistic

complexity.

External Methods of Assessment:

The student’s work will be shared with and evaluated by the arts faculty from a collection

of participating institutions.

The student will be required to submit work in a variety of exhibitions, contests, and

competitions for selection and adjudication.

Page 360: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 360 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Sculpture I Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Sculpture I course is an introductory level course for students who are interested in creating

three-dimensional art. The course utilizes woodworking, ceramics, and stone carving to teach

three dimensional composition and design. This is a class for motivated, hands-on students who

are willing to put in the extra time t required for success. The students create a found materials

sculpture, a mini collection of polymer clay figures, a set of ceramic plates, and a variety of

wheel thrown pieces.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate the ability to work with a variety of woodworking tools

Demonstrate the ability to carve stone in a directed and controlled manner using hammer

and chisel

Demonstrate proficiency in slab built and wheel thrown pottery

Develop an individual style

Demonstrate an understanding of effective 3D composition and the elements of good

sculpture design

Produce work that has a profound impact on the viewer

Analyze and discuss works of sculpture in an informed and meaningful way through class

critiques and written responses

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Traditional quizzes and tests are used to evaluate a student’s progress regarding the

technical side of sculpture (i.e., methodology, objective information, and the proper use

of sculpture tools)

Participation in class discussions and graded written responses are used to assess a

student’s critical reasoning as it relate to sculpture.

The student’s sculptures are evaluated and assessed for technical proficiency, creativity,

artistic voice, imagination, scope, and ambition.

External Methods of Assessment:

The student’s work will be shared with and evaluated by the arts faculty from a collection

of participating institutions.

The student will be required to submit work in a variety of exhibitions, contests, and

competitions for selection and adjudication.

Page 361: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 361 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Sculpture II Grade Levels: 9,10,11,12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Honors Sculpture II course represents the highest level sculpture course offered and expands

upon the concepts and information covered in Sculpture I. Furthermore, the Honors Sculpture II

course requires students to develop, submit, and work through their own proposals with a final

sculpture mini portfolio as the end goal. The course requires that students explore a variety of

approaches in an effort to move them outside their comfort zones. As honors-level course, there

is a marked increase in rigor, workload, and an expectation not of proficiency but of excellence

in the work the student submits for assessment. This is a course for committed art students only.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate extreme proficiency in woodworking, ceramics, and stone carving

Develop consistency in one’s work as defined by individual style

Demonstrate the ability to develop, propose, and complete sculpture proposals for a mini-

portfolio

Produce work that has a profound impact on the viewer

Analyze and discuss works of sculpture in an informed and meaningful way

Apply information gleaned to one’s work

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Traditional quizzes and tests are used to evaluate a student’s progress regarding the

technical side of sculpture (i.e., methodology, objective information, and the use of

sculpture tools and materials)

Participation in class discussions and graded written responses are used to assess a

student’s critical reasoning as it relates to sculpture.

The work for the student’s mini portfolio is evaluated and assessed for technical

excellence, creativity, artistic voice, imagination, scope, and ambition.

Students are assessed on their ability to apply suggestions gleaned from critiques to

strengthen their work.

The student’s proposals will be evaluated for their ambition, feasibility, and artistic

complexity.

External Methods of Assessment:

The student’s work will be shared with and evaluated by the arts faculty from a collection

of participating institutions.

The student will be required to submit work in a variety of exhibitions, contests, and

competitions for selection and adjudication.

Page 362: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 362 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Photography Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

AP Photography is designed as a course for committed art students who are seeking a rigorous

curriculum in order to further their study of photography as a fine arts medium. Students enroll

under the assumption that they have mastered photographic exposure and have a solid

understanding of good composition and design. The course includes summer work that needs to

be completed by the deadlines given in order to begin the course in the fall. The student will

produce a portfolio for submission to the College Board for adjudication. This is a college-level

course and is taught in such a manner. Spending time outside class is not only recommended but

necessary in order to do well. Students must be comfortable both providing and receiving

feedback from peers and the instructor during classroom critiques.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate breadth in photographic work as required in the AP portfolio

Demonstrate the ability to produce extremely high-level work, beyond high school-level

art

Produce a concentration of work based on a well-reasoned and adequately researched

proposal

Develop and explore complex ideas and solve challenging artistic problems in their

artwork

Analyze and discuss photographic work in an informed and meaningful way through

class critiques and written responses

Produce and exhibit a digital slideshow of their body of work

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Traditional quizzes and tests are used to evaluate a student’s progress regarding the

technical side of photography.

Participation in class discussion and graded written responses are used to assess a

student’s critical reasoning as it relates to photography.

The student’s photographic body of work is evaluated and assessed for technical

excellence, creativity, artistic voice, imagination, scope, and ambition.

The student’s AP portfolio will be evaluated for merit of college credit.

External Methods of Assessment:

The student’s work will be shared with and evaluated by the arts faculty from a collection

of participating institutions.

The student will be required to submit work in a variety of exhibitions, contests, and

competitions for selection and adjudication.

The student’s AP portfolio will be submitted and adjudicated by the AP board for college

credit.

Page 363: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 363 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: AP Studio Art Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The AP Studio Art portfolios are designed for students who are seriously interested in the

practical experience of art. AP Studio Art is not based on a written examination; instead, students

submit portfolios for evaluation at the end of the school year. The class enables highly motivated

students to perform at the college level while still in high school. Students will be expected to

complete 24 individual works of art during the course of the first three quarters in order to fulfill

the requirements of the AP portfolio. This will require students to spend a considerable amount

of time outside of class in order to complete this work. Each student will decide if he or she is

going to complete the AP Drawing, 2D Design, or 3D Design portfolio. Students must be highly

motivated and capable of creating a large body of personal artwork. Should a student elect to

take the class twice, he or she will need to prepare two different portfolios.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Understand and apply media, techniques, and processes

o Communicate ideas regularly in at least one visual arts medium

o Initiate, define, and solve challenging visual arts problems independently using

intellectual skills such as analysis, synthesis, and evaluation

Analyze and interpret artwork for relationships among form, context, purposes, and

critical model, showing understanding of the work of critics, historians, aestheticians, and

artists

Analyze common characteristics of visual arts evident across time and among

cultural/ethnic groups to formulate analyses, evaluations, and interpretations of meaning

Reflect upon and assess the characteristics and merits of their work and the work of

others

Make connections between visual arts and other disciplines

Synthesize the creative and analytical principles and techniques of the visual arts and

selected other art disciplines, the humanities, or the sciences

Complete a portfolio of artwork containing three sections:

o Sections I: QUALITY – excellence demonstrated in five original work

o Section II: CONCENTRATION – 12 works demonstrating an in-depth, personal

commitment to a particular artistic concern.

o Section III: BREADTH – 12 works demonstrating a variety of experiences in

using the formal, technical, and expressive means available to an artist.

Complete a portfolio of artwork, both digitally and in original form, by the end of the

course

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Students will be evaluated according to class participation (readiness for class,

preparation for class, and work ethic) demonstration of concepts taught, sketchbook

and/or journal entries, and written and oral activities relating to project work.

Page 364: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 364 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Grades will be averaged according to the following breakdown:

o Studio work: 60%

o Preparation and participation for weekly critiques: 40%

A separate grade will be given for “effort” and general participation.

Grade scale: The Upper School grade scale will apply to all project work. A rubric and

evaluation is used to evaluate each completed project for a grade and will be reviewed

with the student during the project and at the completion of each project.

Grading on all projects will reflect similar grading as the AP College Board. Although

effort is valued, emphasis will focus on the quality of the finished work.

Benchmarking:

All work must be submitted to the AP College Board for assessment.

Guest instructors from regional secondary education institutions and higher education

institutions will be invited to assist in monthly critiques.

Students are required to enter the National Scholastics Art Competition yearly

Local art competitions

Page 365: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 365 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Music K Grade Level: K

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

In kindergarten, musical skills and concepts are expanded to a more advanced level. Steady beat

is played by many kinds of musical instruments and experienced through many types of

movements. Rhythm patterns include the half note, quarter note, eighth note, and quarter rest.

Orff instruments are played to accompany songs they are learning. Songs of greater length are

memorized with rhythmic and dance movements. Emphasis is placed on tone-matching for

accurate pitch in songs. Children learn more complex dance movements in which children are

with partners and doing circle and line dances. Improvised movements are also encouraged.

Students learn to identify instruments, styles, and to use a variety of descriptive terms when

discussing listening selections. Styles include the march, lullaby, folk song, and others.

Imaginative play is also used in kindergarten as a way to experience tempo, dynamic changes,

and stories found in vocal and instrumental music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate the difference between singing and speaking voices

Vocally match pitches sung or played

Perform the steady beat of a song

Match body movement to continuing rhythm patterns

Imitate (echo) simple rhythm patterns

Distinguish between the singing voices of men, women, and children

Identify pitched and unpitched percussion instruments

Distinguish between vocal and instrumental music

Distinguish between music of contrasting styles and moods

Demonstrate that music can be slow or fast

Demonstrate that music can be loud or soft

Be introduced to the concept of a musical phrase

Start singing, playing, or moving at the appropriate time following the musical

introduction to a familiar song

Sing and identify songs with and without accompaniment

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Student performance

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 366: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 366 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Music 1 Grade Level: 1

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

First grade music is a continuation of many of the skills and concepts taught in kindergarten with

a greater emphasis placed on performance. Students are encouraged to create their own songs

and lyrics. Students learn to recognize clef signs and dynamic markings. They also continue the

study of identifying note values and patterns through speech, clapping, and drawing note values

on staff paper. Singing expressively is emphasized and origins and meanings of songs are

discussed. The history of musical instruments is studied with visual examples. Select instruments

are introduced with demonstrations on how to hold and play them. Listening selections are often

centered on the student drawing objects or scenes that relate to the listening selection. This

assists the student in focusing their attention on the listening selection.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Respond to upward and downward melodic direction

Sing from notated sol, mi, and la on lines and spaces

Clap melodic rhythm

Perform rhythmic patterns using ta, ti-ti, quarter rest, half note, and half rest

Perform rhythmic patterns with accents in a 4-beat pattern

Perform in ensembles using body percussion

Identify tuned instruments which can be used to accompany singing

Recognize change in tempo

Recognize and identify the terms forte and piano

Recognize and identify a coda and an instrumental interlude

Identify like and unlike phrases

Write simple music dictation

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Student performance

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 367: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 367 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Music 2 Grade Level: 2

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Music students build on experiences and skills from previous years as they learn to perform,

create, and respond to music in the second grade. Students learn by doing. Singing, playing

instruments, moving to music, and creating music enable them to acquire musical skills and

knowledge. Second grade students learn to sing alone and with others. They also study periods of

music, composers, and the orchestra. Pitch and rhythm are emphasized as they sing a varied

repertoire of songs representing genres and styles from diverse cultures. Partner songs and

rounds are used to teach harmony. Rhythm and steady beat are taught through the use of Orff

instruments. Students improvise and echo simple rhythmic patterns. Simple notation to illustrate

different note values and pitch are used in various activities. Students also learn to identify

symbols and traditional terms referring to dynamics, tempo, articulation, etc. Second grade

students increase their ability to listen, analyze, and describe music through creative movement.

International folk dances are used to reinforce spatial concepts such as forward, backward, right,

left, clockwise, and counterclockwise.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate the melodic contour of a musical phrase

Sing from notated do, re, mi, fa, sol, la, ti, do

Recognize and respond to repeated melodic patterns

Identify repeated rhythmic patterns in familiar songs

Recognize the relative values of ta, ti-ti, ta-a, quarter rest, and half rest

Identify and perform whole note, whole rest, half note, half rest, quarter note, quarter rest,

and eighth notes

Perform a steady beat with accents

Identify and define the terms allegro, adagio, accelerando, ritard, and fermata

Identify and perform mezzo forte, mezzo piano, fortissimo, pianissimo, crescendo,

decrescendo and accent

Identify repeat signs in familiar songs

Identify verse-refrain form as AB form

Play one-chord accompaniments on Orff instruments

Write simple music dictation

Perform simple orchestrations as accompaniments to singing

Participate in simple two-part singing activities

Identify the four families of the orchestra

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Student performance

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 368: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 368 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Music 3 Grade Level: 3

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Third grade students continue to refine skills acquired in previous years as they learn to perform,

create, and respond to music. There is a special emphasis on learning to read music as the

children learn to play the recorder. Students learn to read whole, half, dotted half, quarter, and

eighth notes and rests in several meter signatures. Students can identify and notate rhythm

patterns presented by the teacher. Students identify symbols and traditional terms referring to

dynamics, tempo, and articulation and interpret them correctly when playing the recorder. Good

posture and correct breathing techniques are emphasized through both the recorder and through

singing. Students sing ostinatos, partner songs, and rounds as they learn to respond to the cues of

a conductor. Students sing expressively, with appropriate dynamics, phrasing, and interpretation.

Students sing a varied repertoire of songs representing genres and styles from diverse cultures.

Students explain, using appropriate music terminology, their feelings about the music they hear

and how it relates to other art form.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Identify melodic patterns that move by step, leap, or repeats

Sing from staff notation the tones do, re, mi, fa, sol, la, ti, and high do

Identify and perform four-beat rhythmic ostinato patterns

Identify and perform rhythmic patterns using triplets

Read from notation and play the soprano recorder

Perform compositions using first and second endings

Perform compositions which use the terms D.C. al Fine and Fine

Play I and V chords to accompany a two-chord melody

Distinguish between rounds and canons and sing in two parts

Write simple music dictation

Compose a song for the recorder

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Student performance

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 369: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 369 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Music 4 Grade Level: 4

Department: Fine Arts Division: Lower School

Course Summary:

Fourth grade students augment the skills and experiences from previous years as they continue to

perform, create, and respond to music. Students analyze aural examples of a varied repertoire of

music representing diverse genres and cultures as they identify several forms such as call and

response, theme and variations, and canons. Students use correct terminology as they compare

and contrast listening examples. Fourth grade students sing in two-part harmony and learn to

read a vocal score. Students sing accurately and with good breath control throughout their

singing ranges. Fourth grade students participate in a musical revue which enables them to

incorporate drama and dance into their music instruction. Students develop criteria for evaluating

the quality and effectiveness of music performances and compositions and apply the criteria in

their personal listening and performing.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Read and perform diatonic melodies from staff notation

Recognize and identify intervals within the range of an octave

Perform question/answer improvisations on Orff instruments

Perform rhythmic patterns using sixteenth notes

Recognize and perform rhythmic patterns including syncopation, single eighth notes, and

dotted rhythms

Recognize and perform 6/8 meter

Play melodies on xylophones and recorder

Identify tone qualities of soprano, alto, tenor, and bass voices and instruments

Recognize musical compositions containing call and response and canons

Identify and recognize sequence in familiar songs and listening selections

Perform three- and four-part rounds or canons

Learn to play chords on the ukulele

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Teacher observation

Student performance

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 370: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 370 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chorus 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The fifth grade chorus strives to study quality choral music that mirrors the fifth grade social

studies curriculum. Students learn to sing and dance traditional music from the various countries

they study throughout the year. Students also learn the cultural implications of the music they

perform so they can be informed citizens of the world. Students continue their musical journey

through the development of skills including note-reading, singing, and moving.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing accurately and with good breath control throughout their singing ranges in large and

small groups

Sing with expression and technical accuracy, both music in unison and music in two

parts.

Perform at least two concerts entirely from memory

Demonstrate an understanding of proper posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical informed decision about the accuracy of other’s

performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to read music at the most basic level. This includes 4/4, 3/4, and

2/4 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, quarter notes, eighth notes, and their

corresponding rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of the music of other cultures in the Americas through

authentic performance

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications at the

most basic level

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily participation based on the following:

Posture

Enthusiasm

Effort

Diction

Overall focus

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 371: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 371 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Orchestra 5 Grade Level: 5

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

In the introductory strings class, fifth grade students have the opportunity to begin taking group

lessons on the violin, viola, cello, or bass. Students will gain a foundation in the basics of

properly playing and holding their instrument along with reading, notating, and interpreting

music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Learn to hold the instrument and bow properly

Learn to play alone and in small groups keeping an independent, continuous steady beat

Demonstrate an understanding of proper posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at the most basic level. This includes 4/4, 3/4,

time signatures, half notes, quarter notes, eighth notes, and their corresponding rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications/notation at

the most basic level

Demonstrate the ability to give the letter name of notes written on the musical staff

Identify the key signatures that correspond to the keys of C, D, and G major

Demonstrate the ability to properly play both an “up” and “down” bow

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily participation based on the following:

Posture

Intonation

Playing tests

Sight-reading exercises

Enthusiasm

Effort

Overall focus

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 372: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 372 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chorus 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The sixth grade chorus strives to study quality choral music that mirrors the sixth grade social

studies curriculum. Students learn to sing and dance traditional music from the various countries

they study throughout the year. Students also learn the cultural implications of the music they

perform so they can be informed citizens of the world. Students continue their musical journey

through the development of skills including note-reading, singing, and moving.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing accurately and with good breath control throughout their singing ranges in large and

small groups

Sing with expression and technical accuracy, both music in unison and music in two and

three parts

Perform at least two concerts entirely from memory

Demonstrate an understanding of proper posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical informed decision about the accuracy of other’s

performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to read music at the most basic level. This includes 4/4, 3/4, and

2/4, 6/8, 9/8, 12/8 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, quarter notes, eighth notes,

and their corresponding dotted notes and rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of the music of other cultures in Europe, Africa, and Asia

through authentic performance

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications at the

most basic level

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily participation based on the following:

Posture

Enthusiasm

Effort

Diction

Overall focus

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 373: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 373 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Orchestra 6 Grade Level: 6

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Sixth grade students have the opportunity to continue taking group lessons on the violin, viola,

cello, and bass in the second level of strings class. Students will further their learning of the

foundations of proper string instrument playing along with more emphasis being placed on

reading, notating, and interpreting music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Continue to refine instrument posture and bow hold

Continue working alone and in small groups to improve their understanding and

execution of keeping an independent, continuous steady beat

Demonstrate an understanding of proper body posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at an intermediate level. This includes 4/4,

3/4, 2/4, 6/8, and 9/8 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, dotted half notes, quarter

notes, eighth notes, triplets, and their corresponding rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications/notation

at an intermediate level

Demonstrate a greater ability to give the letter name of all the notes written on the

musical staff

Identify the key signatures that correspond to the keys of F, Bb, A, and E major

Demonstrate an understanding of basic bow direction, including hooks, slurs, and ties

Begin to explore more advanced positions on their instruments. Violins and violas will

begin to use fourth finger in place of the open strings. Cellos and basses will begin to

shift beyond first position. Cellos will work on shifting to second position while basses

will work on shifting up to third position

Begin to explore and experiment with self-tuning

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Daily participation based on the following:

Posture

Intonation

Playing tests

Sight-reading exercises

Enthusiasm

Effort

Overall focus

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 374: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 374 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline Course Name: Chorus 7/Chorus 8 (Elective) Grade Levels: 7, 8

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

The Fury Singers is a choir for seventh and eighth graders devoted to studying high-quality

choral repertoire for changing voices. Students also learn the fundamentals of sight-reading

choral music, building on the aural skills they have learned in fifth and sixth grades. Chorus, for

most students, will be five days a week to mirror the band and orchestra schedules. There will be

some students who come in and out throughout the week depending on their schedules for other

classes. We will sing a combination of mixed-choir music as well as music for girls’ voices and

boys’ voices.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing accurately and with good breath control throughout their singing ranges in large and

small groups

Sing with expression and technical accuracy both music in unison and music in two parts

Perform at least two concerts and one adjudication entirely from memory

Demonstrate an understanding of proper posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical informed decision about the accuracy of other’s

performances, as well as that of their own

Demonstrate ability to sight-sing music at a basic level. This includes 4/4, 3/4, 2/4, 6/8,

and 9/8 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, dotted half notes, quarter notes, dotted

quarter notes, eighth notes, and their corresponding rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications at the

most basic level

Sing a variety of music from around the world in a variety of languages

Work on recognizing the changing voice and learn strategies of how to work through the

change

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Large group singing

Small group singing

Diction exercises

Sight-singing exercises

Participation in class and out of class performances

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 375: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 375 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Band 7/Band 8 (Elective) Grade Levels: 7, 8

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh and eighth grade students further develop their musical skills in the intermediate concert

band. Students in the intermediate concert band will further their learning of the foundations of

proper wind, brass, and percussion technique, sound production, and tone quality along with

obtaining an intermediary level of mastery with reading, notating, and interpreting music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Continue to refine holding their instrument and developing their sound

Continue working alone and in small groups to improve their understanding and

execution of keeping an independent, continuous steady beat

Demonstrate an understanding of proper body posture and appropriate stage presence for

performances

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at a more advanced intermediate level. This

includes 4/4, 3/4, 2/4, 6/8, 9/8, and 12/8 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, dotted

half notes, quarter notes, dotted quarter notes, eighth notes, quarter note triplets, eighth

note triplets, sixteenth notes, dotted sixteenth notes, and their corresponding rest values

Demonstrate the ability to perform and an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and

tempo indications/notation at a more advanced intermediate level

Demonstrate a greater ability to recognize the letter name of notes written on the musical

staff

Identify the key signatures that correspond to the keys of Bb, F, Eb, Ab, C, and G major

and demonstrate the ability to play each scale while further exploring the range of their

instrument

Demonstrate the ability to play the chromatic scale one octave slurred

Demonstrate the ability to detect, diagnose, and correct the tuning of their instrument

(self-tuning)

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class participation

Performances

Tests

Quizzes

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 376: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 376 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Orchestra 7/Orchestra 8 (Elective) Grade Levels: 7, 8

Department: Fine Arts Division: Middle School

Course Summary:

Seventh and eighth grade students have the opportunity to continue taking group lessons on the

violin, viola, cello, and bass in the intermediate level string orchestra. Students in the

intermediate string orchestra will further their learning of the foundations of proper string

instrument playing along with obtaining an intermediary level of mastery with reading, notating,

and interpreting music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Continue to refine instrument posture and bow hold

Continue working alone and in small groups improving their understanding and

execution of keeping an independent, continuous steady beat

Demonstrate an understanding of proper body posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at a more advanced intermediate level. This

includes 4/4, 3/4, 2/4, 6/8, and 9/8 time signatures, whole notes, half notes, dotted half

notes, quarter notes, eighth notes, triplets, and their corresponding rest values

Demonstrate an understanding of dynamics, articulation, and tempo indications/notation

at a more advanced intermediate level

Demonstrate a greater ability to give the letter name of all the notes written on the

musical staff

Identify the key signatures that correspond to the keys of Eb, Ab, Db, and B, major

Demonstrate an understanding of more advanced bow direction including hooks, slurs,

and ties. This also includes interpreting and executing proper bowing

(direction/placement) while playing music from both concert and lesson book literature

Begin to explore more advanced positions on their instruments. Violins and violas will

begin to work on shifting up to third position. Cellos and basses will begin to shift

beyond third and fourth position

Learn two octave major and minor scales up to four sharps and flats. They will also learn

the corresponding two octave arpeggios and major scales in thirds

Demonstrate the ability to detect, diagnose, and correct the tuning of their instruments

(self-tuning)

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Material organization

Performances

Homework and preparation

Benchmarking:

Music in the Parks Adjudication (full group)

Page 377: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 377 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Vocal Workshop Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Students take greater responsibility for knowledge of their parts in three-part mixed and four-part

choral music. They continue to develop reading skills and understanding of music notation. They

begin to grasp the concepts of blend and balance as they sing more difficult music with greater

expression and musicality. They begin to evaluate themselves more critically and objectively.

Singers work to improve flexibility, strength, and accuracy in their maturing voices. They focus

on clear and proper diction and healthily energized vocal technique. Male singers continue to

adjust to their adolescent vocal transitions as they move to the bass clef. Female singers become

proficient singing the soprano or alto part independently. They continue to improve their reading

and recognition of formal and stylistic symbols while expanding their musical vocabularies.

They are encouraged to audition for solos and to keep abreast of, attend and participate in

various local musical events.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing with expression and technical accuracy a large and varied repertoire of vocal

literature with a level of difficulty of at least 3 on a scale of 1-6, including some songs

from memory

Sing music written in four or more parts, with and without accompaniment

Sing in a variety of languages, including English, Latin, Italian, Hebrew, German, French

and Spanish

Demonstrate well-developed ensemble skills

Sing in small ensembles with one student on a part

Demonstrate the ability to read a vocal score by describing how the elements of music are

used

Sight-read increasingly difficult music accurately and expressively

Demonstrate increasingly extensive knowledge of the technical vocabulary of music

Interpret some nonstandard notation symbols used by some 20th-century composers

Analyze aural examples of a varied repertoire of music, representing diverse genres and

cultures by describing the use of elements of music and expressive devices

Analyze and describe use of the elements of music in a given work that make it unique,

interesting, and expressive

Evaluate music and music performances using specific criteria for making informed,

critical evaluations of the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Singing tests

Rehearsal and performance attendance and participation

Performances

Benchmarking:

Smart Music

NCMEA Music Performance Adjudication

Page 378: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 378 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Chorale Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The FCDS Chorale has a rich history of choral excellence. Students elect to take Chorale as a

means to further their vocal development in this performance-based class. Each singer is

responsible for independent mastery of his or her part. Singers in Chorale continue to improve

their developing voices by focusing on proper vocal technique: breath support, posture,

intonation, diction, blend, interpretation, and expression. They perform music from a variety of

styles, languages, and historical periods. Chorale performs publicly several times each year

including, but not limited to, the NC Independent School Choral Festival in October, the Holiday

Concert in December, the NCMEA Music Performance Adjudication in March, the Spring

Concert in April, various morning meetings and athletic events, and at Baccalaureate in June.

Occasionally students have the opportunity to rehearse or perform with guest conductors,

instrumentalists, or other community ensembles. All performances are required unless otherwise

stated.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing with expression and technical accuracy a large and varied repertoire of vocal

literature with a level of difficulty of at least 4 on a scale of 1-6, including some songs

from memory

Sing music written in four or more parts, with and without accompaniment

Sing in a variety of languages, including English, Latin, Italian, German, French and

Spanish

Demonstrate well-developed ensemble skills

Sing in small ensembles with one student on a part

Demonstrate the ability to read a vocal score by describing how the elements of music are

used

Sight-read increasingly difficult music accurately and expressively

Demonstrate increasingly extensive knowledge of the technical vocabulary of music

Interpret some nonstandard notation symbols used by some 20th-century composers

Analyze aural examples of a varied repertoire of music representing diverse genres and

cultures, by describing the use of elements of music and expressive devices

Analyze and describe use of the elements of music in a given work that make it unique,

interesting, and expressive

Evaluate music and music performances using specific criteria for making informed,

critical evaluations of the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions

Evaluate a performance, composition, arrangement, or improvisation by comparing it to

similar or exemplary model

Identify various roles that musicians perform and cite representative individuals who

have functioned in these roles

Page 379: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 379 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Singing tests

Rehearsal and performance attendance and participation

Performances

Benchmarking:

Smart Music

NCMEA Music Performance Adjudication

NCMEA Solo & Ensemble Adjudication

NC Independent Schools Choral Festival

Page 380: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 380 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Chamber Singers Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

The Honors Chamber Singers is the elite vocal ensemble at Forsyth Country Day School.

Students perform vocal chamber music from all styles and historical periods. They are also

responsible for the music that is studied in the larger Chorale ensemble and they perform with

that group as well. Students who perform in this group are skilled singers who have a desire to

perform choral music at the highest level. They continue their theory and sight-reading study

through analysis of their own choral repertoire. In addition to the performances with Chorale, the

Chamber Singers maintain a busy performance schedule that includes, but is not limited to, the

Christmas Candlelight Tours at the Biltmore Estate in November, the Solo/Ensemble Festival in

March, various on-campus events, and other performances deemed appropriate by the director.

The Chamber Singers must be a balanced group of elite singers, therefore, membership is based

on the need for specific voice parts and students must commit to the group for the entire school

year.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Sing with expression and technical accuracy a large and varied repertoire of vocal

literature with a level of difficulty of at least 5 on a scale of 1-6, including some songs

from memory

Sing music written in four or more parts with and without accompaniment

Sing in a variety of languages, including English, Latin, Italian, Hebrew, German,

French, and Spanish

Demonstrate well-developed ensemble skills

Sing in small ensembles with one student on a part

Demonstrate the ability to read a vocal score by describing how the elements of music are

used

Sight-read increasingly difficult music accurately and expressively

Demonstrate increasingly extensive knowledge of the technical vocabulary of music

Interpret some nonstandard notation symbols used by some 20th-century composers

Analyze aural examples of a varied repertoire of music, representing diverse genres and

cultures, by describing the use of elements of music and expressive devices

Analyze and describe use of the elements of music in a given work that make it unique,

interesting, and expressive

Evaluate music and music performances using specific criteria for making informed,

critical evaluations of the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Singing tests

Rehearsal and performance attendance and participation

Performances

Page 381: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 381 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Benchmarking:

Smart Music

NCMEA Music Performance Adjudication

NCMEA Solo & Ensemble Adjudication

NC Independent Schools Choral Festival

Page 382: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 382 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: US Concert Band Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Ninth through twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue participating in the

advanced level concert band. Students in the advanced concert band will further their learning of

the foundations of proper wind, brass, and percussion instrument playing along with obtaining a

high level of mastery with reading, notating, and interpreting music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Strive to master instrument posture, finger position, and sound/tone

Demonstrate the ability to perform and understand dynamics, articulations, and tempo

indications/notation at a more advanced level. Continue working alone and in small groups

to improve their understanding and execution of keeping an independent, continuous

steady beat (including: creating and rehearsing in chamber groups of varying

instrumentation)

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at an advanced level. This includes music

written in mixed meter time signatures, incorporating both poly-rhythmic and poly-tonal

elements

Demonstrate a mastery of proper body posture and appropriate performance stage presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate the ability to detect, diagnose, and correct the tuning of their instrument (self-

tuning)

Identify the key signatures that correspond to all major and minor keys

Learn scales full range of instrument in all major and minor keys

Learn the corresponding arpeggios and major/minor scales in thirds

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class participation

Performances

Tests

Quizzes

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 383: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 383 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors US Concert Band III Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Eleventh and twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue participating in the

advanced level concert band and receive honors-level credit. Honors Band is an extension of the

standard band curriculum going beyond what is covered in class giving students the opportunity

to explore areas such as: performance, conducting, listening, appreciation, history, analyzing,

composing, the use of current technology, and research culminating in written report. Students

must create and/or maintain a portfolio which contains a combination of written and audio

examples of their work.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Play and perform instrumental literature at the III-V level of difficulty, with proper

expression and well-developed technical accuracy

Read and notate (compose) music by hand as well as using notation software

Demonstrate the ability to read a full instrumental score including clef reading with

transposing

Evaluate music performances, music recording, and music rehearsal technique

Demonstrate understanding of the relationships between music, other arts, and content

areas outside of the arts and music in relation to history and culture and be able to write

analytically about those subjects

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Research/analysis paper

Conducting

Portfolio

Composition/transposition project

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 384: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 384 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors US Concert Band IV Grade Level: 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue participating in the advanced level

concert band and receive honors-level credit. Honors Band is an extension of the standard band

curriculum going beyond what is covered in class giving students the opportunity to explore

areas such as: performance, conducting, listening, appreciation, history, analyzing, composing,

the use of current technology, and research culminating in written report. Students must create

and/or maintain a portfolio which contains a combination of written and audio examples of their

work.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Play and perform instrumental literature at the III-V level of difficulty, with proper

expression and well-developed technical accuracy

Read and notate (compose) music by hand as well as using notation software

Demonstrate the ability to read a full instrumental score including clef reading with

transposing

Evaluate music performances, music recording, and music rehearsal technique

Demonstrate understanding of the relationships between music, other arts, and content

areas outside of the arts and music in relation to history and culture and be able to write

analytically about those subjects

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Research/analysis paper

Conducting

Portfolio

Composition/transposition project

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 385: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 385 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: US String Orchestra Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Ninth through twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue taking group lessons on

the violin, viola, cello, and bass in the advanced level string orchestra. Students in the advanced

string orchestra will further their learning of the foundations of proper string instrument playing

along with obtaining a high level of mastery with reading, notating, and interpreting music.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Strive to master instrument posture and bow hold

Continue working alone and in small groups to improve their understanding and

execution of keeping an independent, continuous steady beat (including creating and

rehearsing in chamber groups of varying instrumentation)

Demonstrate a mastery of proper body posture and appropriate performance stage

presence

Demonstrate the ability to make a critical and informed decision about the accuracy of

other’s performances, as well as their own

Demonstrate an ability to sight-read music at an advanced level (including music written

in mixed meter time signatures, incorporating both poly-rhythmic and poly-tonal

elements)

Identify the key signatures that correspond to all major and minor keys

Demonstrate a mastery of bow direction including hooks, slurs, and ties (including

interpreting and executing proper bowing (direction/placement) while playing music

from both concert and lesson book literature)

Demonstrate a mastery of the advanced positions on their instruments

Understand and execute proper playing while shifting beyond fifth position

Learn three octave scales in all major and minor keys

Learn the corresponding three octave arpeggios and major/minor scales in thirds

Learn to implement/manipulate the motion of vibrato to the all of their playing

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Musical preparedness

Concert/performance participation

Material organization

Homework/preparation

Benchmarking:

Annual trip with Music Performance Adjudication (full group)

Page 386: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 386 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors US String Orchestra III Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Eleventh and twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue taking group lessons on the

violin, viola, cello, and bass in the advanced level string orchestra and receive honors-level

credit. Honors Orchestra is an extension of the standard orchestra curriculum going beyond what

is covered in class. In addition to the standard orchestra curriculum, Honors Orchestra students

will analyze and write about music and music performance at an advanced level. Students must

create and/or maintain a portfolio which contains a combination of written and or audio

examples of their work.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Play and perform instrumental literature at the IV-VI level of difficulty with proper

expression and well-developed technical accuracy

Read and notate (compose) music by hand as well as using notation software

Demonstrate the ability to read a full instrumental score including clef reading with

transposing

Evaluate music performances, music recording, and music rehearsal technique

Demonstrate understanding of the relationships between music, other arts, and content

areas outside of the arts and music in relation to history and culture and be able to write

analytically about those subjects

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Performance

Leadership

Portfolio: Research/Analysis/Organization

Benchmarking:

Annual trip with Music Performance Adjudication (full group)

NCMEA Western Regional Orchestra Auditions or equivalent audition (individual

evaluation)

Page 387: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 387 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors US String Orchestra IV Grade Level: 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Twelfth grade students have the opportunity to continue taking group lessons on the violin, viola,

cello, and bass in the advanced level string orchestra and receive honors-level credit. Honors

Orchestra is an extension of the standard orchestra curriculum going beyond what is covered in

class. In addition to the standard orchestra curriculum, Honors Orchestra students will analyze

and write about music and music performance at an advanced level. Students must create and/or

maintain a portfolio which contains a combination of written and or audio examples of their

work.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Play and perform instrumental literature at the IV-VI level of difficulty, with proper

expression and well-developed technical accuracy

Read and notate (compose) music by hand as well as using notation software

Demonstrate the ability to read a full instrumental score including clef reading with

transposing

Evaluate music performances, music recording, and music rehearsal technique

Demonstrate understanding of the relationships between music, other arts, and content

areas outside of the arts and music in relation to history and culture and be able to write

analytically about those subjects

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Performance

Leadership

Portfolio: Research/Analysis/Organization

Benchmarking:

Annual trip with Music Performance Adjudication (full group)

NCMEA Western Regional Orchestra Auditions or equivalent audition (individual

evaluation)

Page 388: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 388 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Theatre Arts I Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Theatre Arts I is a process-driven course that guides students reflectively through an experience

of the human condition from the perspective of others. This collaborative course works

extensively with other members of the FCDS community. The project-based units focus on

storytelling, improvisation, basic stage craft, and acting. Students will create a comedic improv

show, participate in the Storytelling Festival, assist Theatre Arts II showcase performances, and

present scenes to audiences around the school. Students will develop and use skills in speech,

movement, critical thinking, collaboration, creative thinking, stage craft, and reflection.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Demonstrate understanding of the enchantment principle: where the story, the teller, and

the audience meet

Demonstrate different modes of inclusion, audience participation, in-role telling,

imagery, and movement when telling stories

Develop a repertoire of at least three stories of different types

Use internet resources for finding stories and storytelling opportunities

Develop comfort and skill with extemporaneous movement and speech in front of an

audience

Explore the history of dramatic improvisation in Commedia del Arte

Use basic principles of mime

Take on roles to create new characters physically, mentally, and verbally

Participate in theatre games in practice and in performance

Master the “Yes And” principle

Work together to create and perform in a Comedy Improv Show

Safely use the technology of current stage practitioners, including: lighting equipment,

sound equipment, and scenery

Practice basic elements of design for the stage

Collaborate with current U/S, M/S, and/or L/S productions to assist with the technical

and scenic elements

Create scale model and drawings of scene design

Work together to oversee the use of the auditorium and ensure the safe and appropriate

use of the technical elements in the space

Read plays and scenes from modern and historical periods

Critically analyze scenes and character motivation

Perform in scenes from historical and modern plays

Explore different cultures through performance

Give and receive constructive criticism on performances

Keep journals to reflect upon their experiences

Keep neat and organized portfolios of their work for future reference

Page 389: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 389 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class participation

Journaling

Collaborative peer feedback

In-class performances and reflections

Outside performances and reflections

Performance and video viewings and reflections

Portfolio

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 390: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 390 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Theatre Arts II Grade Levels: 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Theatre Arts II is a process-driven course that expands upon the skills developed in Theatre Arts

I. Students are guided reflectively through experiences of the human condition from the

perspective of others, and learn how to guide others through similar experiences. This is a

collaborative course that works extensively with other members of the FCDS community. The

project-based units focus on acting foundations, design and production, directing, and film.

Students will compete in a state-wide one-act play competition and produce and perform in fall

and spring showcases. Students will continue to develop and use skills in speech, movement,

critical thinking, collaboration, creative thinking, stage craft, and reflection.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop comfort and skill with extemporaneous movement and speech in front of an

audience

Take on roles to create new characters physically, mentally, and verbally

Use scene analysis techniques to develop playable actions

Participate in theatre games in practice and in performance

Safely use the technology of current stage practitioners, including: lighting equipment,

sound equipment, and scenery

Practice basic elements of design for the stage

Collaborate with current FCDS productions to assist with the technical elements

Work together to oversee the use of the auditorium and ensure the safe and appropriate

use of the technical elements in the space.

Read plays and scenes from modern and historical periods

Practice different performing techniques from different periods

Critically analyze scenes and character motivation

Attend and critically review outside performance events around the community

Create an original short film

Direct scenes with student actors

Produce and perform in fall and spring showcases of class work

Explore different cultures through performance

Keep journals to reflect upon their experiences

Keep neat and organized portfolios for future reference

Page 391: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 391 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class participation

Journaling

Collaborative peer feedback

In-class performances and reflections

Outside performances and reflections

Performance and video viewings and reflections

Portfolio

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 392: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 392 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline

Course Name: Honors Theatre Arts III Grade Levels: 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Honors Theatre Arts III is a process driven course that expands upon the skills developed in

Theatre Arts I and Theatre Arts III. This is a collaborative course that works extensively with

other members of the FCDS community, and it meets concurrently with Theatre Arts II to create

an acting-directing workshop atmosphere. The project-based units focus on advanced acting

skills, design and production, and directing. Students will compete in a state-wide one-act play

festival, produce, perform, and direct fall and spring showcases, and create a Senior Honors

Project in an area of particular interest or aptitude. Students will continue to develop and use

skills in speech, movement, critical thinking, collaboration, creative thinking, stage craft, and

reflection.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Develop comfort and skill with extemporaneous movement and speech in front of an

audience

Take on roles to create new characters physically, mentally, and verbally

Use scene analysis techniques to develop playable actions

Participate in theatre games in practice and in performance

Safely use the technology of current stage practitioners, including: lighting equipment,

sound equipment, and scenery

Collaborate with current FCDS productions to assist with the technical elements

Work together to oversee the use of the auditorium and ensure the safe and appropriate

use of the technical elements in the space.

Read plays and scenes from modern and historical periods

Practice different performing techniques from different periods

Critically analyze scenes and character motivation

Attend and critically review outside performance events around the community.

Direct scenes with student actors

Produce, perform, and direct in fall and spring showcases of class work

Explore different cultures through performance

Keep journals to reflect upon their experiences

Keep neat and organized portfolios for future reference

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Class participation

Journaling

Collaborative peer feedback

In-class performances and reflections

Outside performances and reflections

Performance and video viewings and reflections

Portfolio

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 393: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 393 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Page 394: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 394 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Individual Course Outline Course Name: Performing Arts Foundations Grade Levels: 9, 10, 11, 12

Department: Fine Arts Division: Upper School

Course Summary:

Performing Arts Foundations will provide a meaningful experience and breadth of knowledge of

the arts so that students may apply their knowledge and experience to the creation of art and are

better able to understand and appreciate artistic expression on the basis of that experience and

knowledge.

Targeted Skills and Content Mastery:

Evaluate professional and student performances

Acquire and demonstrate basic vocabulary of performing arts

Understand the contribution of performing arts to the human experience

Understand and articulate the connections between history and the performing arts

Create and evaluate works of art through various methods of self-expression

Express understanding of performance techniques through student performances

Internal Methods of Assessment:

Major tests

Homework

Class participation

Benchmarking:

To be determined

Page 395: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 395 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Class Syllabi Examples

(Please note that the individual class outlines represent the targeted skills and content mastery for each class and do

not include the specific content or pacing of each course. Beginning in April, teachers will develop class syllabi, which

will be approved by Department Chairs and senior administration. These syllabi will include specific content,

instructional materials, pacing, and grading policies. The following section contains several examples of class syllabi

from Lower, Middle, and Upper School from the 2013-2014 school year.)

Page 396: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 396 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Lower School Class Syllabus Example

Second Grade Syllabus, 2013-2014

I. Overview

The purpose of second grade is to build and enrich upon the skills, information, and character

development taught in the previous years. A greater emphasis on global learning and

awareness is explored as well.

We expand on literacy and writing, introducing the children to more genres in literature, as

well as greater complexities in the writing process. Second graders are exposed to more in-

depth mathematical concepts and vocabulary, applying this knowledge to higher level

problem solving.

II. Textbooks (Resources)

Harcourt Trophy Reading Series-2014 edition

Scott Foresman/Addison Wesley Math series-North Carolina Edition

Dale Seymour/Pearson MCP Mathematics series

Houghton/Mifflin: English

Scott Foresman: D’Nealian Handwriting

Harcourt Brace: Living in Our World Social Studies resource

MacMillan: Communities Near and Far Social Studies resource

Literature: The One in the Middle is the Green Kangaroo ( Judy Blume), Cam

Jansen mysteries various titles (David Adler), Second Grade Rules, Amber Brown

(Paula Danzinger) Muggie Maggie (Beverly Cleary)

Accelerated Reader program

Smartboard Interactive lessons and activities

United Streaming

Discovery Education

III. Expectations and Requirements

Follow the policies of FCDS Student Handbook.

Students are expected to be kind and respectful to others.

Students are expected to be prepared for classes.

Students are expected to complete homework.

IV. Evaluations

Students are being assessed formally and informally throughout the year by

quizzes, reading and math assessments, tests, projects, oral presentation, writing

samples, STEM projects, and a variety of daily assessments.

V. Course Objectives-August 23-October 25

Language Arts A. English

Use correct punctuation when abbreviating

Use capitalization and punctuation correctly

Identify complete and incomplete sentences

B. Grammar

Subjects/ predicates

Page 397: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 397 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Simple sentences

Types of sentences

Nouns

Singular and plural nouns

Proper nouns

C. Reading

Identify subject and predicate in a sentence

Demonstrate sequentially ordering events of a story

Compare and contrast characters, plot, and stories

Identify author’s purpose

Identify and understanding cause and effect

Understand story structure

Recognize short vowel sounds

Recognize long vowel sounds

Recognize consonant blends

D. Handwriting

Review formation of lowercase and uppercase alphabet

E. Writing/Composition

Determine and write a main idea sentence

Informative writing

Narrative writing

Use a friendly letter writing format

Social Studies

Identify cardinal and intermediate directions

Define differences between globes and maps

Identify northern and southern hemispheres

Recognize map keys

Identify oceans and continents

Math

Know and have mastery of math fact families through 20

Telling time

Understand components of a calendar

Money concepts

Identify and use graphing techniques

Addition and subtraction number sentences and strategies

Course Outline-August 21, 2013-October 25, 2013

August 26- September 6, 2013

Focus Topic- Animal Traits

Essential Question- “What is a perfect pet like?”

Phonics/spelling- short vowels a and i

Writing- narrative writing: Sentences that tell a true story

Grammar- subjects/ predicates

English- punctuation and abbreviating

Page 398: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 398 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Reading- sequencing, infer/predict

Social Studies-map skills: Cardinal and intermediate directions

Math- telling time to the hour and half hour, telling time to 5 minutes, telling time

before and after, elapsed time, telling time to the minute

September 9-13, 2013

Focus Topic- Family Time

Essential Question- “What are some things that families like to do together?”

Phonics/Spelling- short vowels o, u, e

Writing- friendly letters

Grammar- simple sentences

English- capitalization and punctuation,

Reading- compare and contrast/questions

Social Studies- globes and maps

Math- using a calendar, counting money through dimes, counting money through

quarters

September 16-20, 2013

Focus Topic- Animal Traits

Essential Question- “What do pets need to be healthy and happy?”

Phonics/Spelling- long vowels a and i and sounds of c

Writing- sentences that describe

Grammar- types of sentences

English- capitalization and punctuation

Reading- authors purpose, analyze, and evaluate

Social Studies- identify hemispheres

Math- counting money through half dollars, counting money through dollars,

review and assessments

September 23-27, 2013

Focus Topic- Getting along with others

Essential Question- “How do good friends act?”

Phonics/Spelling- long vowels o, u, and e, sounds for g

Writing- narrative writing: true stories

Grammar- what is a noun

English- identify complete and incomplete sentences

Reading- cause and effect; summarize

Social Studies- recognize map keys

Math- making a table, reading data from a survey, recording data, Venn diagrams,

pictograph, bar graph

September 30 - October 4, 2013

Focus Topic- Place Around Town

Essential Question- “What is a perfect pet like?”

Phonics/Spelling- consonant blends with r, l, and s

Writing- narrative writing/ true story

Grammar- singular and plural nouns

English- review punctuation and abbreviating

Page 399: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 399 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Reading- story structure/ visualizing

Social Studies- review and assessment of map skills

Math- line plot, coordinate graph, review and assessment

October 7-18, 2013

Focus Topic- Animal Homes

Essential Question- “What are animal homes like?”

Phonics/Spelling- common final blends nd, ng, nk, nt, ft, xt, mp

Writing-informative writing; informational paragraph

Grammar- plural nouns

English- review complete and incomplete sentences

Reading- text and graphic features/ questions

Social Studies- identify oceans and continents

Math- writing addition sentences and joining groups to add, write a number

sentence, taking away to subtract, comparing to find how many more, writing

subtraction sentences

October 21-25, 2013

Focus Topic- Agriculture

Essential Question- “What can you learn from planting a garden?”

Phonics/Spelling- double consonants and ck

Writing- informative writing; informational paragraph

Grammar- proper nouns

English- review and assessment

Reading- conclusions, analyze/evaluate

Social Studies- characteristics of continents

Math- choose and operation, adding in any order and fact families, finding the

missing part, review and assessment

*Many other educational and learning opportunities are happening daily. In all classes

acceleration of the curriculum and differentiating of instruction will affect pacing and content.

Page 400: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 400 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Middle School Class Syllabus Example

Seventh Grade History, 2013-2014

I. Overview

Seventh grade Social Studies is a survey course of American history from the Age of

Exploration thru World War II. In addition to factual knowledge of key people, events,

and documents, the process of learning will be stressed with an emphasis on reading

strategies and note taking, organizational, and higher-level thinking skills. Projects and

class activities are designed to allow students to use their creative talents and participate

as more active learners. Throughout the year, current events are discussed.

II. Required Texts and Materials

Robert Dallek, Jesus Garcia, Donna Ogle and Frederick Risinger. American History

(Illinois: McDougal Littell, 2008)

How America Work: Kids Discover Magazine

The Great Depression: Kids Discover Magazine

III. Expectations and Requirements

Students are required to use a three-ringed, loose-leaf binder to organize all written work

and handouts. One individual pocket folder should be included in the notebook.

Daily assignments will require active reading. Students are expected to come to class

with a basic understanding of the required reading and written work completed. Because

homework is an integral part of each day’s lesson, late work will not be accepted unless

there are extenuating circumstances.

Students are responsible for checking the teacher web page for announcements and

assignments. Daily work will also be posted on the board in the classroom.

Students missing class for a sports event must get their work prior to leaving for the day

and complete the assignment for submission the next school day. Student athletes will be

expected to turn in all assignments due on the day of an athletic event BEFORE leaving

campus regardless of their dismissal time.

Students are expected to get all work prior to planned absences and return to class with

completed assignments. For unplanned absences, students should check the teacher

webpage and the absentee folder in the seventh grade hall for handouts.

All school policies including the Honor Code outlined in the Student/Parent

Handbook shall apply in this class.

Page 401: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 401 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

IV. Testing and Evaluation

A. Tests: Teacher-generated tests will cover all reading assignments, reading guides, class notes,

and interactive class activities. A typical test will include some multiple choices, fill in the blank,

and artistic expression to primarily measure students’ factual knowledge. Additionally, students

will write a well- developed paragraph to evaluate information and draw conclusions. Students

can also expect a skills assessment activity to be included. Examples include interpreting charts,

graph, timelines and political cartoons.

B. Homework: Daily assignments are evaluated in the following ways: checked for completion

and/or accuracy, 10 question assessment on note taking skills (students will be allowed to use

their reading guides for this assessment), and student participation in class discussions and group

activities.

C. Quizzes/Skills: Most quizzes are announced and cover a small amount of material. The course

includes periodic evaluation of skills such as maps, charts, graph, timelines, document-based

questions, and art/music interpretation.

D. Projects: One major individual project is assigned each quarter. All projects will require

research and the use of technology. Students will demonstrate their knowledge of a major topic

in creative ways.

E. Notebook: Notebook checks will be unannounced. Students who complete all work and

organize it daily in the history binder will do very well on this assessment.

F. Grades will be calculated as follows: Tests- 50% Quizzes/Skills- 15% Homework- 15%

Projects- 10% Notebook Check- 10% G. No extra credit work will be offered at the end of the

quarter. Extra credit opportunities, however, will be offered on each test.

V. Course Objectives

The student will:

Improve organizational and note taking skills

Develop writing and critical thinking skills

Apply reading strategies to improve comprehension of content area

Understand and use a variety of study skills

Gain an understanding of what it means to be an American

Appreciate the cultural diversity of our nation

Demonstrate general knowledge of key people and events in U.S. history

Determine the significance of certain individuals and events in history

Acquire a basic understanding of certain historical documents

Recognize the political, social, economic, and geographical themes in U.S. history

Improve research and public speaking skills

Appreciate art, music, and literature as tools for acquiring historical knowledge

Discuss current events and explain how they relate to student lives

Examine the Constitution and understand the framework of American government

Page 402: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 402 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

VI. General Course Outline (timeframes provided are subject to change)

Unit 1- Age of Exploration, 1492-1650 (August 21-September 6)

A. Motives for exploration

B. European explorations and claims

C. European competition for New World empires

D. Cultural interactions including Natives and Africans

E. Results of the Age of Exploration

Unit 2- The English Colonies, 1585-1763 (September 10-October 9)

A. Early colonies have mixed success

B. Establishment of the New England, Middle, and Southern regions

C. Cultural comparison of colonial regions

D. Democratic traditions originating in the English colonies

E. The French and Indian War

F. Project: English Colonization website

Unit 3- The American Revolution, 1763- 1783 (October 10-December 4)

A. Cause of the Revolutionary War

B. British policies and colonial reactions

C. The Declaration of Independence

D. Significant battles, people, and dates of the Revolutionary War

E. Legacy of the American Revolution

F. Project: Revolutionary War newspaper (this project will be coordinated with the novel Johnny

Tremain in English)

Unit 4- Creating a Republic, 1776-1800 (December 5-January 9)

A. The Confederation Era: strengths and weaknesses

B. Creating the Constitution

C. Framework of America’s government

D. Development of political parties

Unit 5- Expansion and Change, 1800-1850 (January 10-23)

A. The Louisiana Purchase

B. The War of 1812 C. Highlights of the first 12 Presidents

Unit 6- The Civil War, 1846-1865 (January 24-March 6)

A. Cause of the Civil War

B. Strengths and weaknesses of the Union and Confederacy

C. Important battles, people, and dates of the Civil War

D. Life on the battlefield and home front

E. Comparison of battle tactics

F. Legacy of the Civil War

G. Project: Civil War Person

Page 403: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 403 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Unit 7- Reconstruction, 1865-1877 (March 7-20)

A. Rebuilding the Union

B. Changing lives of Freedmen

C. Political changes in the South

Unit 8- Westward Expansion, 1860-1900 (March 21-26)

A. New Inventions transform the nation

B. Native Americans’ fight to survive

C. Myth vs. reality of the Wild West

Unit 9- Industrialization and Immigration, 1860-1914 (March 27-April 4)

A. Urban and rural effects of Industrialization

B. Immigration and urban growth

C. African American discrimination

D. The labor movement

Unit 10- The Progressive Era, 1890-1920 (April 7-10)

A. Progressive Presidents: Roosevelt, Taft, and Wilson

B. Reform impact the nation C. U.S. become a world power

Unit 11- World War 1, 1914-1920 (April 11-23)

A. Cause of the Great War

B. America prepares for war

C. America fights in Europe

D. Legacy of World War 1

Unit 12- The Roaring Twenties, 1920-1929 (April 24-May 5)

A. Postwar economics and politics

B. Daily life in the Twenties

C. Cultural conflicts

D. Project: Twenties Glogster

Unit 13- The Great Depression, 1929-1940 (May 6-14)

A. Cause and Effects of the Great Depression

B. Hoover and Roosevelt’s approaches to the Depression

C. New Deal programs

D. Segregation in the South (coordinated with novel in English, Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry)

Unit 14- World War II, 1931-1945 (May 15-May 27)

A. Cause of World War II

B. The Home Front

C. War in Africa, Europe, and the Pacific

D. Legacy of WWII

Page 404: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 404 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Upper School Class Syllabus Example

English I Syllabus, 2013-2014

Welcome to FCDS Upper School!

I am excited about teaching this class and getting to know each of you. This handout contains

information that is important for your success in this class. Please read it carefully, place it in the

front of your notebook, and sign the attached form. Also, please ask your parents to read this

syllabus and to sign the attached form. This syllabus will also be posted on my Haiku page for

ready reference. If you ever have concerns or questions related to expectations, grades, or

assignments, please stop by and talk with me. I hope you get off to a great start and have a

wonderful year!

Course Overview

English I is a genre study of world literature focusing on short stories, novels, plays, poetry, and

the epic. Students will improve proficiency in composition through paragraph development and

essay writing, culminating in the writing of a research paper. Vocabulary development and

grammar accompany the reading, writing, projects, and class activities. The ninth grade course is

designed to prepare students for more intensive, analytical study of literature and more complex

methods of oral and written expression, which will be required in future Upper School courses.

Course Objectives

Students will accomplish the following:

Evaluate the hero archetype in a variety of genres of literature from across the ages and

around the globe

Recognize and interpret use of literary terms

Strengthen critical thinking

Evaluate media resources in order to gather proper source materials to use in oral

presentations, written reports, criticisms, and the research paper

Improve writing skills through emphasis on the writing process

Learn the research process and write a research paper

Improve discussion and speaking skills

Enrich spoken and written vocabulary

Build a strong grammar foundation

Cultivate a love of reading

Required Texts/Materials

Texts:

Ender’s Game by Orson Scott Card (summer reading)

The Odyssey by Homer

Oedipus the King by Sophocles

Romeo and Juliet by William Shakespeare

Cyrano de Bergerac by Edmond Rostand

Page 405: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 405 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Night by Elie Wiesel

The Power of One by Bryce Courtenay

Vocabulary Power Plus for the New SAT (Book One - red text)

Grammar Exercise Workbook 10 (purple text)

It is essential that you have the school-mandated edition of each book so that you can follow

along in class with ease. You are encouraged to highlight and make notes in your books.

Additional resources (short stories, poems, essays, grammar, etc.) will be photocopied and

distributed to you. These will be required texts, and you must keep them in your notebook.

Materials:

You must be prepared daily for class with your English I notebook (see below for organization

guidelines), the text being currently read, and any other items that I have asked you to bring,

including a writing implement. You may wish to leave your grammar and vocabulary texts in

your backpack at all times, as you will need them often. Not having the expected materials will

result in a zero homework grade.

Notebook Guidelines:

You are required to keep a detailed, well-organized notebook which you bring to class each day.

You will need at least seven dividers, and your notebook should be divided into the following

sections for the first semester. (We will rearrange your notebook at the beginning of the second

semester.):

Section 1: Vocabulary

Section 2: Grammar

Section 3: Composition handouts/returned compositions

Section 4: Ender’s Game

Section 5: Short stories

Section 6: Oedipus the King

Section 7: The Odyssey

Course Components

Literature: You will have regular reading assignments for English class. You will be expected

to annotate your texts this year, so always have a pen or pencil handy when you read. You should

come to class each day having completed the assigned reading and expecting a brief reading

quiz.

Composition: Writing is a major focus of this course. You will write paragraphs, essays, and a

research paper, as well as creative pieces. Brainstorming, planning, and multiple drafts are

essential components of papers written outside of class. You will be allowed to complete an

optional rewrite for most of your papers, which will be averaged with the first grade you

received; that average grade will be recorded. Written work completed outside of class should be

Page 406: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 406 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

typed, MLA format, Times New Roman, 12 point, double spaced, 1 inch margins, with an

appropriate heading.

Vocabulary: You will use Vocabulary Power Plus for the New SAT (Book One) to improve your

vocabulary and should expect a vocabulary quiz most Fridays. You will also study vocabulary

which relates to the literature you read.

Grammar: You will study grammatical concepts on a regular basis and relate the lessons to the

literature you read and the compositions you write. You should expect a grammar component to

each weekly vocabulary quiz, along with periodic, cumulative tests.

Homework: All assignments are to be completed individually unless otherwise indicated.

You will have homework on a regular basis. Homework may include, but is not limited to,

reading, completing study questions, writing compositions, working on projects, preparing for

discussions, or working on long-term assignments. If you have questions concerning homework,

I encourage you to stop by during tutorial (3:15-3:45). Expect your daily homework to take

approximately 30 minutes, though writing compositions and studying for major tests will require

more time.

Note regarding homework: You are responsible for keeping up with your homework even if

you are absent. I provide ample opportunities for you to stay up-to-date, including my teacher

page, the weekly calendar on the board in my classroom, and the printed unit calendar distributed

in class. In addition, you can always check with your teacher or a classmate, so there is no

excuse for not knowing what your homework is!

Grading

Homework grades: Homework grades consist of, but are not limited to, the following: quizzes

on daily homework assignments, grades on homework which is collected, and

grammar/vocabulary checks. One homework grade will be dropped each quarter. The remaining

grades are averaged and the result is 25% of the quarter grade. Daily homework, which is

discussed/covered during class, is due at the beginning of the period and will not be accepted

late.

Minor grades: Minor grades consist of, but are not limited to, the following: weekly quizzes on

vocabulary and grammar, short written assignments, and small projects and presentations. These

grades are averaged, and the result is 25% of the quarter grade. Minor assignments will be

accepted late with a 10-point penalty for each day the assignment is late.

Major grades: Major grades consist of, but are not limited to, the following: tests which assess

your understanding of required readings, in-class essays, formal essays, research paper, and

extensive projects. Some assignments may count as two or more major grades. These grades are

averaged, and the result is 50% of the quarter grade. Major assignments will be accepted late

with a 10-point penalty for each day the assignment is late.

Page 407: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 407 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Policies

All school policies, including the Honor Code, outlined in the Student/Parent Handbook,

shall apply in this class.

Honor Code: I take Forsyth Country Day School’s Honor Code VERY seriously, and I expect

you to do so as well. Any violation of the Honor Code will result in a zero for the assignment

and immediate referral to the Judicial Board. Note: Students will often use forums, Google

Documents, or an online resource to complete homework assignments. PLEASE remember that

you must still adhere to the Honor Code while participating in a forum or working on a group

project. Any violation of the Honor Code or school rules will result in swift and appropriate

punishment.

Note taking: You will need to take notes during class. Be sure to copy notes and exercises that

are written on the board. You will find your notes invaluable when you study for tests and

prepare for exams.

Participation: You are expected to participate in class – listen, respond, and comment

appropriately. You will have some assignments that include a participation grade; however, you

will not have an overall participation grade.

In order to succeed in this course, read each assignment carefully. There is no substitute for

reading the work yourself. Avoid using any type of summary of the work (such as SparkNotes,

CliffNotes, and other internet sources). I am available to help you during tutorial if you have

questions.

Absences

If you are absent, check my teacher page in order to access homework assignments and

handouts. You will be expected to turn in all assignments upon your return to class.

See Forsyth Country Day School Handbook, page 32

“If a student has to miss class to participate in a school activity, it is the student’s

responsibility to see teachers in advance to get all assignments and to return to class fully

prepared.”

“If a student is absent on the day of a test or when a paper is due, the student should be

prepared to take the test or submit the paper on the day he/she returns. For extended

absences (two days or more), students generally will be allowed two days for every day

absent to make-up tests and papers and to complete class work.”

Expectations

Treat yourself and others with respect.

Do your best at all times.

All actions, speech, and writing must be appropriate for the classroom environment.

Be on time; three tardies equal one point. If you are late from another class, bring a note.

Page 408: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 408 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

Remember that the classroom is a place of learning.

o Come to class prepared and with all materials.

o Only one person talks at a time.

o Focus on what is being taught or discussed and take good notes.

o Sit appropriately – face the front of the room, do not lean back in your chair, and

do not tilt the desk.

o Do not do work for other classes while in my class; this automatically results in

one point.

o Do not show up for class and immediately ask to be excused; take care of your

business between classes.

Any posturing, disrespect, confrontation, hostility, or insubordination towards me will

result in parent contact and immediate meeting with an administrator.

You are allowed to have beverages with lids in my class, but the first time I have to clean

up after you, the privilege is revoked.

Daily Procedure

Turn off your cell phone and put it in your backpack at the beginning of each class

period. If you fail to do so and I see you with your phone (or hear your phone) during

class, I will give you a point and take your phone.

Put necessary materials on your desk: assignment book, notebook, vocabulary book, and

text.

Turn in homework – if applicable.

Do not pack up to leave until I dismiss you.

Course Outline (Please note that content/timeframes are estimates and are, therefore,

subject to change.)

Literature/Composition Vocabulary Grammar Dates

Ender’s Game

Youthful hero

Literary terms

Test/in-class essay

Expository composition

Lesson #1

Lesson #2

Punctuation August 21-

September 13

Short stories

Literary terms

Expository composition

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #3

Lesson #4

Lesson #5

Lesson #6

Nouns and pronouns;

punctuation and

capitalization

September 16-

October 16

Oedipus the King

Tragedy/tragic hero

Literary terms

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #7

Adjectives October 17-25

Page 409: 2014-2015 FCDS Curriculum: Our Path to Excellence

Revised May, 2015 409 Return to Scope and Sequence

Return to Table of Contents

The Odyssey

Epic/epic hero

Literary terms

Expository composition

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #8

Lesson #9

Lesson #10

Verbs and adverbs October 28-

December 6

Exam review Exam review Exam review December 9-10

Literature/Composition Vocabulary Grammar Dates

Research paper Lesson #11

Lesson #12

Prepositions and

prepositional phrases;

parts of the sentence

January 2-24

Romeo and Juliet

Shakespearian tragedy

Romantic hero

Literary terms

Expository composition

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #13

Lesson #14

Conjunctions; subject/verb

agreement; items in a

series

January 27-February

14

Cyrano de Bergerac

Idealistic hero

Literary terms

Expository composition

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #15

Lesson #16

Fragments, run-ons, and

end punctuation

February 18-March

7

Night

Life is Beautiful

Memoir

Film as literature

Youthful hero

Literary terms

Compare/contrast

composition

Creative writing

Lesson #17

Lesson #18

Adjective clause; noun

clause

March 17- April 11

Poetry

Literary terms

Creative writing

Lesson #19

Lesson #20

Adverb clause April 7-April 23

The Power of One

Youthful hero

Literary terms

Test/in-class essay

Lesson #21 Complex and

compound/complex

sentences; sentence

combining and varying

sentence structure

April 24-May 16

Exam review Exam review Exam review May 15-20